Modern Arab History Overview
Modern Arab History Overview
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
INSTITUTE OF THE PEOPLES OF ASIA
V.1UTSKY
Modern History
of the
Arab Countries
m
PROGRESS PUBLISHERS
MOSCOW
TRANSLATED FROM THE RUSSIAN BY LIKA NASSER
EDITED BY ROBERT DAGLISH
B. JiyU K H ft
Ha ÜH8AUÜCKOM H3blK e
I n t r o d u c t i o n ................................................................................... 7
Chapter IV. Palestine, Syria and Iraq at the Beginning of the 19th
C e n t u r y ........................................................................ 63
The Failure of French Plans in Syria.—The Anglo-French Struggle
for Iraq.—The Wahhabi Raids. The Growth of Feudal Anarchy.—The
Reforms of Beshir II in the Lebanon.—Abdullah Pasha and His
“Reforms” . The 1820 Uprising in the Lebanon.—The Extermination of
the Druse Nobility.—The Reforms of Mahmud II and Disturbances
in Syria and Palestine.—The Reforms of Daud Pasha in Iraq (1817-31).
l* 3
The Conquest of the Sudan.—The Greek Uprising.—Mahmud IPs Appeal
for Help to Mohammed AH.—The Morean W ar.—The Intervention of
the Powers.—N avarino. The Evacuation of the Egyptians from the
Morca.
Chapter XII. Egypt in the Middle of the 19th Century (1841-76) . 152
Egypt After the Capitulation of 1840.—Abbas Pasha (1849-54).—The
Construction of the Suez Canal. The Economic Development of Egypt
in the Middle of the I9th Century.—The Reforms of Said and Ismail.
4
Chapter XVI. 7 lie National Liberation Movement in Egypt
(1 8 7 9 -8 1 )...................................................................... . . 200
Growth of the Spirit of Opposition.—The Military Demonstration of
February 18, 1879.—Wilson’s Financial Plan.—Resignation of the “ Euro
pean Cabinet” .—The Déposai of Ismail Pasha and the Resignation of
Sherif Pasha.—The Ministry of Riaz Pasha. Reaction.—The Military
Come to the Fore.—The Struggle of the Nationalists Against the Cabinet
of Riaz Pasha.
Chapter XXIV. Syria, Palestine and Iraq at the End of the 19th
C e n tu r y ............................* ....................................................318
Turkey’s Financial Enslavement.—The New Ottoman Coup and the
Constitution of 1876.—Zulutn (Hamdaniau Despotism), 1373-1918.—The
5
Decree of Muharrem.—German Penetration.—Britain’s and France’s
Positions in the Arab Provinces of Turkey.—The Arab People’s Struggle
Against the Reign of Zulum.
7
which remains a blank in world history to this day. At times Lutsky
only gives outlines and reference-points where further research and
concrete details are needed. But this does not detract from the sig
nificance of his work as the first attempt to systematise and generalise
modern Arab history.
Lutsky writes from the Marxist-Leninist point of view. He sharply
criticises the European Powers* colonial policy and regards their
presence in the East as an evil.
His book is inspired by a warm and deeply felt affection for the
Arab peoples, enthusiasm for their struggle to free themselves from
the Turkish pashas and European colonialists, and belief in the Arab
peoples* future and in their ability to choose their own way of life.
Lutsky*s book is the result of much hard and painstaking work.
In its present form it consists of a series of lectures that took several
years to prepare. In 1936, he began lecturing at Moscow’s Institute of
Oriental Studies, at Moscow University and at many other higher
schools of learning. Some of his lectures appear as independent chapters
in the textbook Modern History of the Colonial and Dependent
Countries, Moscow, 1940 (in Russian). Later Lutsky considerably
expanded his university lecture course.
The present book is the fullest available version of the series
of lectures delivered by Lutsky at Moscow University between 1949
and 1953. Unfortunately, no verbatim report of this series of lectures
was made. The book was therefore compiled from the verbatim* report
of lectures delivered in previous years, which were revised and ex
panded by referring to synopses from Lutsky’s own archives and to
students’ notes. Since there was no verbatim report of the lecture on
the French conquest of Algeria, Chapter XIII is based on Chapter X I
of Modern History of the Colonial and Dependent Countries, which
was contributed by Lutsky. Certain other sections of this book, in
particular, Chapters X and X X II, were also used in preparing the
Modern History of the Arab Countries.
Chapter X IX (The Mahdist State in East Sudan), Chapter X X
(Algeria in 1870-1914) and Chapter XXVII (The Arab Countries
in the First World War 1914-18) were prepared for publication by
R. G. Landa, Chapter IV (Palestine, Syria and Iraq at the Beginning
of the 19th Century), Chapter IX (Lebanon, Syria and Palestine
in the Period of the Tanzimat) and Chapter X X IV (Syria, Palestine
and Iraq at the End of the 19th Century) by I. M. Smilyanskaya.
Material prepared by M. S. Lazarev was used for Chapters X X V
and XXVII.
N. I v a n o v
8
CHAPTER I
II
prince or on a high dignitary as long as he held his post.
Military fiefs were granted to the sipahi (knights) for life.
The sipahi were exempt from state taxation. In return, they
were obliged to provide first-class military service, regularly
turn up at reviews and take part in campaigns with their
cavalry. The number of horsemen depended on the amount
of revenue received from the fief. Usually for every three
thousand akclias one horseman had to be provided. The fiefs
were divided into two groups according to their wealth.
Military fiefs with a revenue of over 20 thousand akchas
were called ziamets and their owners zaims. Fiefs with a
revenue of up to 20 thousand akchas were called timars and
their owners timar ji or timariots.
If, during his lifetime, a sipaha conscientiously executed
his military duties, his property passed to his sons after his
death. They were given a new cnarter for which they paid
redemption money to the treasury. The fief charter was on
a strict class basis and was limited to the nobles. Each new
sipaha was supposed to be supported by two zahm and ten
timariots. City dwellers were not granted fiefs.
The land of the timars, ziamets and khas was tilled by the
peasants, who constituted the overwhelming bulk of the tax-
paying population— raya (herd). They received a plot of
land {chift) from the landlord, which they could pass on
only with his permission. Virtually, the peasants were bound
to the land. They had to fulfil all sorts of obligations: pay
the ashr or the kharaj and taxes for the use of winter and
summer pastures, mills, for. tobacco smoking, etc. The situa
tion of the Christian raya was even worse. In addition,
the Christians had to pay a jizyah (poll-tax) or a kharaj
ra’asi.
The military fief system was widespread in Asia Minor
and on the Balkan Peninsula. It was not highly developed in
the Arab countries except for the northern parts of Syria
and Iraq. In the Aleppo and partly in the Mosul elayets the
Turks introduced a system of military-fief landownership.
In the other countries, the land remained mostly in the
hands of the local feudal lords, who paid tribute to the Sul
tan’s deputies.
In Egypt, on the whole, the system of feudal landowner
ship which had existed under the Mameluke sultans was
12
preserved. All the land belonged to the feudal lords: niul-
tazims (landowner-tax farmers), the Turkish pasha and the
Moslem clergy. Formally the land was considered state
property but could be acquired by the multazims. Many
midtazims, the Nubian sheikhs, for instance, owned dozens
of villages while some estates were split up between differ
ent owners to such a degree that there were several landlords
in one village.
Multazims were picked out from among the Turkish func
tionaries and officers as well as from the local Arab sheikhs.
The Turkish rulers of Egypt inherited from the Mameluke
sultans the custom of forming private guards from among
the Mamelukes, who had originally been slaves and were
specially trained for military service. The Turkish beys ap
pointed the Mamelukes to important government posts and
granted them large tracts of land. As a result, towards the
end of the 18th century, twó-thirds of Egypt’s territory
was concentrated in the hands of the Mamelukes. They
became the dominating stratum of the Egyptian feudal
class.
Multazims were exempt from military service but could be
taxed. The taxes paid by the multazims were entered in a
special register kept by a special clerk {defterdar). If the tax
was not paid on time, the estate was confiscated and given
to a new owner.
Landownership was usually hereditary. In the Mameluke
circle, the land was not passed on from father to son, but
from the master to his favourite “slave”. After the death
of the owner, his heir was supposed to pay a large redemp
tion sum to the treasury (three-year rent plus one-fifth of
the value of the land).
In each iltizam (the estate of a multazim ), the land was
divided into two parts: the lord’s land, or usia, and allotted
land, or atar. The lord’s land was tilled by the corvée sys
tem or (on very rare occasions) by hired labour. Allotted
land was given to the peasants for life. The latter paid a
money rent to the landlord in Lower Egypt and rent in kind
in Upper Egypt. The rent in kind comprised from 20 to 35
ardeos of wheat from a harvest of 50 ardebs. If a peasant
inherited a plot of land he had to pay a large redemption
sum to the multazim .
13
The money rent, which was known as mal-el-lmrr, was
collected from the peasants by the multazims and divided
into three unequal parts. One part was paid as tribute to
the Porte. This part was delivered to the pasha of Cairo and
at the end of the 18th century amounted to 80,000,000 mé
dinas a year. Another part was used for the upkeep of the
provincial administration (the administration was named
kashifia after the regional governors— kashifs). This amount
ed to 50 million medinas a year. These two amounts were
fixed by law and subject to unconditional payment. The re
maining part of the mal-el-kurr accrued to the multazims.
In 1798, this amounted to 180,000,000 medinas in cash, not
counting payment in kind. But the landlords were still not
satisfied with this sum. Besides mal-el-hurr, they levied bar
rará—traditional janissary duties (at first as voluntary
“gifts” in kind from the peasants; later, obligatory casn
payments). In 1798, this tax yielded a sum of 100,000,000
medinas. In addition every village had to pay local taxes
and duties.
Taxes were collected by the village administration head
ed by a qa'im-mdqam (sub-governor), who was aided by the
senior sheikh. Following the harvest every year a surra f
(money-changer) would turn up in the village. He was a city
dweller, usually a Copt, who served the multazim landlord.
He evaluated the harvest, determined the size of the tax and
set to gathering it. As a reward for his services, the sarraf
collected an additional tax from the fellaheen. Also included
in the village administration were the wakil—the manager
of the lord’s land; the khquli—land surveyor, who also di
rected public works; the mashhed, who carried out the func
tions of a policeman and also took part in flogging the fella
heen; and the gafiri—watchmen who guarded the lord’s gran
aries. As distinct from the officials of the Indian community
listed by Marx, these were the landlord’s servants, who main
tained his economic and political authority over the direct
producer—the fellah.
As in Egypt, in Syria and the Lebanon the conquerors
preserved the feudal system. The land remained in the
hands of the local Arab nobility (except for nortern
Syria).
Under the Turks, the Lebanon was a kind of autonomous
principality under the rule of the Ma’am dynasty. At the
14
end of the 17 th century it came under the rule of the emirs
of the Shehab family, who considered themselves the vassals
of the Turkish Sultan and paid tribute to the Porte, but no
Turkish troops were quartered there. There were similar
principalities in Syria, for example, Latakia.
The feudal society in the Lebanon, well described in
K. M. Bazili’s book, Syria and the Lebanon Under Turkish
Rule (published in Russian), was hierarchical. This country
was divided into three appanages—Kesruan, Metn and Shuf
administered by the local feudal dynasties. These appanages
were in turn divided into smaller domains, and so on. A
similar process occurred in the Latakia principality and in
southern Syria. At the head of the hierarchy stood the Tur
kish pashas, who had their seats at Aleppo, Damascus and
Saida. They served as intermediaries between the Arab emirs
and the sultan.
The feudal sovereign was the absolute ruler of his own
land. The dependent emirs and sheikhs supplied horsemen
for the ruler’s army, collected taxes and paid tribute to him.
All of them were incredibly rich. The Lebanese Emir Fakhr
ed-Din II was reputed to be the richest man in the empire.
His court was astonishingly sumptuous. His annual income
was estimated at 900,000 livres, out of which he paid a
tribute of 340,000 livres to the Turkish Sultan. Sheikh Zahir,
who ruled in Safad in the 18th century, had an annual in
come of about £50,000.
In the outlying districts of Syria and Palestine, there were
survivals of the primitive-communal system. These areas
had been for long inhabited by numerous nomadic and settled
tribes in which the slow process of feudalisation was taking
place. The tribal sheikhs, however, were still more like clan
and tribal chiefs than feudal rulers. In Volney’s description
(1784) of a tribal sheikh in southern Palestine many surviv
als of the past are cited. The sheikh was in command of
500 horsemen but at the same time he himself looked after
the cattle, worked together with the members of his family,
and so on.
An important role was played by the spiritual feudals,
the priests. In Syria, the Lebanon and Palestine, there were
about ten Christian and five Moslem denominations. Here
feudal separatism was combined with spiritual separatism,
and the political struggle often assumed a religious charac-
15
ter. The higher clergy, especially the upper circles of the
Maronite Church, owned vast tracts of land and along with
the feudal lords exploited the peasantry.
The formation of feudal relations in Iraq, where sharp
differences existed between the north and the south, was
peculiar. In the north of Iraq, the land was concentrated in
the hands of the Kurdish beks, who headed the asliirat
tribes. Actually, these were big landowners, typical feudal
lords under the cover of the clan. Sometimes, their domains
extended over an area of tens of thousands of hectares. They
recruited soldiers and paid tribute to the Turkish Sultan’s
deputies.
In the south of Iraq, patriarchal relations prevailed. The
land belonged to the Arab tribes and was considered their
collective property. Many tribes settled down, combining
land tillage with nomad cattle-breeding. The Turkish au
thorities tried to liquidate collective ownership of the land.
Community land was declared state property and handed
over to the clan’s elite. Attempts were made to turn the ob
ligations of the tribal sheikhs into a hereditary duty which
called for the approval of the authorities. Thus arose large
Arab feudal families who owned huge tracts of land. These
measures of the Turkish Sultan met with resistance from the
ordinary tribesmen. Nomads and semi-nomads refused
to pay rent. A conflict arose between the new feudal lords
and the armed people which resulted in numerous uprisings
of the Arab tribes. Often the new feudal lords were mere
ly nominal owners of the land allotted to them.
Almost the same process occurred in North Africa, where
the Turks owned part of the land on the seaboard and car
ried on endless war against the Arab and Berberic tribes
who upheld their land rights.
Everywhere in the Arab countries, big feudal landown-
ership went hand in hand with small-scale farming. In the
form of huge taxes and requisitions, the landowners appro
priated not only the surplus product, but the essential product
as well and did nothing to increase production. The econo
my was stagnant, and at its best was only able to ensure its
own reproduction.
Simple reproduction did not create any reserves in event of
social or natural calamities. Frequent wars, feudal discord
and droughts ruined the peasantry and brought about the
16
decline of agriculture. Whole villages died out. Of the 3,200
villages that had existed around Aleppo in the 16th cen
tury, there were only about 400 left at the end of the 18th.
The population either became extinct or fled to the cities.
Conditions in Egypt were very bad. “The rich Faiyum Val
ley and the fertile plains of the Delta, so productive at the
time of the reign of the Pharaohs, Ptolemies and even under
the rule of the Romans, yield only one-fourth of what they
used to,” wrote Chabrulle in his Transactions of
the French Expedition . “The cause of these deplor
able changes is not far to seek. Nature is not to blame. The
river is the same as before. Its periodic floods continue to
fertilise the N ile valley each year. But hope no longer en
courages the farmer. He knows that the covetous intruder
will reap the fruits of his sweat and blood. W hy should he
produce new crops if neither he nor his children are able to
profit by them? He sows the land with disgust, reaps with
fear and tries to hide a meagre share of the grain from the
grasping oppressors to meet the needs of his family. In this
unhappy country, the peasant owns no property and can
never own any. He is not even a tenant. H e is simply a serf
of the clique oppressing his country.”
The process of the ruin of the peasantry, the dying out
and depopulation of villages went on in all parts of the Ot
toman Empire. The sultans endeavoured to stop it by tying
the peasant to the land. As far back as the 16th century,
under Suleiman the Lawgiver, laws were passed to prevent
the flight of peasants. The code of laws worked out by the
Turks for Egypt (Kanun-name Misr), ordered the liashifs,
the mxdtazims and sheikhs to see to it that not one plot of
irrigated land remained uncultivated, to prevent the flight
of the peasants and to populate the ruined and empty vil
lages with fellaheen. If a peasant ran away from his plot,
the sheikh was held materially responsible. The nsia
could be sold only together with the fellaheen who culti
vated it.
Famine, hard work, the corvée system, numerous taxes
and duties, attachment to the land, the lack of rights, humilia
tion by the landlords and his servants—this was the lot of
the Arab peasant.. Often the fellaheen, unable to endure the
yoke any longer, rebelled. They were attacked by bands of
janissaries and their Arab hirelings who meted out severe
2-573 17
reprisals. According to the codes of the Lawgiver, no mer
cy was to be shown in dealing with peasant uprisings.
18
the Turks out of Europe and trade will have no reason to
suffer.”1
Overseas commerce was concentrated at first mainly in
the hands of the Italians (Venice, Genoa, Pisa), who were
gradually squeezed out by English and French traders. They
had their own quarters in large trading cities. There were
European hotels and offices in Cairo, in the cities along the
Syrian coast and in North African ports. During the 18th
century, the English East India Company established trad
ing stations in Baghdad and Basra.
The Armenians, Greeks and, to some extent, the Arabs,
acted as intermediaries and contractors for the European
traders. They engaged in transit trade, the large centres of
which were Cairo, Aleppo, Damascus, Baghdad, Trabizond
and Constantinople. Persian carpets, Indian muslins, pearls,
etc., came pouring in. Yemenite coffee was sent from Jidda
to Cairo, while from Sennar and Darfur came slaves, gold,
ivory musk, ostrich feathers. Through these cities local pro
ducts were exported to the seaports and purchased by the
European traders.
Internal trade was rather poorly developed, although
centres of local exchange between town and country grad
ually began to grow, the wares of the town craftsmen usu
ally being sold in the city at daily bazaars or annual fairs.
There were two reasons for the predominance of Europe
ans in the trade of the Ottoman Empire. The first was that,
by this time Europe had overtaken Turkey in both the cul
tural and economic fields. The European traders had large
sums of capital behind them and much greater experience
in commerce. Their organisation of trade and transport of
products was much better. In a word, they had a better “trade
culture”. The second reason lay in the capitulation regime.
“Capitulations” in the Ottoman Empire were certificates
granting the European traders special rights and privileges.
Originally capitulations were privileges granted voluntar
ily and unilaterally by the Turkish Sultan to foreign traders
and could be withdrawn at any minute. The first capitula
tions were granted to Italian traders in the 14th century,
permitting them to settle in the cities of the Ottoman Empire,
2* 19
conduct trade and practice their religion. They contained
deeds of property and determined the amount of duty the
traders had to pay.
In the 16th century, capitulations assumed the character
of bilateral agreements. The first agreement of this kind was
concluded in 1535 between Suleiman the Lawgiver and Fran
cis I, the King of France. The French not only obtained the
right to trade, but many other privileges as well (the ships
o f other nations could enter Ottoman ports only under the
protection of the French flag). French pilgrims were given
free access to the holy places and were free to practise their
religion. In 1604, similar agreements were concluded with
the English and the Venetians, who began to trade with
Turkey under their own flags. Gradually similar rights were
extended to the subjects of other European Powers.
As the Ottoman Empire weakened, the European Powers
began to regard the capitulations as their irrefutable rights
and tried to get them extended to include their local con
tractors as well. Thanks to the capitulations, the traders were
exempt from taxation and from the jurisdiction of the Tur
kish courts. Their property could not be confiscated.
The capitulation regime lasted till the 20th century (in
Egypt, for example, until 1937) and was used by the Euro
pean Powers as an instrument for the colonial enslavement
of the Arab countries. It undermined the development of
national capital and placed the local traders in an unequal
position. European traders paid a custom rate comprising
three per cent of the value of the product, the local traders
paid from seven to ten per cent. Taxes were imposed on
foreign articles of merchandise only once, when they were
imported into the country. Those of the local traders were
taxed each time they passed through the numerous customs
offices and each time they were moved from one feudal estate
to another. Naturally this hindered and undermined the
development of capitalist relations in the Arab countries.
As regards industry, the Ottoman Empire also lagged
behind the advanced European countries, where the transi
tion to manufacture and then to machine production was
making headway. In the Ottoman Empire, however, guilds
of handicraftsmen (asnaf) still predominated. In each guild
there existed the same hierarchy as in Europe. At the head
of each shop was a chief—sheikh. Next came masters and ap-
20
prentices. Each shop had its own traditions and customs. The
largest centres of the crafts industry were Damascus and
Aleppo in Syria, Baghdad and Mosul in Iraq, Cairo in Egypt,
Tunis, Algiers, Tlemcen, Fez and Marrakesh in North A fri
ca. The Arab handicraftsmen were famous for the produc
tion of cloth, carpets, morocco, weapons, copper ware, etc.
Up to the 18th century, many of their wares were exported
to Europe. But from the time of the Industrial Revolution
local merchants were forced out even from the home markets.
In the Arab countries, there was still no clear-cut divi
sion between the crafts and agriculture. In Egypt, for exam
ple, yarn was produced directly in the peasant household.
The manufacture of woollen cloth remained the lot of the
peasant womenfolk. The same conditions prevailed in the
Lebanon. In Syria, in the province of Aleppo, not only wool
len cloth but also cotton fabrics were produced in the vil
lages. On the other hand, many city inhabitants engaged in
farming, especially market-gardening. Damascus, for exam
ple, was buried in fruit and vegetable gardens.
The social structure of the Arab towns indicates that a
large proportion of the population was non-productive. Cai
ro at the end of the 18th century had a population of 300,000,
100.000 being adult males. Of these 25,000 were artisans,
15.000 were workers and the remaining 60,000 were not pro
ductively occupied. These were soldiers, landlords, clergy
men, traders and their servants. The servants alone numbered
30,000. Not all artisans were engaged in productive labour.
The Cairo guilds included guilds for bath-house attendants,
hairdressers, jugglers, street singers and public speakers,
mule and camel drivers, dancers and drummers.
The Ottoman feudal system hampered the development
of the Arab towns. The local traders could not compete
with the Europeans who were protected by the capitulations
regime. Even European trade had many obstacles to over
come. A t sea the cargo vessels were subject to attacks from
the corsairs, many of whom served the Turkish Sultan. Trade
caravans were looted by derebeys and their bands of rob
bers. Lines of communications in the Ottoman Empire were
very bad. Goods were transported by pack animals. Each
town had its own customs and commercial legislation, its
taxes, weights and measures, and so on. A ll this on top of
feudal robbery held up the development of trade and
21
industry and made the transition to capitalist relations impos
sible. “In reality,” Engels wrote, “the Turkish domination
like any other eastern domination is incompatible with capi
talist society. Surplus value is in no way insured against the
rapacious grip of the satraps and pashas. The first and main
condition for the bourgeois enterprise is lacking—the safety
of the merchant’s person and property.”1
1 Marx and Engels, Works, Vol. 22, 2nd Russ. Ed., p. 33.
22
on the knights (sipahi), who had to live within the bounda
ries of those districts in which their timars were located.
Each district was called sanjaq or liwa (banner), and the
knights who lived there formed a combat unit of the Otto
man cavalry. In event of war, they assembled their cavalry
under the banner of the sanjaq-bey , the commander of the
district, who commanded them as well as the knights of his
own sanjaq.
Each province (pashalik or eyalet) embraced several san-
jaqs . A province and its levy of knights was commanded by
a pasha, or bey of beys. Apart from the levy of knights,
many pashas had their personal feudal militias of Mame
lukes and mercenaries (usually Maghrebs).
The Ottoman infantry corps was made up of janissaries
(from the Turkish yeni-cheri, new troops). This was a privi
leged corps of professional infantry formed in the 14th cen
tury. It was recruited mainly from young captured Slav boys,
who were forcibly converted to Islam and given a military
training. They had no families, were cut off from the local
population and served the Turkish Sultan zealously. The
janissary corps was divided into “nuclei” with agas at their
head. They enjoyed a number of privileges. At some time
during the 17th or the 18th century, the janissaries obtained
the right to settle down outside the “nuclei”, to marry and
raise a family, to engage in the crafts and in trade, while
continuing to offer military service on a hereditary basis.
Thus a special janissary stratum was formed from which the
Sultan’s guard and the military-police formations were
recruited for the purpose of exacting taxes and duties and for
suppressing revolts. Many towns and provinces of the Otto
man Empire (Serbia, Algeria, Tunisia) suffered cruelly from
the outrages of the janissaries and often came under their
complete control. The janissary dominance was felt even in
the empire’s capital, Constantinople.
Apart from the knightly cavalry, the janissaries and the
mercenaries, the Turkish sultans and their deputies resorted
to the help of warlike tribes, whose role was especially im
portant in the far-flung parts of the Ottoman Empire.
The Turks imposed their administrative system on the
Arab countries. Syria and Palestine were divided into four
pashaliks with centres in Aleppo, Damascus, Tripoli and
Saida (at the end of the 18th century, Akka was also made
23
a pashalik)\ The region of the city of Jerusalem was set aside
as a special sanjaq . In Iraq, there were only two pasha-
liks—Mosul and Baghdad. In Arabia, there were also two—
the Hejaz and the Yemen. Egypt, Tripoli, Tunisia and A l
geria were independent pashaliks. The Somalian seaboard
was an independent province of Habash from the middle of
the 16th until the middle of the 18th century. The territory
of the Lebanon preserved its autonomy under the govern
ment of the Arab emirs.
The Sultan’s deputies enjoyed unrestricted power in their
own domains. The central government did not bother its
governors with petty instructions. According to their own
judgement, they levied and collected taxes, distributed estates,
administered justice and reprisals, commanded their troops
and waged war on their neighbours or rebellious vassals.
There were no strong ties between the provinces. Outward
ly the Ottoman Empire was a centralised state. In reality,
it was decentralised. It lacked internal economic cohesion
and national unity. Actually it was a conglomeration of
countries and peoples united under the sword of the con
queror. Hence the existence of centrifugal forces which slow
ly but surely pulled the empire apart.
24
and their main producer was the peasant. He practised
small-scale farming on his own plot by his own labour using
primitive implements. The basic law of this economy was
simple reproduction. Part of the harvest, which comprised
the essential product, was used for the reproduction of the
primitive means of production and manpower. The other
part, which comprised the surplus product, was completely
appropriated and used by the feudal exploiters. With the
growth of money-commodity relations and foreign trade,
the appetites of the feudal lords grew also. Sumptuous pal
aces were erected in Baghdad, Damascus, Cairo and other
urban centres, which received luxuries from all over the
world, imported by enterprising European and eastern trad
ers and paid for in kind with the products of the local peas
ant households. But the needs of the feudal lords continued
to grow, and more and more goods had to be supplied.
Feudal plunder assumed catastrophic proportions for the
peasant household. Villages emptied, crops were abandoned.
Fields which had until recently been tilled were infested with
burr bushes and more than half of the land lost its fertility.
Famines were frequent.
The principle of collective responsibility was strictly fol
lowed in the village. If a peasant family died out, its taxes
had to be paid by the neighbouring peasant household. If
a whole village died out, its taxes were paid by the neigh
bouring village. This system hastened the ruin of the Arab
village.
The greater the damage done to the peasant household,
the fiercer was the struggle of various groups of feudalists
for the right to exploit it. The struggle for fiefs and estates
became more intense. Big feudal lords (ayani or kibari) seized
the land of the petty knights. Gömürji, the ideologist of the
last Kochi-beys, who died about 1650, wrote indignantly
about the growing power and prosperity of all sorts of scoun
drels, about their seizure of the timars and ziamets : “The
owners of large and small estates, who were the real war
riors for religion and the state, have been deprived of the
means of existence and not a trace of them is left.” W hile
seizing the military fiefs, the nobility declined military ser
vice. Their example was followed by the same petty knights
whose fate was lamented by Kochi-bey Gömiirji. Previously
the Sultan had once been able to recruit from 100,000 to
25
120.000 vassals, whereas in the 17th century only 7,000 or
8.000 went on campaign. Most of them were mercenaries
and servants. The vassals avoided military service but strove
to retain their own lands. In this period we observe the
tendency to turn military fiefs into hereditary privately-
owned estates. This process, which was accompanied by the
ruin of the peasant household, undermined the very basis
of the Ottoman Empire’s might, the army.
This struggle for the right to exploit the ruined peasantry
spread throughout the Arab countries. In the 18th century,
it became more acute due to the decline of piracy and to
military defeats which deprived the feudal lords of their
main source of enrichment. Insurrections of the Arab sheikhs
and emirs against the pashas became more frequent, as did
the revolts of the pashas against the Porte. Internecine wars
ilared up and feudal separatism increased. The majority of
the Arab provinces became virtually independent of the
Turkish Sultan and passed into the hands of the local feudal
cliques, whose leaders strove to break away from the Porte
altogether and to found independent dynasties.
In Baghdad, the dynasty founded by Hasan Pasha was
firmly established. This dynasty ruled throughout the 18th
century. At times, when it exerted power over the Mosul
governors, its authority extended over the whole of Iraq.
The mutasallims, many of whom also held the title of pasha,
were subordinate to the Baghdad pashas. All attempts of the
Porte to depose this dynasty met with failure. The pashas
appointed by the Porte could not hold out in Baghdad more
than a couple of months. The kulemens1 overthrew and
killed them and proclaimed the next pretender of the Hasan
Pasha dynasty the new pasha. In 1780, power in Baghdad
was seized by Suleiman the Great (Buyuk), the kulemen
leader. He founded a new dynasty, the dynasty of kulemen
pashas, which ruled in Baghdad until 1831. The Baghdad
pashas had their own court modelled after the Sultan’s court
in Istanbul, with the same large harems and covetous cour
tiers, numerous servants and fantastic oriental luxury.
The same went for Tripoli. The janissary dynasty of the
26
Karamanli bey ruled from 1711. This dynasty was virtual
ly independent of the Porte.
The Hussein dynasty in Tunisia began to reign in 1705. It
was founded by Hussein bey ibn Ali. Under this dynasty,
Tunisia became a fully independent state only nominally
under the control of the Turkish sultans.
In Algeria, power became concentrated in the hands of the
janissary freebooters, who turned the country into a virtual
ly independent feudal state. W ith the help of the local feu
dal lords and sheikhs of the warring tribes, the janissary
commanders laid the nomads and the peasants under trib
ute, gathered large taxes to their own advantage and seized
land. A council of janissary army generals elected from
among themselves the governor of Algeria—the dey, a life
appointment, which could not be inherited. Under the dey
there were four beys, who stood at the head of the prov
inces into which Algeria was divided.
In the middle of the 18th century, power in Egypt was
seized by the Mameluke beys, who pushed the janissary nuclei
into the background. According to Volney, the janissary
nuclei turned into mobs of vagrants and ruffians. The ad
ministrating of the country passed to the leader of the strong
est Mameluke clique known as sheikh-el-balad , who made
himself ruler of the whole country. The pasha became a vir
tual prisoner of the Mameluke beys and, as Volney writes,
was deprived, banished and expelled. The first governor of
Egypt in the 18th century was Ibrahim Bey (1746-57), who
himself was not a Mameluke. But being a Turkish bey, a
kiyakliya, he was able to form a Mameluke detachment and
seized power with its support. His Mamelukes were gener
ously rewarded with estates and posts and many of them
were appointed beys. A fierce struggle for power ensued after
the death of Ibrahim. It was won by A li Bey, nicknamed El-
Kabir (the Great), who, in 1763, became ruler of Egypt and
six years later proclaimed Egyptian independence. In 1773,
he was assassinated and power passed into the hands of the ri
val Mameluke clique headed by Murad Bey and Ibrahim Bey.
Feudal separatism and internecine wars thus led to the
downfall of the vast Ottoman state, which had come into
being not as a result of economic development, but as a
result of the military requirements of Ottoman feudalism in
the course of its predatory wars. This state, like many other
27
multinational states of Eastern Europe, arose within the
framework of feudalism before the formation of nations and
the liquidation of feudal disunity. The forced union of dif
ferent peoples at different levels of development into a vast
state was not durable and the contradictions between the
feudal structure of the society with its inherent centrifugal
tendencies and the centralised form of the Turkish state led
to the inevitable weakening of the Ottoman Empire.
30
knights—evoked many insurrections by the peoples of the
Ottoman Empire. These insurrections reflected the main class
contradiction between feudal lords and peasants as well as
the main national contradiction between the oppressors and
the oppressed. The feudal yoke in the Ottoman Empire bore
the stamp of foreign domination, so the peasants’ struggle
against the feudal lords went hand in hand with the nation
al liberation movements. The bourgeoisie, which in the
18th century weis taking shape as a class in Greece, Serbia
and Egypt, also suffered from the Ottoman feudal yoke and
joined in the struggle against feudalism.
Generally speaking, there were two kinds of movements.
There were popular movements in Turkey herself, directed
against the feudal yoke. These were supported by the oppressed
nationalities and in the main assumed a class character.
On the other hand, there were movements of the oppressed
peoples. These were more like national liberation movements.
Among the popular anti-feudal movements in Turkey prop
er were the uprisings headed by Badr ed-Din Simawi in
1415-18 and the Kara Yazici uprising at the turn of the 16th
century.
The uprising of Badr ed-Din Simawi spread over a huge
area, from the Balkans to East Anatolia. In his fiery speeches
Sheikh Badr ed-Din Simawi, the leader, inveighed against
the exploiters, preached universal equality, the liquida
tion of class oppression and the communal use of property.
He called for the unity of the working people of all religions
and nationalities. In the ranks of the insurgents Moslems
fought side by side with Christians and Jews, and Turks side
by side with the Greeks and Slavs.
The geographical boundaries of the Kara-Yazici upris
ing were even greater. It included the Balkans, Asia Minor,
northern Syria and Iraq. The insurgents seized Baghdad
and held it for many years. The Arab fellaheen and bedou
ins took part in the uprising together with the Turkish peas
ants, the petty knights and several pashas. Like the Badr
ed-Din movement, the level and the scale of this uprising
placed it in the same ranks with the W at Tyler, Thomas
Münzer and John Huss uprisings, with the French jacque
rie and with the liberation wars of the Russian peasants.
The uprisings of the oppressed peoples were no less
persistent in character. The main centres of the anti-Turkish
31
liberation movements were the Balkans, Transcaucasia and
the Arab countries. Although in some cases the leaders were
feudal lords, in principle, the movement assumed a pro
foundly popular character.
One of the main centres of anti-Turkish resistance in the
Arab countries was the Lebanon. In 1516, the troops of Selim
the Cruel had seized the Lebanon and the mountainous re
gions of Syria and Palestine. The administration of the coun
try had been entrusted to Fakhr ed-Din I, an emir from the
Ma’anid dynasty who recognised vassal dependence on the
Porte. His attempts to avoid paying tribute, however, irritated
the Turks, who in the end decided to establish direct author
ity over the country, but were met with fierce resistance
from both the Lebanese peasantry and the feudal lords. A
long stubborn struggle ensued. In 1544, Fakhr ed-Din was
poisoned at the court of the Damascene Pasha, and his son,
Kirkmas, like many other representatives of the Lebanese
nobility, was killed fighting the Turks who, in 1585, launched
a punitive expedition against the Lebanon.
A new stage in the resistance began in 1590 with the ad
vent to power of Kirkmas’s son, Emir Fakhr ed-Din II. This
loyal pupil of Machiavelli, a Druse, who made himself out
to be a Christian when opportunity offered, was a clever
diplomat and master of intrigue. He had spies in Constan
tinople, at the courts of the pashas and even in the homes of
his vassals. He plotted and sowed discord among the enemy.
Seeking the favour of the Sultan, at first he paid a high trib
ute into the Turkish treasury and shared the spoils of war
with him. For this the Sultan appointed him ruler of the
mountain and coastal districts of the Lebanon and consider
able parts of Syria and Palestine.
The ultimate purpose of the Emirs plan was a crusade
against the Sultan with the help of the West. Preparing for
the struggle against the Porte, he started talks with the Ita
lians, began the construction of fortresses and brought the
strength of his army up to 40,000 men. In 1613, he provoked
a rebellion in which the whole population of the Lebanon
took part. However, the Turks emerged victorious. Fakhr
ed-Din II was compelled to flee from the Lebanon and spent
five years in Italy. His pompous Oriental suite and enormous
wealth held Europe spellbound. As a diplomat he was less
successful. His plans to knock together 2m anti-Turkish coa-
32
lition with the participation of France, Florence, the Vati
can, the Maltese Order, and others failed.
Upon the accession to the throne of Osman II in 1618,
Fakhr ed-Din II was granted an amnesty and returned to the
Lebanon. Having regained his domains, he mapped out a
plan to develop them economically. He encouraged foreign
trade and to a great extent Europeanised the country. Bei
rut was split up into boulevards after the European manner
and new buildings were erected. A group of young people
was sent to Italy to study. This was the beginning of Maro
nite spiritual education. It promoted the European study of
Arab philology. At the beginning of the thirties, Fakhr ed-
Din II once again inflamed the people to rebel. He was taken
prisoner and sent to Constantinople as a hostage. In 1635,
disturbances flared up again. Fakhr ed-Din II was executed
and his principality routed.
Arab opposition to Turkey, however, continued. Through
out the 17th century two hostile groups of the Lebanese
nobility had been fighting each other. One group, the Kaisites
(or “reds”, as they called themselves), led by the Ma’anid
family came out against local Turkish domination and gained
a following among the Lebanese peasants. The other group,
the Yemenites (or “whites”), led by the emirs of the Ala-
maddin family, was supported by the Turks. Varying for
tunes attended the struggle. More often than not success fa
voured the Kaisites, who established authority in the Lebanon
many times. In 1697, after the Ma’anid family had died out,
the Kaisites were headed by emirs from the Shehab family.
In 1710, the Turks, together with the Yemenites , made
one more attempt to settle accounts with the troops of the
Kaisite emirs. Having overthrown Emir Haidar Shehab, they
planned to turn the Lebanon into an ordinary Turkish prov
ince. In 1711, however, the Kaisites crushingly defeated
the Turks and the Yemenites in a battle near Ain-Dar in
which all the members of the Alamaddin family perished.
The Turks were compelled to renounce their plans and for
a long time did not interfere in the Lebanon’s internal
affairs.
One of the most serious attempts of the Arab rulers to
free themselves from the hated Ottoman feudal yoke and
win independence is connected with the Russo-Turkish war
of 1768-74. The diplomacy of the European Powers, espe-
3-573 33
daily tsarist Russia, in its desire to weaken Turkey, supported
the national liberation movements on the Balkans and in the
Arab countries. The leaders of the insurgent forces, in turn,
sought an alliance with Russia, hoping to gain their ends
with her help.
In 1769, taking advantage of the war with Russia, the
ruler of Egypt, Ali-bey el-Kabir, declared his independence
of the Turks. A Mameluke of Abkhazian origin, Ali-bey had
for long sympathised with Russia and concealed his hatred
for the Porte. In 1770, he declared himself sovereign and
assumed the title of “Sultan of Egypt and the Two Seas” .
His name was mentioned in the khutbahs (sermons) o f the
Egyptian and Hejaz mosques. In 1770, the province of H e-
jaz was added to his domains.
To get help in his struggle against Turkey, Ali-bey entered
into an alliance with Sheikh Zahir, the ruler of Safad (a re
gion in Palestine). For many years this Kaisite had been
engaged in extending the domains presented to his father
by the Lebanese emir. Around 1750, having obtained the
small coastal settlement of Akka and turned it into a large
centre of sea trade and handicraft production, he moved his
capital there. He then restored an ancient fortress of the
Crusaders in Akka and converted it into an impregnable
stronghold, which was later to withstand even the forces of
Bonaparte. Zahir used the huge revenues gained by extor
tionate tax-farming and the granting of monopoly mainly
to equip his army (its conjbat strength reached 60 to 70 thou
sand men) and fleet.
Having broken away from the Porte, Ali-bey decided to
secure the aid of Russia. At this time a Russian squadron
under the command of Count Alexei Orlov was stationed on
the Archipelago. Having destroyed the Turkish fleet in the
famous Battle of Cheshme on June 25-26, 1770, the Russians
established their supremacy at sea and seized several of the
Archipelago islands, having actively supported the rebel
lious Greeks. At the beginning of 1771, special emissaries of
Ali-bey arrived at the headquarters of Count Orlov on the
Island of Paros, where it was agreed to start a joint struggle
against the Turks.
At first Ali-bey was successful. In 1771, the Egyptians
with the support of Zahir’s troops began a formidable cam
paign in Syria. They took Damascus, Saida and besieged
34
Jaffa. However, the treason of the Mameluke generals com
pletely changed matters. Abu’l-Dhahab, who commanded the
Egyptian troops, suddenly withdrew his Mamelukes from
Damascus, fortified his position in Upper Egypt and started
a struggle against Ali-bey. The majority of the Mameluke
beys defected to Abu’l-Dhahab. Ali-bey was defeated and
fled to his ally in Akka. After the loss of Damascus and the
departure of the Mamelukes, Zahir’s situation became more
recarious. The Lebanese emir, Yusef Shehab, joined the
Î urks and with them besieged Saida. At the request of the
allies, a Russian squadron, under the command of Rizo, ar
rived in Syria. It helped break the blockade of Saida and
seized Beirut (May 1772). In the autumn of 1772, having
concluded a truce with the Turks, the Russian squadron left
Syria. Once again Beirut passed into the hands of the Turks.
In the meanwhile, Count Orlov sent to Ali-bey a mission
headed by Lieutenant Pleshcheyev, which handed over to
the insurgents a large consignment of weapons and ammu
nition. In 1773, having reorganised his forces, Ali-bey with
his 6,000-strong army came out against the rebellious Mame
luke beys. In the battle near Salihia, however (in the eastern
part of the Delta) his troops were defeated. Ali-bey was
mortally wounded, taken prisoner and soon, on May 8, 1773,
died in Cairo. Sheikh Zahir’s situation was now critical.
True, in June 1773, the truce between Turkey and Russia
ended and once again a Russian squadron, under the com
mand of Kozhukhov, arrived in Syria. The Lebanese emir
Yusef Shehab broke with the Turks and entered into an
alliance with the Russians and Sheikh Zahir. After a three-
month siege, the Russians captured Beirut. In October 1773,
Yusef Shehab requested Catherine II to make him a Russian
citizen and establish a protectorate over the Lebanon. After
the signing of the Kuchuk-Kainarji Treaty in 1774, this pe
tition was rejected and the Russian squadron left Syria.
W hen the Russians departed, the Turks threw all their
forces against Sheikh Zahir. In 1775, he was besieged in
Akka and soon killed. The revolt was suppressed and the
capital of Zahir, Akka, became the residence of the Turkish
satrap Jazzar, whose name is associated with the darkest
days in Syrian history.
Jazzar (the Butcher), his real name was Ahmed, was of
Bosnian origin. He had embarked on his Mameluke career
3* 35
in Egypt, where he had earned the nickname of Butcher by
ordering several massacres. During the Russo-Turkish war
he organised his own Mameluke detachment to fight the Rus
sians. For his outstanding services in suppressing the Zahir
rebellion, he was appointed the pasha in Saida. Soon the
paslialiks of Tripoli and Damascus were also handed over
to him and he became the virtual ruler of Syria with Akka
as the centre of his domains.
The reign of Jazzar was remarkable for the unprecedented
brutality with which one rebellion after another was sup
pressed. In 1780, a spontaneous peasant movement, support
ed by some of the local nobility, started in the Lebanon. At
its head stood certain relatives of Yusef Shehab, who had
once again gone over to the Turks. The insurgents rebelled
against the heavily increased tribute that Jazzar had imposed
on the Lebanon. The revolt was brutally put down. Yusef
Shehab cut off his brother’s tongue, plucked out the eyes of
his other brother, and with his own hands killed one of the
Shehabs who had gone over to the insurgents. The janissa
ries fed their prisoners with human flesh.
This was followed by the brutal suppression of the rebel
lions of the Palestine bedouins and fellaheen of Saida. A
continuous struggle was waged in the Lebanon, where rival
feudal cliques roused the peasants to revolt with promises
of an easier life. The most serious rebellion against Jazzar
began in 1789. The insurgents seized Beirut, Saida, Sur and
approached Akka, but treason, committed on the part of
some of the feudal leaders, bribed by Jazzar, led to the de
feat of the revolt. In 1790, in the Lebanon, yet another rebel
lion was sparked off by discontent among the peasants and
internecine strife among the nobles. The rebellion began to
die down only in 1797, when Yusef Shehab’s nephew, Emir
Beshir II, who had fought against his uncle, gained a foot
hold in the Lebanon.
In 1798, a big rebellion took place in Damascus, the in
habitants of which refused to pay tribute to Jazzar. Some
how, the Porte managed to settle the conflict by appointing
a new pasha in Damascus. However, the disturbances in
Syria continued.
In Iraq, uprisings took place throughout the 16th, 17th
and 18th centuries. These were movements of bedouins and
semi-settled farmers, whose life was still based on the trib-
36
al system. The insurgents upheld their rights to the land
and rose against the feudal system imposed by the Ottoman
Turks, refusing to pay taxes to the Turkish authorities. The
pashas replied by sending military expeditions to collect
taxes from their rebellious subjects, with the result that wars
between the pashas and the tribes continued almost without
a break from year to year. The local feudal lords—Kurds
and Arabs—played an ambivalent role. At times they would
help the pasha to pacify one tribe or another (usually for
a generous bribe), but often they headed the tribal anti-Tur
kish uprisings.
To this picture of internecine wars and rebellions were
added the Persian raids. Fighting against Turkey as against
their permanent enemy, the shahs of Persia supported any
anti-Turkish action in Iraq whether tribal rebellions ór the
campaigns of the pashas. There were times in the forties of the
18th century when the Pasha of Baghdad fought against his
own sovereign together with the tribes and the Iranian Shah.
The three centuries of Ottoman rule in Iraq witnessed
scores of large-scale rebellions. One of the most significant
was the uprising of the tribes in southern Iraq under the
leadership of the Siab family. It started in 1651 in the district
of Basra. The insurgents captured Basra and held it for
many years together with the adjoining regions. Only in
1669 did the Turks succeed in putting down the rebellion
and installing their own deputy in Basra. In 1690, an Arab
rebellion of the Muntafiq tribes flared up, embracing the val
ley of the lower and middle Euphrates. The Arabs occupied
Basra and conducted a successful campaign against the Tur
kish troops until 1701. Even then the Turks failed to sup
press the rebellion completely. With the support of the
Iranian shahs the Muntafiqs offered stubborn resistance to the
Turks in the 18th century. At the end of the century a fresh
wave of popular uprisings swept southern Iraq. They were
put down by the Baghdad Pasha, Buyuk Suleiman.
These numerous uprisings and internecine strife weak
ened the Ottoman Empire. Feudal anarchy reigned in the
domains of the Sublime Porte. The popular movements and
uprisings of the Arabs, Greeks, Kurds, Armenians and Slavs
shook the decaying foundations of the feudal empire and
hastened the collapse of a reactionary feudal system which
had outlived itself.
37
CHAPTER II
39
The inhabitants’ of this city put up some resistance, but were
soon suppressed and the French army moved southwards in
the direction of Cairo.
On the same day, Napoleon addressed the Egyptian peo
ple with a proclamation in which French revolutionary ide
als were mixed strangely with colonialist threats and a
cynical, demagogic play on the religious sentiments of the
more backward sections of the population. Napoleon pre
sented himself almost as a devout Moslem and friend and
patron of Islam. Having seized Egypt, the richest province
of the Ottoman Empire, he declared himself a “friend of the
Turkish Sultan”. His purpose in coming to Egypt was to
“punish the Mamelukes”, the enemies of the Sultan, the
Egyptian people and France. He also argued the need to
defend French residents in Egypt, an argument later to be.
used by all colonialists as an excuse to interfere in the
affairs of other countries.
The proclamation began with the usual Moslem address:
“In the name of Allah, the Gracious and the Merciful. There
is no God but Allah and Mohammed is his Prophet.”
It continued: “In the name of the French nation founded
on equality and liberty, the great general and leader of the
French army appeals to the citizens of Egypt. From time
immemorial the Mameluke beys ruling your country have
insulted the French nation and subjected her merchants to
torture. The hour for revenge has arrived!
“For many centuries this rabble of slaves has oppressed
the most beautiful country in the world. But Allah, the ruler
of the heavens, has willed that their reign shall end.
“Oh people of Egypt! They will tell you that I come to
destroy your religion; believe them not: answer that I come
to restore your right, to punish the usurpers, and that I re
spect, more than the Mamelukes ever did, God, his Prophet
and the Koran. Tell them also that all men are equal before
God except for their wisdom, talents and virtues excellen
cies. But by what wisdom, by what talents and virtues are
the Mamelukes distinguished if they have arrogated all the
joys and blessings of life. If there is good.land, it belongs
to the Mamelukes. If there is a pretty slave girl, a handsome
steed or a good house, they belong to the Mamelukes. But
Allah is gracious, merciful and just to the people, and with
his help the Egyptians are called upon to take their places.
40
The most intelligent, educated and virtuous will rule and the
people will be happy.
“In Egypt, there were once great cities, long canals and
lively trade. A ll this has been ruined by the tyranny and
covetousness of the Mamelukes.
“Sheikhs, Cadis and Imams, assure the people that we are
true Moslems. Was it not we who marched on Rome and
crushed the Pope who urged the Christians to fight against
the Moslems? W as it not we who destroyed the knights of
Malta because these ignoramuses claimed that God had
ordered them to fight against the Moslems? Were we not al
ways friends of the Ottoman Sultan (may Allah grant his
wishes) and enemies of his enemies? On the contrary, the
Mamelukes do not obey the Sultan. They acknowledge no
rule but their own.
“Thrice happy are they who shall be with us. They shall
prosper! Happy are they who remain neutral, for they still
have time to join us. But woe, triple woe unto them who
take up arms for the Mamelukes. They shall perish!”
This emotional preamble was followed by concrete orders:
“1. Each village situated at a distance of not more than
three hours’ march from the route of the French army must
send a delegation to the general in order to inform him that
the population has capitulated and hoisted the tri-coloured
French banner.
“2. A ll rebellious villages will be burnt.
“3. Every village that capitulates must also raise the ban
ner of our friend, the Ottoman Sultan. (May Allah, grant
him a long life.)
“4. The village sheikhs must guard the Mamelukes’ prop
erty.
“5. The sheikhs, Ulema, Cadis and Imams retain their
functions. In the mosques, prayers will be offered to Allah
as usual. The Egyptians will offer a thanksgiving for their
deliverance from the Mamelukes, exclaiming: ‘Glory to the
Ottoman Sultan! Glory to the French army! Cursed be the
Mamelukes; happiness to the Egyptian people!’ ”
News of the French invasion threw the Mamelukes into
a panic. The military council met in Cairo the same day. It
decided to request immediate help from the Sultan. The Ma
meluke governor, Murad-bey, was charged with the defence
of Egypt. Five days later, he set out with his army to meet
41
Bonaparte. The cavalry moved along the banks of the N ile
and the infantry in boats. Murad-bey resorted to the tradi
tional medieval method of defence to check the advance of
the French vessels along the Nile. He partitioned off the
river at Mugaza with a metal chain, along which he lined
up ships armed with cannon. The Mameluke cavalry and
infantry stood guard on shore.
The first clash between the French and the Egyptian forces
took place here on July 13. One Egyptian ship was destroyed
in the first hour of the battle. “Allah willed that the
sails catch fire and a spark fell on the ammunition,” wrote
the Egyptian chronicler Jabarti. “There was a dreadful ex
plosion and the captain and sailors were thrown high into
the air. The boat was reduced to ashes. Murad was filled
with terror and fled, abandoning his guns and other heavy
objects. He was followed by his cavalry. The infantrymen
got into their wooden barges and sailed away to Cairo. This
news made a very sorrowful impression on the capital.” The
way to Cairo was open and the invaders pressed on to that
historic city.
THE DEFENCE OF CAIRO. The Mameluke beys con
sidered their army “invincible”, but its shortcomings came
to the fore in the very first battle. A poorly organised feudal
levy, it was, of course, quite unfitted to withstand the most
modern army of the time, an army trained in the wars of the
French revolution. Napoleon gave credit to the individual
combat qualities of the Mamelukes, who fought like lions,
but he stressed their incompetency in organised mass opera
tions. “Two Mamelukes were undoubtedly more than a match
for three Frenchmen; 100 Mamelukes were equal to 100
Frenchmen; 300 Frenchmen could generally beat 300 Ma
melukes, and 1,000 Frenchmen invariably defeated 1,500
Mamelukes,” he remarked. In this connection Engels wrote:
“With Napoleon a detachment of cavalry had to be of a
definite minimum number in order to make it possible for
the force of discipline, embodied in closed order and planned
utilisation, to manifest itself and rise superior even to
greater numbers of irregular cavalry, in spite of the latter
being better mounted, more dexterous horsemen and fighters,
and at least as brave as the former.”1
1 Frederick Engels, Anti-Dühring, Moscow, 1962, p. 177.
42
This first defeat showed the Mamelukes they were deal
ing with a formidable opponent. W ith feverish haste they
set about fortifying Cairo. They built new ships and dug
fortifications. The inhabitants of the city, who had no desire
to submit to foreign oppression, willingly took part in the
defence. Craftsmen’s guilds collected money to purchase
weapons. Workers and artisans formed volunteer detachments.
There were not enough weapons to go round. Patriotic
demonstrations took place in the city. In the mosques, the
Ulema implored God to grant them victory.
Yet the defence was poorly organised. On July 21, Bona
parte’s army approached Giza, situated on the western bank
of the N ile opposite Cairo. Here, at the foot of the ancient
pyramids, a fierce battle took place. The Mamelukes and the
city dwellers were crushingly defeated by the French. Out
of six thousand Mamelukes only three thousand survived.
Some of them fled with Murad-bey to Upper Egypt and
some with Ibrahim-bey to Syria where they were pursued
by the French. Thousands of city-dwellers, who fought on
the approaches to Cairo, were drowned in the river while
retreating. The victors broke into the city, plundered it and
took brutal reprisals against those who had participated in
the defence.
48
the war of words that followed, the British commander or
dered the Turkish fleet to withdraw from all Egyptian ports
and threatened to put the Turkish admiral in irons and ship
him to London if he did not comply.
However, the British domination soon came to an end.
According to the Treaty of Amiens, concluded on March 27,
1802, between England and France, the British were obliged
to leave Egypt. They tried to prolong the evacuation, but
their main forces were withdrawn by the beginning of 1802
and the last units left Alexandria in March 1803.
The British, however, did not relinquish their aggressive
plans. They took the pro-English Mameluke leader, Moham
med el-Alfy, to London with them to let him loose again
on Egyptian soil at a propitious moment. Napoleon had not
relinquished his aggressive plans either. In October 1802,
he sent Colonel Sebastiani (in 1803 he became a general) to
Egypt to prepare the way for a new expedition. Sebastia
ni, an expert on the East, was also a brilliant intelligence
agent and diplomat. He established contact with the Mame
luke leaders Ibrahim-bey and Osman Bardisi.
52
army were deployed on the Danube against the Russians,
England demanded that the Porte banish Sebastiani at once
and surrender its fleet, the Dardanelles and their batteries
to the English. Moldavia and Walachia were to go to the
Russians. The Turkish Government rejected this ultimatum.
The English fleet then entered the Sea of Marmara and
threatened to bombard Istanbul.
The approach of the squadron caused a patriotic upsurge
in the capital. W hile the English fleet waited for a fair wind
in order to enter the Bosporus, the Turks fortified the capi
tal and the shores of the Dardanelles under the direction of
Sebastiani and French engineers, whereupon the British
admiral decided that any attempt to storm Istanbul would
be hopeless and withdrew his fleet to the Mediterranean.
The British now decided to launch an attack against Egypt.
On March 17, 1807, they landed a 5,000-strong force at Alex
andria. Mohammed Ali led the Egyptians against the in
vaders. At the end of March, the 2,000-strong British force
which had penetrated Rosetta was crushed by the Egyptians
in the streets of the city. The British general sent another
detachment to Rosetta twice the size of the first, but it was
also defeated. In the Battle of Rosetta, the fellaheen and
bedouins fought side by side with, professional soldiers.
W hile the English tried to gain possession of Rosetta, the
citizens of Cairo proceeded to fortify the city.
The British never did advance on Cairo. After their
second defeat near Rosetta and the unsuccessful attempt to
instigate a new revolt of the Mamelukes, they withdrew to
Alexandria. W hen Mohammed Ali advanced on Alexandria,
the commander of the British forces asked Mohammed Ali
to sign peace. In September 1807, the remaining British
troops were shipped home and Mohammed Ali entered A lex
andria. H is popularity had grown immensely and he was
hailed as the heroic defender of Egypt.
53
nised Mohammed Ali as their suzerain, the Mamelukes main
tained their control over Upper Egypt, which became the
nucleus of continuous plots and mutinies.
After his victory over the British, Mohammed Ali devoted
himself to land reforms which dealt a blow at the holdings
of the multazims and the Mamelukes. In 1808, he confiscated
the estates of the multazims, who were trying to avoid pay
ing taxes, and in 1809 deprived them of half the faiz. In
1812, he took away all the land owned by the Mamelukes.
In 1814, he completely abolished the iltizam system. Now
the fellaheen paid taxes not to the multazims, but directly
to the state. The personal dependence of the fellaheen on
the multazims was also abolished. A ll that remained in the
multazims’ hands were the usia lands. Alloted lands (atar)
were made state property. True, by way of compensation,
Mohamnied A li ordered that the multazims be paid a faiz
at the treasury’s expense in the form of an annual pension.
But the economic basis of their power was undermined.
Mohammed Ali, however, did not abolish the feudal mode
of production. The liquidation of the Utizams and the shar
ing out of the common land, begun in 1813, undoubtedly
altered the conditions of the fellaheen. But the fellah was
still exploited by the feudal lords, although he now worked
for the feudal state as a whole, not for an individual lord.
Moreover, it was not long before most of the land which
had passed under thè control of the state was once again
in private hands. In the thirties (the first grant is usually
dated from December 1, 1829), Mohammed Ali distributed
large tracts of land to his kin and members of his suite, to
higher dignitaries and officers of the Albanian, Kurdish,
Circassian and Turkish detachments. Within a short time,
he had given away hundreds of thousands of feddans of
land together with the peasants who worked them. Subse
quently, after 1854, their owners had to pay the uslir tax
(or tithe), from which they came to be known as ushria (by
the tithe payers). Thus, having deprived the ancient feudal
nobility of its estates and power and having liquidated the
multazim class, Mohammed Ali created in its place a new feu
dal nobility which became the mainstay of the new dynasty.
Between 1809 and 1815, Mohammed Ali appropriated the
waqf land (rizq) to the state, and the government took upon
itself the up-keep of the mosques and clergy. This measure
54
did not please the clergy and several sheikhs threatened to
“overthrow him whom we have elevated”. But Mohammed
Ali drove these sheikhs out of Cairo and brutally suppressed
their opposition.
The confiscation of the Utizams, the curtailment of the
faiz and other measures caused discontent among the Ma
melukes, who both in 1809 and 1810 instigated unsuccessful
revolts against Mohammed Ali. Some of the Mamelukes fled
to the Sudan and some recognised the authority of Moham
med Ali and remained in Egypt. Many of them settled in
Cairo. But they could not forget their former estates and
power and prepared new revolts aimed at restoring Mame
luke feudalism.
Mohammed Ali decided to put an end to the Mameluke
menace once and for all. In 1811, he was commissioned by
the Porte to send his troops to Arabia to destroy the newly
established Wahhabi government. On the day of his depar
ture, on March 1, 1811, Mohammed Ali organised a military
parade in Cairo, in which five hundred Mamelukes also took
part. The troops gathered in the citadel, where they started
their march through the city. W hen most of the troops had
left the fortress, the Albanians closed the citadel gates, sur
rounded the Mamelukes and massacred them. Searches were
made in the Mameluke homes. In Cairo, in the provinces and
in Upper Egypt, everywhere Mohammed A li’s soldiers and
the people hunted down the Mamelukes. Almost all the
Mamelukes were seized and executed. Only a handful es
caped by fleeing to the Sudan.
55
army the moment he came to power. Due to the lack of men
and weapons, progress was at first slow. The nucleus of the
new army was formed by Albanians. Egyptians were not
recruited, because Turkish-Mameluke traditions were still
strong among them. After the Arabian campaign (1811-19),
however, and especially after the campaign against the
Morea (1824-28), during which the African soldiers, who
comprised the greater part of the Egyptian army, perished
from the cold, Mohammed Ali finally decided to conscript
the native Egyptians (fellaheen). This army was destined
to gain brilliant victories for Mohammed Ali in Syria.
At first, the troops were trained by foreign military ex
perts. After the campaign against Arabia, Mohammed Ali
set up a large training camp at Aswan, where thousands of
young Egyptians and Sudanese were trained by French and
Italian instructors. These were mainly officers of the empire,
who had left their homeland after the return of the Bour
bons. An outstanding role was played by the talented French
officer Seve, nicknamed Suleiman Pasha. Mohammed Ali
also set up military schools for Egyptian commanders: an
infantry school in Damietta, a cavalry school in Giza and an
artillery school in Tura (near Cairo). The Academy of the
General Staff was opened in 1826. French military regula
tions were translated into Arabic. The Egyptian army was
patterned on Napoleon’s army. Its armament included artil
lery. “This outstanding artillery may be compared to that
of the European armies,’’ wrote one of Napoleon’s marshals.
“You look at it and marvel at the power of the government
that has been able to turn the fellaheen into such first-rate
soldiers.” Weapons were purchased in Europe but often they
were also manufactured in Egypt.
By the thirties of the 19th century, the regular Egyptian
army had grown to considerable proportions. In 1883, it had
36 infantry regiments (3,000 soldiers in each regiment), 14
Guard regiments with an over-all strength of 50,000 men,
15 cavalry regiments with 500 men in each regiment and five
artillery regiments comprising 2,000 soldiers—a total of al
most 180,000 soldiers. Moreover, irregular units with an
over-all strength of approximately 40,000 men also served
in the Egyptian army.
Mohammed Ali did not limit himself to the creation of
a land force. He studied the reforms of Peter I and would
56
often compare himself with the great Russian reformer. Like
Peter I, Mohammed Ali decided to create a national Egyp
tian fleet.
He not only purchased ships abroad—in Marseilles, Livor
no and Trieste. In 1829, after almost the whole Egyptian
fleet had been destroyed in the Battle of Navarino, Moham
med Ali built a dockyard at Alexandria (“the Alexandrian
Arsenal”). It was completed within a very short time. In
January 1831, the first one-hundred-cannon ship was
launched. At first most of the workers engaged in the ship
building industry were Europeans, but soon highly skilled
native workers were trained. The Arabs quickly mastered
the technical professions. Almost all the 8,000 workers at
the dockyard were Egyptians. “The Alexandrian dockyard,
where all the work is done by the Arabs and which can easi
ly compete with all the dockyards in the world, clearly
shows what can be done with these people. The Europeans
would never have obtained such amazing results within such
a short period,” wrote a European observer.
Crews to man the ships were also trained. W ithin a short
space of time, 15,000 Egyptian seamen were ready for ser
vice. Commanders received their training at the newly estab
lished naval college. “The Arabs are versatile and have
excellent abilities. They appear to be born sailors,” wrote
the same observer. In addition, Mohammed Ali erected
several new fortresses in Egypt and strengthened the old
ones.
57
was accelerated, especially the growth of export cotton, rice,
indigo and other crops. The development of agriculture was
furthered by Jumel’s (a Frenchman) introduction of a new
cotton plant and by the implementation of an extensive pro
gramme for building irrigational projects. Old watering
canals were restored and new ones built. In the Delta, the
transition from basin to perennial irrigation was begun. M o
hammed Ali lay the foundation of the great barrage across
the N ile at the beginning of the Delta. As a result, the area
of irrigated land increased by approximately 100,000
feddans and the area under cultivation rose from 2 million
feddans in 1821 to 3.1 million feddans in 1883.
A ll Egypt’s industrial, craft and agricultural production
during Mohammed A li’s reign was controlled by the govern
ment. This control was effected by a system of monopolies,
a peculiar type of centralised regulation of the country’s
economy. The system of monopolies took shape in the period
from 1816 to 1820. The peasant and artisan households were
put under the supervision of officials, and the government
was given the exclusive right to purchase and sell the goods
they produced. Each year, the peasants were told how many
feddans to sow and with what crops. The amount of obliga
tory deliveries and purchase prices were determined. Along
with agricultural products, the government monopolised the
production and purchase of yam, cloth, kerchiefs, saltpetre,
soap, soda, sugar and other goods.
The agricultural and craft monopolies were supplemented
by trade monopolies, the state being the only supplier of
Egyptian goods on the home market and the only exporter.
The retail dealers in the towns turned into virtual govern
ment agents for the.sale of state-monopoly goods.
58
yev1. The factory workers were organised in platoons, com
panies and battalions. They had to obey officers and do
military drills. They lived in barracks and were forcibly
recruited to the factory, where they received only meagre
wages. According to the data presented in the 1883 budget, 28
million francs were spent on maintenance of the army,
3.5 million francs for the private expenses of Mohammed
A li and only 2.75 million francs for the up-keep of facto
ries and workers’ wages.
The peasants were no better off than the workers. Although
the fellah had rid himself of the hated Mamelukes and the
multazims, matters had not improved. As under the Mame
lukes, he was bound to the land. He had to do sixty days of
corvee a year on the estates of Mohammed A li and his at
tendants. The taxes he had used to pay to the multazims
were now collected by state tax gatherers at higher rates.
Under the Mamelukes he had been exempt from military
service. Now he was liable to be conscripted for long periods
into the feudal army with its harsh system of corporal punish
ment. He could not dispose of his products as he liked and
was obliged to sell most of them to state buyers at low
prices.
The peasants and artisans died of hunger while the
monopolies continued to derive large profits, enabling the
government to build up a new army and enriching the mer
chants who bought the right to buy up monopolised goods
and gather taxes.
Many of the fellaheen and artisans were unable to bear
the yoke any longer. They rebelled and fled to Syria. The
Egyptian Government demanded their return and brutally
suppressed the popular uprisings. (In 1822, an uprising took
place in Cairo, in 1823, in the province of Minufiya, in 1824,
in Upper Egypt and in 1826, in the region of Bilbeis.)
59
H e preserved the mask of a vassal, but in reality he exe
cuted only those of the Porte’s orders which were to his ad
vantage and sabotaged those that were not. Egypt had, in
fact, become an independent state with its own government,
army, laws and tax system. Mohammed Ali paid an annual
tribute to the Sultan, comprising approximately three per
cent of all budget expenditure, he received investiture from
the Sultan, the latter’s name was mentioned in the khutbahs
and with this ended Egypt’s dependence on the Porte.
Foreigners called Mohammed Ali die viceroy.
In order to strengthen Egypt’s defence potential, Moham
med Ali carried out an administrative reform. He abolished
the old Mameluke administrative system, which had the
provincial governors’ (kashifs) arbitrary power, and created
a centralised machinery of state. He established a number
of ministries on the European pattern with strictly defined
functions. The War Ministry was in charge of the army
and fleet. The Ministry of Finance gathered taxes. The Trade
Ministry was in charge of monopolies; it also had the monop
oly of foreign trade. The Ministry of Public Education
founded a number of schools and sent students abroad to
study European sciences. Finally, the Ministries of Foreign
and Home Affairs were formed. Under the ministries a
series of councils and committees were established to deal
with such questions as naval affairs, farming, public health,
etc.
Mohammed Ali divided Egypt into seven new provinces
or mudiriyas , at the head of which stood a governor (??iu-
dir ) who was subordinate to the central government, carried
out administrative duties and collected taxes. He was also
responsible for managing government workshops and manu
factories, and for seeing that the canals, bridges and roads
were in a good condition. He ensured the timely sowing and
gathering of the crops. The mudiriya was divided into dis
tricts (marakazes) with a ma'mur at their head. The local
administrative unit was the nahiya with a nazir at its head.
Finally, the governor of the village was its sheikh. This har
monious strictly subordinated administrative system ensured
the government complete control over all the sections of
the state machinery.
Mohammed Ali invited French doctors, engineers, teach
ers and lawyers to help Europeanise the administration
60
of the country and, by so doing, formed the basis of a bour
geois intelligentsia among the Egyptians.
62
CHAPTER IV
68
the fighting and eventually gained possession of the pashalik
of Damascus. He then fought not only against the Wahhabis,
but also against the neighbouring pashas from Akka, Tripoli
and Aleppo. These wars led to his downfall and he fled to
Egypt somewhere around 1812. A member of Jazzar’s retinue,
Mustafa Berber, installed himself in Tripoli. Accidentally
appointed the commander of the citadel of Tripoli, he made
himself master of the entire region, collected taxes and refused
to recognise any authority except his own. In Jaffa, power
was seized by a certain Mahmud Bey, nicknamed Abu Nabbut
(“father of the hickory stick”).
The picture was the same in Iraq. The Persian ruler of
Kermanshah, and the Kurdish beks actively intervened in
support of the side they favoured. After the death of Kuchuk
Suleiman in 1810, Abdullah gained possession of Baghdad,
where he was destined to rule for two years. He was replaced
in 1812 by Said Pasha, the son of the famous Buyuk Sulei
man. The years of his rule (1812-17) were marked by feudal
disorder and the fruitless attempts of the Porte to put an end
to separatism and the stubbornness of the Iraqi Kulemenis.
69
he annexed the feudal principality of Jubeil in the northern
Lebanon and then the Biqa’a Valley, which supplied the
Lebanon with wheat.
Beshir II took over estates from the big Druse feudal lords
of the southern Lebanon and settled them with Maronite
peasants from the northern district, who paid him a relatively
small rent, cultivated mulberry trees and spun silk. Some of
these leaseholders grew rich and eventually bought the land.
Beshir II also restricted the arbitrary rule of the Maronite
feudal lords of Kesruan.
Beshir IPs fierce struggle against feudal banditry resulted
in the complete elimination of lawlessness on the highroads
and traders were at last able to take their goods through the
Lebanese mountains, knowing that not a single highway rob
ber would dare touch them for fear of being punished by
Beshir II. The peasants could also breathe more freely because
feudal taxes were less than in the time of Jazzar.
Beshir II restricted feudal arbitrariness, but permitted
himself the liberty of exploiting the Lebanese peasants. He
surrounded himself with regal luxury. The palace that was
built for him at Beit-Ed-Din is considered one of the greatest
monuments of Lebanese architecture.
Officially, Beshir II was a Moslam, but he and his relatives
“secretly” embraced Christianity and performed Christian
rites at his secret court church. This “conversion” was dic
tated by political motives—the desire to use the influence of
the Maronite clergy to unite the Lebanon under the Shehab
rule—and Beshir II himself did much to spread this “secret”
among the Lebanese Christians. The Catholic press pictured
him as a devout Christian. Actually he was indifferent to
religion. As the famous French poet Lamartine wrote,
Beshir II was a Druse with the Druses, a Christian with the
Christians, and a Moslem with the Moslems.
72
while the artisans’ children died of hunger. The Dervish
priests would compare the luxurious life of the Sultan with
the meagre existence of the artisans. Ideologists from among
the artisans, especially the Bektashi, attacked the opulence
and debauchery of the Sultan’s court in their sermons and
called for a return to the strict ascetic simplicity of morals,
and the preservation of ancient virtues and ancient, manual
tools. These appeals were usually combined with the preach
ing of mysticism and civil disobedience.
The steady decline of the economy, the inability to under
stand the true nature of the reforms, and the Dervish prop
aganda, all this gave rise to a broad insurgent movement
embracing various towns of the Ottoman Empire. In Syria
the movement reached its peak in Aleppo and especially in
Damascus.
In 1825, big disturbances broke out in Damascus in con
nection with the publication of a firman on money circula
tion. “Threatening to kill the governor and slaughter all the
functionaries,” wrote a contemporary, “the people secured
the publication of an order to keep all the money in circula
tion until the arrival of a treasurer from Constantinople.”
In the same year, an uprising took place in Jerusalem,
Bethlehem and Nablus, where the people refused to pay taxes.
Fresh uprisings flared up in Nablus in 1830 and in Damascus
in 1831.
In Damascus the Turkish Pasha, on orders from the
government, began making an inventory of all the artisan
shops and stores with a view to raising taxes. This served
as a signal for an uprising. The insurgents burnt the Pasha’s
palace and laid siege to the citadel in which he had taken
refuge together with the garrison. The siege lasted for six
weeks. W hen the supply of provisions ran out, the Pasha
made an attempt to break through the encirclement, and was
killed. But though they were victorious on the battlefield the
citizens of Damascus were unable to reap the fruits of their
victory.
These spontaneous uprisings and rebellions, and the gen
eral discontent in Syria played into the hands of Mohammed
Ali, who had his eye on the Asian provinces of the Ottoman
Empire. When in 1831, the Egyptian troops invaded Syria
and Palestine, the people welcomed them as deliverers from
the tyranny of the infidel Sultan.
73
THE REFORMS OF DA U D PASHA IN IRAQ (1817-31).
The Sultan’s prestige in Mesopotamia had also fallen to a
low ebb. Cut off by the mountains, Iraq was actually an
autonomous province, where the Porte’s authority was readily
recognised but not respected. Iraq was ruled by the Kule-
menis. Having beheaded his predecessor and brother-in-law
in 1817, Daud Pasha succeeded to power. A Georgian by
birth, he had as a child been sold into slavery to Buyuk
Suleiman. Daud stood out among the Kulemenis for his
literary and diplomatic gifts, and for his excellent knowledge
of Oriental languages and Moslem theology. He became
Buyuk Suleiman’s secretary and married the Sultan’s
daughter. After Suleiman’s death Daud fell into disgrace and
became a mullah in a Baghdad mosque. He established ties
with the clergy and at the same time succeeded in winning
the Kulemenis. to his side, and with their support he became
pasha.
Daud Pasha ruled Iraq despotically for fourteen years. He
imitated the Egyptian Pasha, Mohammed Ali, in many ways.
First, he abolished the capitulations, which had weighed
heavily on the local traders and placed the East India Com
pany and its compradore agents (chiefly Persians) in a privi
leged position. On his instructions in 1821, the latter were
deprived of their privileges and placed on the same footing
as the local traders.
The East India Company retaliated by starting a war.
Its fleet sailed up the Iraqi rivers and cut off connections
between Basra and Baghdad. Daud then started confiscating
the Company’s goods, and besieged its Baghdad residence.
The conflict ended temporarily in the closing down of the
Company’s establishments and the expulsion of its em
ployees. Soon, however, the all-powerful East India Company
induced Daud Pasha to restore its privileges as well as those
of its agents and even compelled him to pay for the confis
cated goods. Daud’s attempt to secure the interests of the
local traders was a failure.
In his struggle for the centralisation of Iraq, Daud Pasha
had to reckon with feudal and tribal separatism. He sup
pressed tribal revolts, dismissed the sheikhs who were of
no use to him, and placed his own people at the head of
the tribes. The struggle for the subordination of feudal Kur
distan was more difficult.
74
The Kurdish beks had a powerful ally in the person of
the Iranian Shah. During the second half of the 18th cen
tury feudal Iran had been in a state of decline, but in 1797,
the country was united under the rule of Fatih A li Shah,
who also strove to annex Iraq. The first thing he did was
to contact the beks of Iraqi Kurdistan. The beks acknowled
ged themselves to be his vassals and started to pay him trib
ute, and some of them were appointed regional governors
by the Shah. A ll attempts by the Baghdad pashas to restore
their power in Iraqi Kurdistan met with the resistance of the
Persian troops. Daud Pasha decided to put an end to this.
In 1821, he undertook a campaign against the new bek,
governor of Kurdistan, a Persian appointee, but was defeated
by the united Kurdish and Persian forces. Daud then launched
reprisals against the Persians in Iraq. He confiscated
their property and arrested them. He ordered his men to
confiscate the treasures of the Shi a clergy of Karbala and
Nejef. Many Persians, who had sought refuge in the Shi9a
mosques, were exterminated. These measures sharpened the
Turco-Iranian conflict over Kurdistan and resulted in the
war of 1821-23.
The odds were in Iran’s favour. The Iranian army had
been partially reorganised along European lines. The Turks
suffered a series of defeats in both Iraq and East Anatolia.
The Persians occupied Suleimaniya, Kirkuk and Mosul, and
were stopped only by an epidemic of cholera, whereupon
they concluded the Erzurum Peace Treaty (March 1823),
according to which Iraqi Kurdistan was to remain in the
hands of the Turkish pashas.
The war with Iran convinced Daud Pasha of the superior
ity of European warfare and he set to work to create a
regular army. Unlike his predecessors, Daud employed not
French but British instructors. W ith the help of Colonel
Taylor, the East India Company’s new resident at Baghdad,
Daud Pasha formed regular units fitted out and trained in
the manner of the Anglo-Indian sepoys. Moreover, Daud
bought up-to-date artillery and built an arsenal at Baghdad
that fully answered the technical standards of his day.
To raise money for the reorganisation of the army, Daud,
like Mohammed Ali, exercised the exclusive right to buy up
and export Iraq’s main products: wheat, barley, dates and
salt. He bought sea-going and river vessels for shipping these
75
goods. Following Egypt’s example, he also tried to grow
cotton and sugar cane.
Daud, like Mohammed Ali, decided to use Turkey’s defeat
in the war against Russia in 1828-29 to secure the independ
ence of Iraq, which was under his control. According to the
Treaty of Adrianople, Turkey was burdened with huge
indemnities. Sultan Mahmud II had demanded money from
his pashas. A special functionary of the Porte was sent to
Iraq to collect the tribute. On Daud Pasha’s orders he was
killed immediately after the lunch reception.
The Porte declared Daud Pasha a mutineer and in 1820,
sent the troops of A li Riza, the Pasha of Aleppo, to fight
against him. But Daud Pasha had long since begun to pre
pare for the fight against the Porte. He had a well-trained
and well-equipped army and all that was needed for a war.
Having at his disposal regular units, a 25,000-strong ir
regular infantry and cavalry corps and also a 50,000-strong
tribal levy, he had every reason to expect success. But the
outcome of the war was determined by other circumstances.
A catastrophic flood, crop failure and a fever epidemic under
mined Iraq’s might. The plague of 1831 almost completely
destroyed Daud’s army. When the epidemic was over, Ali
Riza’s troops entered Iraq and occupied the emptied and
exhausted land, having encountered almost no resistance. In
September 1831, Daud Pasha was deposed and sent to
Istanbul. At the same time, an end was put to the separatism
of the Baghdad pashas and Kulemenis. From then on the
Baghdad pashas were appointed by the Porte and they saw
to it that its orders and policy were put into practice.
CHAPTER V
77
The feudal and tribal anarchy of the nomadic regions
was supplemented by the feudal disunity of the settled
regions. Almost every village and town had a hereditary
ruler. A ll of settled Arabia was a mass of small feudal
principalities and, like the tribes, they waged endless inter
necine wars.
The structure of the Arabian feudal society was rather com
plicated. The sheikhs held sway over the nomadic tribes.
In some tribes the sheikhs were elected to their posts, but
most of them had already become hereditary rulers. Apart
from the desert feudal aristocracy and the so-called free,
noble tribes which it ruled, there also existed vassal tribes,
and also the dependent settled and semi-nomadic popula
tion. In the towns and farming regions the feudal nobility
(e.g., the sherifs and seyyids) and the rich merchants were
counterposed to the petty traders, artisans and the dependent
peasantry.
In feudal Arabia, class relations were further complicated
by patriarchal and clan relations and the existence of slavery,
which was comparatively widespread among both the nomads
and the settled population. The slave markets of Mecca,
Hufuf, Muscat and other cities provided the Arabian nobility
with a large number of slaves, who were used both as house
hold servants and as labourers.
The towns and villages of Arabia were constantly raided
and plundered by the Bedouins. Raids and internecine wars
led to the destruction of wells, canals and palm groves, and
it was a matter of urgent economic necessity to the settled
population that they should cease; hence the tendency to
fuse the small principalities into one political whole.
Moreover, the social division of labour between the settled
and nomadic population of Arabia led to the growing ex
change of the agricultural produce of the oases for the animal
produce of the steppes. Apart from this, both the steppe
Bedouins and the oasis fanners were in need of such imported
products as cereals, salt and cloth. Consequently, caravan
trade between Arabia and the neighbouring countries, Syria
and Iraq, began to grow. On the other hand, however, feudal
anarchy and Bedouin robbery hampered the development
of trade. Thus, the demands of the growing market, and
also the need to develop irrigatory farming, were an incen
tive to the political unification of the Arabs.
78
Arabia’s feudal and tribal disunity made it easier for
foreign invaders to seize the peninsula. This, too, was an
important incentive to unification. In the 16th century, the
Turks occupied without encountering much resistance the
Red Sea coast of Arabia: the Hejaz, Asir and the Yemen.
In the 16th century, too, the British, Dutch and Portuguese
began setting up bases on the eastern seaboard of Arabia.
In the 18th century, the Persians seized El-Hasa, Oman and
Bahrein. And it was only Inner Arabia, surrounded as it
was by deserts, that remained impregnable to the invaders.
Thus it came about that the movement for unification in
the coastal towns of Arabia grew into a struggle against
foreign invasion. The movement in the Yemen, led by the
Zaydit Imams ended in the 17th century with the expulsion
of the Turks. The Imams controlled the whole populated
(mountainous) part of the country. In the Hejaz, the Turks
retained only nominal power. The real rulers were the Arab
“descendants of the Prophet”, the sherifs. The Persians were
expelled from Oman in the middle of the 18th century and in
1783, from Bahrein, where the Arab feudal dynasty had firmly
entrenched itself. But it was in Inner Arabia, in Nejd, where
the movement for unity did not have to fight against the in
vaders, that it was most clearly defined and consistent. This
was a struggle for the unification of the Arab tribes, for the
centralisation of the principalities of Nejd, for the fusion
of the “Arabian lands” into a single whole. This struggle
was based on a new religious ideology called wahhabism.
79
tribe, each village had its fetish, its beliefs and rites. The
variety of religious forms that stemmed from the primitive
level of social development and the lack of cohesion between
the countries of Arabia were serious obstacles to political
unity. Abd el-Wahhab set up against this religious poly
morphism a single doctrine called tauhid (unity). Formally,
he did not desire a change in the doctrines of Islam, but
merely preached a return to Islam’s former purity as pro
claimed in the Koran. “Mohammed’s religious revolution,
like every religious movement, was formally a reaction, an
alleged return to the old, the simple,” Engels wrote of the
origin of Islam.1 Abd el-Wahhab’s “religious revolution” was
also “an alleged return to the old, the simple”. But the mean
ing of the “revolution” lay not so much in a new interpreta
tion of the tenets of Islam as in an appeal for Arab unity.
The teàchings of the Wahhabis were devoted mainly to
questions of morals. Its followers, who had grown up in
the rigorous conditions of desert life, had to observe a strict
moral austerity bordering on asceticism. They were forbidden
to drink wine or coffee or to smoke tobacco. They rejected
all luxury and forbade singing or the playing of musical
instruments. They spoke out against all overindulgence and
sexual dissoluteness. It is no wonder, therefore, that the
Wahhabis were called “the Puritans of the desert”.
The Wahhabis fought against the survivals of local tribal
cults. They destroyed the tombs of the saints, and forbade
magic fortune-telling. But at the same time their teachings
were directed against official Islam. They denounced mysti
cism and dervishism, the forms of religious worship practised
by the Turks and formed over the ages. They urged the
people to fight mercilessly against the apostates, in other
words, against the Persian Shi’as, the Ottoman pseudo-Caliph
and the Turkish pashas. The Wahhabis intended to drive out
the Turks and unite the liberated Arab countries under the
banner of “pure Islam”.
80
embraced Wahhabism and had entered into an alliance with
Abd el-Wahhab in 1774. For the next forty years or so, their
followers waged a stubborn struggle for the unification of
Nejd under the banner of Wahhabism. They conquered one
principality after the other. They forced the Bedouin tribes
into submission. Some villages willingly submitted to the
Wahhabis, others were driven on to the “path of truth”
by force of arms.
By 1786, Wahhabism had spread all over Nejd. Small
and once hostile principalities formed a comparatively large
feudal theocratic state headed by the Saudi dynasty. In 1791,
after the death of the founder o f Wahhabism, Abd el-Wahhab,
the Saudi emirs gained both temporal and spiritual power.
The victory of Wahhabism in Nejd and the emergence
of the Saudi state did not lead to the formation of a new
social system or bring a new class to power. The progressive
character of these events lay in the fact that they weakened
feudal anarchy and Arabian disunity.
However, the Wahhabis were as yet unable to create a
centralised state with efficient administrative machinery.
The former feudal rulers were permitted to retain their
posts as the heads of towns on the condition that they em
braced the Wahhabi faith and recognised the Wahhabi emir
as their suzerain and spiritual leader. In the 18th century,
therefore, the Wahhabi regime was unstable and was shaken
by continuous feudal and tribal revolts. No sooner had the
Wahhabi emirs added one district to their domains, than
a revolt broke out in another, and the Wahhabi rulers had
to rush their troops from one place to another to suppress it.
82
conquered (1799). But the Wahhabis, who dreamt of a
united Arabia, were not going to stop at this. After two-years’
respite, they renewed the fight against the sherif of Mecca
and in April 1803, they seized Mecca itself. All ceremonies
which seemed in the eyes of the Wahhabis to suggest the
taint of idolatry were forbidden. They destroyed the tombs
of “saints” and stripped the Ka’aba of its relics. The mullahs
who persisted in the old belief were executed. These acts
gave rise to an uprising in the Hejaz, forcing the Wahhabis
to retreat, but their retreat was only temporary. In 1804, they
seized Medina, and in 1806, recaptured and plundered Mecca.
The Hejaz was annexed to the Wahhabi state, which now
stretched from the Red Sea to the Persian Gulf, incorporat
ing almost all the countries of the peninsula, Nejd, Sham-
mar, Jauf, the Hejaz, El-Hasa, Kuwait, Bahrein, part of
Oman and Yemenese and Asirian Tihama. Even in the parts
of the peninsula they had not occupied, in inner Yemen and
Hadhramaut, the Wahhabis had many followers. Their
influence was decisive.
Having united almost all Arabia, the Wahhabis proceeded
to incorporate other Arab countries in the state. Their pri
mary objectives were Syria and Iraq.
Ô* 83
mosques in Karbala, the Wahhabis returned to the steppes.
After the unification of Arabia in 1808, the Wahhabis
launched a large attack against Baghdad, but it was repulsed.
The campaigns against Damascus, Aleppo and other Syrian
cities were likewise unsuccessful. The Wahhabis exacted trib
ute from these cities but were unable to establish them
selves there. The Wahhabis fought just as well in Syria and
Iraq as they did in Oman or in the Hejaz. They were just as
well organised, disciplined and courageous. They still be
lieved in the justice of their cause. But in Arabia they had had
the support of the tribes and the progressive elements of the
feudal class; the objective need for unity had stemmed from
the conditions of economic development, and in this lay
the secret of their past victories. The economic and social
prerequisites for a union with Arabia were non-existent
in Syria and Iraq. The people here stubbornly resisted the
Wahhabis, whom they regarded as foreign invaders. In the
days of the Wahhabi campaign against Baghdad and Damas
cus, Arab unity was as much a utopia as it was when the
Wahhabi movement was first born. But after half a century
of struggle, the Wahhabis’ dream for a united Arabia had
come true at last.
CHAPTER VI
85
force (eight to ten thousand men) to conquer the Wahhabis.
Tusun Bey’s adviser and the real leader of the expedition
was Ahmed Aga, nicknamed Bonaparte, one of Mohammed
A li’s best generals. A merchant from Cairo by the name of
El-Makhruki also accompanied the expedition. He was the
chief supply officer and political adviser.
In September 1811, the Egyptians set out on their cam
paign. The infantry went by ship and the cavalry by land.
Caravans loaded with water and provisions followed on their
heels.
In October 1811, the Egyptians occupied Port Yenbo on
the Arabian Peninsula and made it a springboard for their
operations against the Wahhabis.
The war against the Wahhabis was a harrowing experience
for the Egyptians. Many of them perished from the heat and
the lack of water. They died of starvation and disease. The
plague, cholera, malaria and dysentery thinned their ranks.
Many soldiers went blind from the sun, others were swal
lowed up in quicksands or died from other causes while at
tempting to cross a desert that for centuries had been con
sidered impassable.
The Egyptian army was surrounded by a hostile country
and a hostile population. The Bedouin tribes attacked Egyp
tian patrols and caravans loaded with provisions. They cut
off connections between the army’s front lines and the rear
bases. Every town and village had to be taken by force. The
Wahhabis believed firmly in the justice of their cause and
they also had a considerable numerical superiority. The
Egyptians had only eight to. ten thousand men, while the
Wahhabis had several times more. But the Egyptians had
better weapons. They had modern artillery and skilled gen
erals, trained in the school of Mohammed Ali. The war was
fought with varying success and lasted for many long and
arduous years.
In January 1812, the Egyptian army withdrew from Yenbo
and proceeded to advance on Medina. In a narrow gorge
near El-Safra, it was surprised by the Wahhabis and utterly
defeated. Five thousand out of eight thousand Egyptians
were killed and only three thousand returned to Yenbo.
Forced to seek a respite, the Egyptians used the time to
demoralise the population in the Wahhabi rear. Their agents
grudged neither money nor false promises to gain the support
86
of the Hejaz towns and the leading Bedouin sheikhs. W ith
their support and the reinforcements sent from Egypt, they
again went into attack. In November 1812, the Egyptians
seized Medina, and in January 1813 captured Mecca, Taif
and Jidda. Thus the Hejaz was conquered. The conditions
of the Egyptian army, however, did not improve. Nearly
eight thousand soldiers died of the heat and disease. The
population was unfriendly. The Wahhabis, who had retained
their main forces, laid siege to Medina and launched a gue
rilla war on the Egyptian communication routes.
91
inhabitants) together with the adjoining territory from the
Sultan of Lahej.1
England then became engaged in a prolonged struggle
against the local feudal rulers and the tribes of the Pirate
Coast, or Jawassi, in eastern Arabia. The Jawassi were the
Wahhabis’ allies. They engaged in sea trade and piracy. In
the first decades of the 19th century, the East India Com
pany waged a fierce sea war against the pirates. In 1811,
Emir Saud proposed a peace treaty to the British, but the
latter refused on the grounds that their only serious foe were
the Wahhabis.
The situation changed in 1818, when the Egyptians gained
access to the Persian Gulf, seized Port Qatif and advanced
on Jawassi. The piratical sheikhs hastened to take refuge in
Persia, but found themselves hemmed in on both sides. Ibra
him’s forces were advancing by land and a large British
squadron turned up at sea. The squadron had the double
task of smashing the pirates and stopping Ibrahim. Immedi
ately after the capture of Hufuf by the Egyptians, the East
India Company demanded that Ibrahim evacuate El-Hasa.
Ibrahim refused and turned down British claims to the Per
sian Gulf. England, however, forestalled him, having sent
her warships to the Wahhabi ports of W est Oman and Bah
rein. In 1819, the British squadron burnt the fleet of the
Wahhabis’ pirate allies and in January 1820, forced the
sheikhs of the Pirate Coast to sign a peace treaty with the
East India Company.
The Jawassi sheikhs retained part of their fleet, but
ed themselves not to attack the ships of the East India
Ö jany. The treaty formally forbade piracy and slave
trade in the Persian Gulf. In reality it placed the Wahhabi
Pirate Coast (renamed Trucial Oman) in complete depend
ence on England. In the same year, the British forced the
Sheikh of the Bahrein Islands to sign similar treaty and
thus acknowledge his dependence on England.
One of the pirate towns, which had refused to sign the
treaty was destroyed by the British fleet. Between the 1820s
and the 1840s, England imposed a series of new treaties on the
governors of Trucial Oman, Muscat and Bahrein. Claiming
1 The sultanate of Lahej had broken away from the Yemen and
in 1728 had become an independent state.
92
that the Persian Gulf states had violated the treaties banning
piracy and the slave trade, England seized the opportunity
to interfere in their internal affairs and the Persian Gulf
became little more than a “British lake”.
The intrigues of the British made it impossible for the
Egyptians to gain possession of the Persian Gulf, particularly
as they had no firm base in the rear of the Gulf, in Nejd.
After the Wahhabi uprising of 1821, they gradually with
drew from Nejd and in 1830, from El-Hasa. It was not
until 1839, after the second conquest of Nejd, that the Egyp
tians once again occupied El-Hasa, but they did not hold out
for long. Having broken the might of Mohammed A li in
Syria, the British had rid themselves of a dangerous rival
in the Persian Gulf.
CHAPTER VII
94
relations with the Turkish Sultan, whom it regarded as its
spiritual suzerain.
All these melikates and sultanates were very primitive
state formations, embracing several different tribes. These
were the Arab-Berber tribes in the north and the Arab-
Negroid tribes in the centre. The Nilote tribes lived in the
south. The settled population was small in number. There
were no cities. The Arabs settled in the South Sudan and
engaged in caravan trade and the captivity of slaves.
The Egyptians had no difficulty in capturing the East
Sudan. The Sudanese did not even have firearms, and fought
with spears, pikes and leather shields, while the Egyptians
were well armed and had excellent artillery.
In October 1820, the 5,000-strong Egyptian army led by
Mohammed A li’s son, Ismail Pasha, set out on a campaign
against the Sudan. It encountered almost no resistance and
pushed on further up the Nile. The tribes of North Nubia
and Dongola submitted to the conquerors. In the spring of
1821, the Egyptians reached Cape Khartoum at the con
fluence of the W hite and the Blue Nile, where they set up
camp. Then they moved on farther and on June 12, 1821,
they captured the Funj capital, Sennar, without firing a
single shot.
Here the army split up. Some of the troops, led by Ismail,
went upstream along the Blue Nile. Having seized Fazughli,
they almost reached 10° N and in February 1822, turned
back north. The other group, led by Mohammed A li’s son-
in-law, Mohammed Bey, the defterdar , conquered central
Kordofan at the end of 1821.
Thus, by the beginning of 1822, the whole of the East
Sudan, excluding Darfur and the outlying regions, had
been seized by the Egyptians. But uprisings began to burst
out in the rear. Ismail was forced to go to Sennar, having
heard of fresh uprisings against Egyptian authority in the
rear. H e killed thousands of people and quickly suppressed
the uprising. But soon he himself was caught in a trap. In
October 1822, one of the local leaders, mek (king) Nair
Mimr, invited Ismail and his chief officers to a feast in his
house, around which he had piled heaps of straw. W hile the
Egyptians were feasting, the mek set fire to the straw and
Ismail and his companions were burnt to death.
Hearing of Ismail’s death, the defterdar , together with
95
his troops, set out for Sennar and cruelly avenged Ismail’s
death by exterminating over 30,000 in the region where
Ismail Pasha had been assassinated. That was almost the
whole population. Nair Mimr, however,, managed to es
cape.
Later the Egyptians dealt just as cruelly with the
numerous uprisings which broke out all over the Sudan. At
the same time, they were gradually rounding off their
domains. They advanced southwards along the White N ile
and reached Fashoda in 1828. In the west the Egyptians
reached the borders of Darfur. The Red Sea ports of
Suakin and Massawa came under their control. In 1838,
Mohammed Ali arrived in the Sudan. He fitted out special
expéditions to search for gold along the White and the
Blue Nile. In 1840, the regions of Kassala and Taka were
added to the Egyptian domains.
In 1823, Khartoum had become the centre of the Egyptian
domains in the Sudan and had quickly grown into a large
market town. By 1834, it had a population of 15,000 and
was the residence of the Egyptian deputy. In 1841, the
country was split up into seven provinces: Fazughli, Sen
nar, Khartoum,'Taka, Berber, Dongola and Kordofan. The
deputies and the provincial pashas were all Turks from
among Mohammed A li’s circle, and the Sudanese people
regarded the invaders as Turks and the Sudan’s annexation
to Egypt as a Turkish conquest.
The Egyptian authorities plundered the Sudan and laid
the population under heavy tribute. Each year they would
drive up to 8,000 head of cattle to Egypt, as well as ivory,
ostrich feathers and other exotic goods, not to mention
slaves. The slave trade, which remained a state monopoly
until 1850, acquired considerable proportions. Tens of
thousands of slaves were exported from the Sudan. Moham
med A li had achieved his end. H e now controlled the trade
in slaves and in tropical raw materials. He was now
master of almost the whole Nile, and only one fact disap
pointed him. The Sudan was not as rich in gold as the
Egyptians had expected.
96
Mohammed A li kept up a stubborn struggle to realise his
plan for the creation of an independent Arab power. Each
year brought nearer the decisive trial of strength. In the
meanwhile, Mohammed A li strove to gain possession of
Syria and the Morea. In 1821, he began sending money and
gifts to the Porte dignitaries to induce them'to grant him
control of these countries. Although the Porte did not trust
him, Mohammed Ali, afraid of losing his chance, persist
ently renewed his solicitations.
In 1821, a large national liberation uprising flared up in
Greece, assuming the form of a national revolution against
foreign oppression. The revolution was led by the national
bourgeoisie, which was unable to bear the Sultan’s tyranny
any longer. The Greek merchants had become rich on the
growing sea trade. Their ships plied back and forth along
the Mediterranean Sea, where they controlled almost all
trade, especially the growing wheat exports from Russia.
In Odessa, Taganrog, Marseilles, Livorno, Istanbul, Alexan
dria and all the Mediterranean and Black Sea ports there
were Greek vessels, Greek commercial offices and Greek
merchants and sailors.
However, the Greek merchants and navigators, who
dreamt of supremacy in world trade, had no rights in their
own country. Any of the Sultan’s satraps could kill a
merchant and seize his riches. Hence the Greek bourgeoisie’s
struggle against Ottoman feudalism, for national independ
ence and the creation of a bourgeois state of their own.
In their liberation struggle, the bourgeoisie had the sup
port of the peasants, who hated their oppressors, the Moslem
feudal lords, and longed for national independence, which
would give them back their lands. The Greek uprising was
characteristically an agrarian war, a fierce struggle of the
peasants against the feudal oppressors. In the Morea at
the time there were 20,000 Moslem landowners, chiefly of
Greek origin, almost all of whom were exterminated.
To prepare for the uprising, in 1815, the Greek
Nationalists formed a conspirative organisation Philiki
Etaireia (Alliance of Friends), similar to the carbonari
organisations. It had branches in several European and
Turkish towns. Its centre was in Odessa. The head of the
organisation was Alexander Ypsilanti, son of the former
Walachian hospodar Constantine, who had fled to Russia,
7-573 97
and a major-general in the Russian service. He was also
Alexander I’s aide-de-camp. The Russian Minister for
Foreign Affairs, Count Capo d’Istria, a Greek by origin,
was also connected with the national liberation movement.
Alexander I, the founder of the Holy Alliance, which was
designed to combat all revolutionary tendencies, at first
supported the Greek nationalists, but later disavowed
Ypsilanti’s claim to his support.
“The Serbian insurrection of 1809, the Greek rising in
1821, were more or less directly urged on by Russian gold
and Russian influence,” Engels wrote.1
On March 6, 1821, Alexander Ypsilanti led a small Greek
detachment across the Pruth into the Danube dependencies
of the Turkish Sultan. The detachment had been formed
on Russian territory and bore the high-sounding title of
“army of deliverance”. Ypsilanti intended to instigate the
local population to revolt against the Sultan, but was unable
to gain a following among the Moldavian and Walachian
peasants, whose hatred for the Greek hospodars was very
strong. The help promised by the tsar was also not forth
coming.
Deprived of support, Ypsilanti was crushed by the Turks.
In June 1821, he fled to Hungary where Metternich locked
him up in a fortress.
Ypsilanti’s daring campaign acted as a sign for an
uprising of the Greek people. In March 1821, the peasants
of the Morea revolted under the leadership of General
Kolokotronis. His guerilla detachments routed the Turkish
janissaries. In October 1821, in the Battle of Tripolitsa
(Tripolis), the guerillas dealt the janissaries a decisive blow,
when a 3,000-strong peasant levy routed a 5,000-strong
janissary corps. By the end of 1821, all of the Morea was
rid of tne Turks. On January 1, 1822, in an ancient Greek
amphitheatre located in the sacred forest of Epidaurus, a
Constituent Assembly proclaimed the constitutional inde
pendence of Greece and elected a Provisional Government
headed by Mavrocordato.
The guerillas received energetic assistance from the Greek
sailors. Greece’s entire merchant marine turned into a
98
militant armada of the revolution and the Archipelago
became a naval base for the guerilla war. Five hundred
Greek ships and twenty thousand sailors, led by Kanaris,
continuously attacked Turkish vessels and blockaded
Turkish ports.
100
that was left of the once powerful insurgent army were a
few guerilla detachments scattered here and there in the
mountains and deprived of a united command and political
leadership. But at this point the European powers brought
about a change in the development of the Greek upri
sing.
101
decided to press for the “civic secession of Greece from
Turkey”.
The text of the convention stipulated that the Porte was
to agree to the convention in a month’s time, otherwise it
would be forced to do so.
103
tions for such a conquest in 1829-30 seemed to be ripe. Rela
tions with France, Mohammed A li’s most important ally,
had been normalised. In 1829, the French offered to finance
a campaign against North Africa, to which the Pasha
agreed. The Egyptians were to seize Tripoli, Tunisia and
Algeria. Mohammed A li formed a 40,000-strong army under
the command of Ibrahim for the campaign against Africa,
but demanded that, besides money, France should give him
four 80-gun ships. The French refused and offered instead
the assistance of their fleet. This arrangement was highly
distasteful to Mohammed Ali, who wished to fight in Magh
reb under the flag of Islam. In 1830, France put forward a
new plan for a joint campaign. The Egyptians were to seize
Tripoli and Tunisia, while France was to take Algeria. But
Mohammed Ali rejected this plan, too. In the end he com
pletely refused to participate in the Algerian campaign,
which the French undertook by themselves, while Moham
med Ali devoted himself wholly to the events in Syria.
A dispute over six thousand Egyptian fellaheen, who had
fled in 1831 to Palestine to avoid recruitment, served as an
excuse for a revolt against the Sultan. The situation by this
time had become quite strained. Mohammed Ali was openly
refusing to obey the Porte. Having refused to participate in
the Russo-Turkish war, he also refused to pay the indemni
ties agreed on by the Treaty of Adrianople. He felt he had
paid tribute in blood in the Morea for many years in ad
vance. Crete, he reasoned, could not compensate for the
losses in the Morea, and he insisted on having Syria and
Palestine too.
In the meanwhile, six thousand peasants fled from Egypt and
found refuge in the domains of the Akka Pasha, Abdullah.
Mohammed A li demanded the return of the fugitives. Ab
dullah refused to give them up, declaring that, being the
subjects of one ruler, they could live in any part of the
Ottoman Empire they liked. Mohammed Ali then began
military operations. In word, he remained loyal to the Sul
tan. He said he was not declaring war on the Porte, but on
the Akka Pasha. In effect, the campaign against Abdullah
developed into the Turco-Egyptian war.
1 Marx and Engels, Works, 2nd Russ. Ed., Vol. 2S, p. 257.
105
Husein Pasha. Ón July 29, 1832, Ibrahim attacked and
shattered, the Turkish forces. Husein Pasha fled to Adana
with the remnants of his army, leaving the whole of Syria to
the Egyptians.
The Egyptian troops entered Anatolia. They occupied
Adana and then proceeded westwards. The Sultan dismissed
Husein Pasha and appointed Mohammed Reshid Pasha
commander-in-chief. But this did not affect the course of
the military operations. The third and last decisive battle
of the war was waged on December 21, 1832, near Konya.
The Turks threw their remaining 60,000 men against 30,000
Egyptians. Ibrahim proved a brilliant leader in the ensuing
battle. Although outnumbered by two to one, he surrounded
the Turks and utterly defeated them.
After the Battle of Konya, the Sultan had no troops left.
The way to the empire’s capital lay open. The Egyptian
advance guard soon entered Bursa. Istanbul was threatened.
The confused Sultan turned to the Powers for help.
France openly supported Egypt and refused to help the
Sultan. Russia openly sided with the Turks. England’s posi
tion was complicated. She was against Mohammed Ali, but
feared the Turco-Egyptian conflict might lead to Russian
intervention and consequently, to the strengthening of Rus
sia’s influence or the division of the Ottoman Empire into
two parts: the northern, which would be dependent on
Russia, and the southern under Mohammed Ali, which
would become a sphere of Trench influence. England, there
fore, did all in her power to iron out the differences and
preserve the “integrity” of the Ottoman Empire, where
British influence was prevalent. England, in fact, bided her
time and avoided rendering any direct aid to the Sultan.
In such circumstances there was nothing left for the Porte
to do but to turn to Russia for help. Mohammed A li’s suc
cess worried the Russians. According to the Russian Foreign
Minister, Count Nesselrode, the aim of Russian intervention
was to “save Constantinople from the possibility of a coup
d’état, which would be a detriment to our interests and lead
to the downfall of a weak, yet friendly state. W ere they to
substitute it for a stronger state under the French, it would
be a source of all sorts of difficulties”. Russia, therefore,
came out in defence of the empire’s integrity and the Sul
tan’s sovereignty.
106
On December 21, 1832, the Russian representative at
Istanbul made an official offer of Russian military aid. Gen
eral Muravyov set out with a special mission to the shores
of the Bosporus, and from there proceeded to Egypt. He
arrived at Alexandria on January 13, 1833, and communi
cated the demands of Nicholas I to Mohammed Ali. Mo
hammed A li agreed to a compromise. H e promised Mura
vyov to check the advance of his troops on Istanbul, stop
military operations and recognise the supreme authority
of the Sultan.
The panic in Istanbul, however, did not die down. Revolts
instigated by Ibrahim Pasha’s agents flared up in Asia
Minor. On February 2, 1833, the Egyptians occupied Kuta-
hya. On February 3, Mahmud II made an official request
for Russia’s help, and a Russian squadron entered the Bos
porus on February 20, 1833. The landing of the 20,000-strong
Russian expeditionary corps began on March 23, 1833. Its
headquarters was situated on the Asian shores of the Bos
porus at Unkiar-Skelessi, near the Sultan’s summer resi
dence. At the same time, another Russian corps was sent
to the Danube, to advance on the Turkish capital by land.
The Russian intervention seriously alarmed England and
France. They hastened to reconcile Mohammed A li with
the Sultan so as to deprive the Russians of an excuse for
keeping their troops on the Bosporus. To drive the point
home, England and France carried out joint naval demon
strations off the coast of Egypt. On May 4, 1833, at Kutahya,
a peace treaty was signed between Turkey and Egypt
through the mediation of England and France.
Formally this was not a peace treaty in the legal sense
of the word. T he Sultan issued a unilateral firman, confirm
ing Mohammed A li’s right to Egypt, Crete, Arabia, and
Sudan, and making him the ruler of Palestine, Syria and
Cilicia. Mohammed Ali had to withdraw from Anatolia
and recognise the Sultan’s suzerainty. By the will of the
Powers, Egypt remained the vassal of the defeated Porte.
109
abandoned land, forcing them to give up their nomadic way
of life. Thus new villages were built and close to 15 thou
sand feddans of virgin land were brought under cultivation
in the steppe between Damascus and Aleppo. During the
first two years of Egyptian rule the area under cultivation
rose from 2,000 to 7,000 feddans in the fertile Hauran Val
ley. The Turkish army had always been notorious for its
marauding. But Ibrahim sent his troops on a campaign
against the Turkish army, thereby putting an end to the
continuous devastation of the Syrian crops.
The liquidation of the tax anarchy promoted the develop
ment of industry and trade. Now the merchants and the ar
tisans had no need to fear for the safety of their property.
They had no need to fear the plundering and blackmail of
the Turkish pashas. They knew the exact amount of the tax
they had to pay and could freely dispose of the remainder
of the surplus value which they had collected. With a bold
ness hitherto unknown, they circulated and turned into cap
ital the rotting treasures hidden from the covetous eyes of
the pashas and derebeys. The custom houses were wrested
from the tax-farmers and fixed customs duties were intro
duced. This policy, which was conducive to economic devel
opment, led to the growth of Syrian towns and foreign
trade. “The liberty granted to trade by the Egyptians, gave
new life to the seaports. Saida, Beirut and Tripoli became
free markets where the mountaineers could exchange their
silk and olive oil for wheat and European manufactured
goods. Output in the Lebanon increased by at least one-third
and the consumption of overseas goods doubled,” Russian
consul Bazili wrote.
Roads inside the country and caravan routes through the
desert linking Damascus with Baghdad were made safe.
Transit trade expanded. British cloth was sent via Syria to
Mesopotamia and Iran. Goods from India and Iran passed
through Syria to Europe.
Ibrahim waged a fierce struggle against the Syrian feudal
lords. Naturally, he could not destroy the feudal mode of
production and the feudal class domination that went with
it. But he strove to end feudal separatism, restrict the
political rights of individual feudal rulers and replace the
indocile seigniors with men who would obey him absolutely.
In the Lebanon, for instance, he depended on Emir Beshir II,
110
who continued the war against other Lebanese feudal lords
in the name of Ibrahim Pasha. In Nablus, Ibrahim depended
on the Abd el-Hadi sheikhs in his struggle against the other
sheikhs.
Ibrahim consolidated the central authority and reorganised
the administration of the country along Egyptian lines. Sy
ria, Palestine and Cilicia were divided into six provinces or
mucliriyas headed by mudirs. Deputies of the central power
(imutasallims) were appointed in each town. The sheikhs of
the neighbouring villages were subordinate to the mutasal
lims. Each mutasallim headed a consultative organ, mejliss ,
or shura, which was formed from among the local landown
ers, merchants and clergy. The mejlisses were given the
functions of civil courts. The highest judicial authority was
in the hands of Ibrahim, who personally passed sentence on
criminal and political cases after their preliminary considera
tion by the courts.
Educational reforms were also introduced during Egyp
tian rule. The first Lebanese printing house was founded in
1834 in Beirut. In the same year, Ibrahim initiated a wide
programme of primary and secondary education. He estab-
( ished primary schools all over Syria and founded secondary
colleges in Damascus, Aleppo and Antioch. The pupils were
boarded at government expense. They wore uniforms and
were given a strict military education as was the custom in
Egyptian schools. The teaching was conducted in Arabic.
The American traveller, George Antonius, related that the
school director, the famous Clot Bey, received instructions
to “inculcate a true sense of Arab national sentiment”.1
Like Mohammed Ali, Ibrahim was known for his religious
tolerance, which was an unusual trait among the Turkish
pashas. Ibrahim freed the Arab Christians, in whose hands
were concentrated the crafts and urban trade, from many
humiliating restrictions forced on them by the Turks.
I ll
The feudal lords, whom Ibrahim had deprived of
political privileges, were not the only ones in the country
who showed signs of discontent. The Bedouin and mountain
tribes, banned from the practice of highway robbery, were
also dissatisfied. There was a sharp change in the mood of
the peasants, who had also begun to show signs of discon
tent at Ibrahim’s reforms. It was they who had to bear the
burden of his military plans. Realising that the Sultan had
reconciled himself to the loss of Syria temporarily only and
would attempt to recapture the province in the near future,
Ibrahim undertook a number of defensive measures. He
built fortresses, strengthened the mountain passes with forti
fications, bought cannons and expanded the army. Ibrahim
used the forced labour of the Syrian fellaheen, recruited from
all over the country, to build the fortifications. Cannons were
acquired at the expense of the same Syrian fellaheen, who
had to pay higher taxes to the authorities each year. Ibrahim
had restricted taxes in the first years of Egyptian rule, but
the preparations for the war against Turkey made him change
his policy. Finally, the ranks of the Egyptian regiments
were swelled by the Syrian fellaheen, whom Ibrahim wearied
with his endless recruitments. The recruitments evoked es
pecial animosity, causing peasant disturbances and, in some
districts, large uprisings.
In 1834, the first big peasant uprising against recruitments
broke out in Palestine and soon spread almost over the whole
country. The Egyptian punitive expedition sent to the Ju
daean Hills was wiped out and insurgents besieged Ibrahim
in Jerusalem. Reinforcements from Egypt, led by Moham
med Ali, came to his help. Mohammed Ali personally su
pervised the reprisals against the rebels.
A n uprising of the Druse peasants of Hauran and Anti
Lebanon flared up at the end of 1837. For the first five years
of Egyptian rule the Hauranians had been exempted from
military service. When the term expired, the Egyptian au
thorities demanded recruits. The Hauranians then rose in
rebellion and entrenched themselves in the lava field of El-
Leja, a huge mountainous labyrinth, resembling a natural
fortress. All the attempts of the Egyptians to storm El-Leja
were unsuccessful. Those who managed to penetrate into the
fortress were killed. Ibrahim continued to send greater num
bers of troops trained in mountain warfare to El-Leja, but
112
they were unable to overcome the small group of Druse peas
ants. Ibrahim tried to overcome them by starvation, but still
the peasants did not surrender. Ibrahim blew up the wells
and filled the reservoirs with corpses. The Druses drank the
stagnant water. Only when Ibrahim poisoned the wells did
the Druses emerge from El-Leja. Even then, they did not
surrender. They broke through the encirclement and con
tinued to fight the Egyptians at the foot of Anti Lebanon,
where they were eventually defeated and dispersed in the
autumn of 1838.
114
tion of Egypt’s independence and acted as the fourth guar
antor of the Ottoman Empire’s integrity, although officially
she had not signed the Münchengrätz Convention.
Feeling the support of the four Powers, Turkey began
preparing feverishly for a war. She mobilised a 100,000-
strong army, which she concentrated near the Syrian border.
England backed the Turks and urged them to fight. Her
attitude made an armed conflict inevitable.
117
British soldiers and 7,000-8,000 Turks) north of Beirut,
where the British and Austrians began to arm the moun
taineers and supply them with instructors and money. Rebel
lion against the Egyptians broke out with new force in the
Lebanon. The Egyptian army was in difficulties.
Mohammed Ali had counted on France’s help, but France
did nothing but rattle her sabres. The bellicose campaign
in the French press did not frighten England. The French
Government realised that armed assistance to Egypt would
mean a large-scale European war. Moreover, France would
have had to fight singlehanded against Prussia on the Rhine
and against Britain on the seas. Rather than incur the risk
of a European war, France decided to leave Egypt in the
lurch: In March 1840, the French Government was taken
over by Thiers, an advocate of a union with Egypt and of
resolute actions. On October 8, 1840, Thiers sent a threaten
ing note to the Powers, warning them that he would not
permit Mohammed A li’s banishment. Three weeks later,
however, on October 29, 1840, he resigned. The new cabinet
of Soult and Guizot did not intend to fight over Egypt and
hastened to come to an agreement with the Powers concern
ing Mohammed Ali.
In the meantime, the position of Ibrahim’s army was be
coming increasingly difficult. Ibrahim’s forces, scattered all
over Syria, were suffering from disease and undernourish
ment. They were trapped by cross-fire. The guerillas had
cut their communication lines. The Anglo-Austrian squadron
was blockading the ports and shelling the Syrian coast, while
on land the British landing party and the insurgents were
dealing heavy blows at the Egyptian army. In the first few
weeks, the insurgents, with the help of the British fleet, oc
cupied Jubeil, Batrun, Sur, Saida and Haifa on the Syrian
coast. New arms transports flowed into the heart of the
country from the occupied towns.
On October 10, 1840, Ibrahim’s forces were shattered
by the insurgents and Napier’s landing party in a relatively
big battle near Beirut. The Egyptians were compelled to
withdraw from the coastal and mountain regions of the
Lebanon. Beirut, Latakia and Alexandretta went to the
enemy. Emir Beshir II, Mohammed A li’s ally, surrendered to
the British, who banished him to Malta, replacing him with
his own cousin Qassim, who had fought on the British side.
118
Akka, the chief stronghold of the Egyptians, fell on N o
vember 3, 1840, after it had been bombarded from the sea.
A small British detachment captured the city and then
marched on Jerusalem. Anti-Egyptian uprisings flared up in
Palestine. They spread to Galilee, Nablus, Hebron and to the
southern parts of Syria, Biqa’a and A nti Lebanon. Further
resistance was useless.
119
ers, as Marx put it, made impotent “the only m an... to
replace a ‘dressed up turban’ by a real head.”* They dealt
a serious blow to the plans for Egyptian independence and
were responsible for the conversion of Egypt into a British
colony. Formally, Egypt’s dependence on the Porte was
strengthened, but actually the Porte lost Egypt in 1841. It
assed completely under British control. From then on, as
K larx and Engels wrote, “Egypt belongs more to the English
than to anybody else.”12
Having placed the N ile valley under her control, England
simultaneously gained a foothold in the Dardanelles. On her
insistence, the Unkiar-Skelessi Treaty, which had expired in
1841, was not renewed. In its place, five European Powers
and Turkey signed a new Convention on the Straits on
July 13, 1841, in London, according to which the Bosporus
and the Dardanelles were closed to all warships, including
those of Russia.
121
the Lebanon—raw silk. The development of commodity
production, however, did not lead to the establishment of
capitalist relations. The peasant became dependent on the
world capitalist market and at the same time retained his
dependence on the feudal lord.
The Arab countries were incorporated iii the world capi
talist market as an agricultural and raw material appendage
to European industry. Economic relations were based on
unequal exchange, which in itself was a sign of the exploita
tion of the Arab countries by industrial capital.
In 1856, foreign capital began to enslave the Arab coun
tries by the export of capital, mainly in the form of loans to
Egypt and Turkey and the construction of means of commu
nication.
123
tian religion—Armenians and Greeks in Turkey proper, Ar
menians and Arab Christians in Syria, Maronites in the Le
banon, Copts in Egypt, and so on.
The manifesto specified concrete measures to ensure per
sonal immunity and property inviolability, namely, the in
troduction of public trials,1 banning of the old practice of-
confiscating a criminal’s property,12 and the convening of a
consultative legal council to draw up new laws.
Fixed tax rates and a fixed budget were introduced and
the farming out of taxes (iltizam) and the system of selling
government posts, which had led to the same extortionate
practices as tax-farming, were abolished.
Universal military service and regular conscription were
instituted. A recruiting law was promulgated, reducing the
period of military service to 4 or 5 years and fixing military
conscription in the provinces in proportion to the number of
the population.
124
duced universal military service and reduced its term to 5
years. A radical change was made in the army. The infantry
and cavalry were reorganised along French lines and the
artillery along German lines. From then on the Turkish army
was composed of six corps, two of which were stationed on
the Balkan Peninsula, two in Asia Minor, one (with its
headquarters at Damascus) in Svria and Palestine and one
(with its headquarters at Baghdaa) in Iraq.
In 1840, Sultan Abdul Mejid began the work of instituting
judicial reforms, which dragged on for many years. The
drawing up of a new criminal, trade and civil legislation and
the laying of the foundations of a new judicial system con
tinued throughout the period of the tanzimat.
Mahmud II himself had made an attempt to regulate tax
gathering. In 1838, he had established a fixed salary for the
officials, and then abolished several government monopolies
which had led to all sorts of abuse. The tax-farming system
was liquidated in 1840 and the provincial pashas were de
prived of the right to gather taxes. This task was handed
over to special tax collectors, who came under the control
of the central finance department. Actually, this measure
was carried out only in the towns. The attempt to abolish
the farming out of agricultural taxes fell through and the
powerful tax farmers continued their old practices.
The administrative reform, which was linked up with the
division of civilian and military authority, clearly defined
the duties of the wali (governors) and the qa’i?n ma’qams,
who governed the vilayets and sanjaqs respectively. They
were granted only civil powers and could be removed at any
time. The elayets, which had previously been feudal patri
monies of the pashas, were turned into subdivisions of a
united state body. The departments of state became special
ised. Special consultative organs were attached to the gov
ernorships. These were administrative councils (mejliss
idareh) made up of representatives of the bureaucracy, clergy,
landlords and merchants. A special official (idefterdar ), who
was independent of the wali, was entrusted with the col
lection of taxes and the finances of the vilayet. The malmu-
dirs or ?mihassils, who headed the tax department in the
sanjaq , were independent of the qa’im ma'qam , but depend
ent on the defterdar.
Greater consideration was given to education during the
125
period of the tanzimat A law was issued in 1845 introducing
free and compulsory education. Although this law, like many
others, remained largely unimplemented, it had favourable
results. The collegiate mosques were placed under the con
trol of the state. Secular secondary schools were founded
where the pupils studied history, geography and elementary
mathematics. Special medical, engineering, law and military
schools were established at Istanbul. And in 1847 a Minis
try of Education was founded.
An attempt was made in 1845 to set up special commis
sions in each elayet “to investigate the causes of the decline
in farming”. These commissions were to discuss agricultural
problems such as the land tax, road building and irrigation.
Their activities, however, were doomed to failure since the
main “cause of the decline in farming”, the feudal system,
remained untouched.
Such were the reforms carried out in the first period of
the tanzimat (1839-56). They gave greater scope for the
development of the local bourgeois elements, but were not
enough to change the social system. They did not under
mine the feudal mode of production or the feudal state, nor
did they create the conditions for the development of a na
tional capitalist industry, for repelling the economic aggres
sion of foreign capital. The reforms gave the bourgeoisie
certain personal privileges but did not give it political rights.
All the power in the empire remained in the hands of the
old bureaucracy.
126
independent of the civilian authorities, but subordinate to the
Ministry of Defence.
In 1841, a new territorial division was introduced in Syria.
The pashaliks of Saida and Tripoli were merged into one
elayet and its centre was transferred to Beirut. Palestine was
divided into a special sanjaq of Jerusalem under the control
of the Beirut governor.
A ll these relatively insignificant administrative changes
did not affect the core of the feudal sytem in Syria. How
ever, they deceived the peasants, who regarded them as a
promise of liberty. The uprisings against Egyptian rule and
the active part played by the Syrians in expelling the Egyp
tians from Syria and Palestine had given the Syrians more
confidence in their strength. On the other hand, the restora
tion of Turkish rule did not ease the lot of the Syrian peo
ple. All this served to create the prerequisites for a new
upsurge of the liberation struggle. A series of anti-feudal
uprisings took place in Syria, the most serious of which were
the Aleppo uprising of 1850 and the Hauranian uprising of
1852-53.
127
self-defence detachments and at times successfully repulsed
the attacks of the Druses. Several Maronite detachments
penetrated into the Druse villages, where they organised
pogroms. This mutual extermination continued for six weeks.
The Druses finally gained the upper hand and took over
the southern Lebanon.
The Porte used this as an opportunity to send its troops
to the Lebanon. Emir Qassim was deposed, arrested and sent
to Istanbul and the Lebanese principality was turned into
an ordinary Turkish province with the Turkish general,
Omar Pasha, as governor.
Omar Pasha launched reprisals against the Druse feudal
lords, who prevented him from pursuing his centralising
policy. In March 1842, he summoned eight Druse sheikhs to
his castle at Beit-Ed-Din, arrested them and sent them to
Beirut under heavy guard. After their arrest the Maronites
who had fled from the southern Lebanon during the mas
sacre of 1841 returned to their home villages, lands and or
chards.
The actions of the Turks caused disapproval among the
Powers that were striving .to consolidate their positions in
the East. They sharply protested against direct Turkish rule
and demanded that the Lebanon’s autonomy be restored.
France, who supported the Maronites, insisted on the return
of Beshir II (Snehab) and, to back up her demand, sent a
squadron to Beirut. England again sided with the Druse feu
dal lords who had fought against the Shehab family.
Under pressure from the Powers, the Porte held a referen
dum in the summer of 1842 in the Lebanon. The results
showed that the Maronites were in favour of restoring the
Lebanese principality with a Christian governor from the
Shehab family. The Druse feudal lords pretended to submit
to the Porte and during the referendum voted for direct
Turkish rule. However, in October 1842, they again rose in
rebellion, demanding the release of the arrested sheikhs and
the resignation of Omar Pasha. But they were defeated once
again. Omar Pasha crushed the Druse irregulars and burnt
the ancestral castle of the Junbalat family.
In 1843, however, the Porte was finally compelled to re
linquish its plans for the direct rule of the Lebanon. Under
pressure from the Powers it agreed to hand over the admin
istration of the Lebanon to two qdim mdqams from among
128
the local feudal lords. A Christian was appointed qdim
mdqam over the Maronites and a Druse over the Druses.
The Shehabs were removed for good. This “solution” only
confused matters further in the Lebanon and fanned the
flames of discord between the Druses and the Maronites. A
Turkish pasha aptly termed the solution “an organised civil
war”.
130
however, did not do away with the main conflict between
the peasants and the feudal lords. At the same time it deep
ened religious discord, caused fresh strife between different
religious groups and gave the foreign Powers a permanent
excuse for meddling in Syria’s internal affairs.
9* 131
consul in Palestine, James Finn, put forward a number of
projects for the transfer of the Jews to Palestine and the
creation there of a Jewish state under British protection.
These plans were welcomed by Lord Palmerston, who re
garded them as a guarantee of the safety of imperial com
munications. Sir Moses Montefiore, a British banker related
to the Rothschild family, also supported these plans. Mon
tefiore visited the East several times and even bought an
orange grove near Jaffa in 1855, but was unable to attract
a single Jewish colonist.
The plans of the Anglo-Prussian diocese also fell through.
The rivalry of the Powers in the East was reflected in
the endless bickering between the various missions over the
“holy places”, the distribution of the money and gifts re
ceived from pilgrims, and so on. One such seemingly in
significant conflict, the argument over repairs to the roof
of the Holy Sepulchre and the keys to the Bethlehem shrine,
grew into a serious international crisis and gave rise to the
Eastern war of 1853-56.
Although Turkey was among the victors and included in
the concert of European Powers, the war had a disastrous
effect on the Ottoman Empire. In 1854, to cover its military
expenses, the Porte concluded its first foreign loan, which
marked the beginning of Turkey’s financial enslavement.
Ultimately, the Powers established a kind of joint protector
ate and dictated a new programme of reforms to the Turkish
Sultan, which completely cleared the way for the penetra
tion of foreign capital in Turkey.
132
eign diplomacy of an excuse to interfere in the Ottoman
Empire’s internal affairs, the second encouraged it.
In the katti-humayun of 1856, unlike the hatti-sherif Gul-
harte, the stress was on religious equality and various eco
nomic undertakings. This played into the hands of the Euro
pean Powers, who demanded that the rights be extended
to cover their subjects and commercial agents, most of whom
came from the Christian (Armenian and Greek) merchant
class.
The Porte made its first concessions to the Powers during
the Eastern war, when it attempted to apply the recruitment
laws to the Christians and with this in view on May 7, 1855,
abolished the kharaj. This move met with opposition both
from the Moslem reactionaries, who were displeased that
“infidels” should be allowed to serve in the army and to
receive arms, and from the “infidels” themselves, who refused
to serve in the Turkish army. In the end the Porte exempted
the Christians from military service, having introduced in
its stead a special tax called bedel el-askari (military exoner
ation tax), which was really the same as the kharaj only
under a different name.
Apart from the kharaj, in the Ottoman Empire there were
many other medieval taxes, which continued to grow from
year to year. The introduction of state monopolies on salt
and tobacco in 1862 increased the burden and prices of these
products rose. The tax farmers continued to collect the taxes.
The tax-farming system was abolished in 1857, but not for
long.
On April 21, 1858, a land law was issued, legally abolish
ing the military fief system and the peasants’ dependence on
the former timariots. Actually, the system had been liquidat
ed long before the law was issued. The peasants, however,
were as usual deprived of land. The new law did not give
the peasants land, it merely granted the leaseholders of the
state lands the right to buy the lands for a large sum. The
land law widened the category of privately owned lands,
promoted the development of private landownership and
made it a part of commodity circulation. At the same time,
the law retained many restrictions on the use of the land,
which hampered economic initiative. In 1867, a new law
was passed granting foreigners the right to acquire and own
land in the Ottoman Empire.
153
Apart from the land legislation, the laws on the Ottoman
Bank (1856) and the granting of concessions, in the second
stage of the tanzimat, laws were promulgated on the rights
and position of religious communities and on Ottoman citi
zenship (1869). Criminal and civil codes were compiled. A
law on the secularisation of the waqfs (1873) remained ink
on paper. A law on the elayets was passed on November 8,
1864, introducing a new administrative division of the em
pire and reorganising local administration.
On the whole, the reforms of the second period of the
tanzimat weakened the Porte and accelerated the penetration
of foreign capital. The European capitalists received bank,
railway and other concessions, the right to buy land, and so
on. Thus, the hatti-hwnayun (imperial rescript) of 1856 and
the laws issued after it turned the Ottoman Empire into a
semi-colony of the European capitalist Powers. It ushered in
the second period of the tanzimat, when Turkey and her Arab
domains were plundered and enslaved by foreign capital.
135
The bloody events of 1860 cost the Syrian people dear.
Over 20,000 Christians were killed and 380 Christian vil
lages, 560 churches and 40 monasteries were destroyed. The
Druses and Moslems also suffered heavy losses.
137
formed under each mudir. A special police force and judi
cial system were created for the Mountain Region with Deir
El-Kamar as its centre. The governor had the right to dis
arm the population of the Lebanon and call in Turkish forces.
The Lebanon undertook to pay an annual tribute to the
Porte.
The règlement organique was introduced preliminarily
for a period of three years. In September 1864, the Powers
and Turkey signed a convention which confirmed the per
manent character of the statute and made minor changes in
it. Another Maronite district was formed and the council
under the governor was reorganised (it now had twelve
members—four Maronites, three Druses, three Greek Ortho
doxes and Greek Uniates, one Sunnite and one Shi9a). The
règlement organique of the Lebanon remained in this form
up till 1914.
141
distan. Any attempts to establish direct Turkish rule in the
Kurdish regions called forth new uprisings. The next Kur
dish uprising took place in 1843 and lasted till 1846. No
sooner had Turkey put it down than new disturbances broke
out in 1848 and 1849. This went on year after year. From
time to time the Turks gained ephemeral successes in a dif
ficult war, but their authority in Kurdistan remained illusory.
142
of the 19th century that the first signs of economic progress
appeared. Iraq began supplying the world market with grain
and dates and purchasing foreign manufactured goods. To
meet foreign demands for Iraqi agricultural products the
country restored her fields and orchards and expanded the
sowing area and the date plantations. Iran too was drawn
into the world market. Moreover, a considerable part of its
foreign trade passed through Baghdad and Basra. The li
quidation of internal customs in Iraq in 1861 considerably
increased the growth of this trade.
The growth of foreign trade and transit called for the
development of communications. As far back as the thirties
of the 19th century, the British traveller Chesney had unsuc
cessfully attempted to organise regular shipping along the
Euphrates; the route to India through Egypt and the Red
Sea was more profitable. Iraqi trade at the time was too in
significant to justify spending so much money on the devel
opment of a new waterway, but in the sixties increased trade
led to a revolution in the means of transport. In 1862, the
Turkish Government established regular shipping lines along
the Tigris between Baghdad and Basra. In the same year,
the British Company of Lynch also established regular ship
ping lines along this route. Basra had regular sea communi
cations with the ports of the Persian Gulf and India. In
1864, a telegraph was set up connecting Baghdad with Istan
bul, Tehran, Basra and India.
143
with Istanbul and London. He drew up a project to extend
navigation further upstream along the Tigris to Mosul and
along the Euphrates up to Aleppo, entailing considerable
excavation work. On his initiative a dockyard was built in
Basra. Midhat Pasha also intended to organise the extrac
tion of oil in Mosul and build railways all over Iraq. He
worked enthusiastically on the project of the “Euphrates
railway”, but he was only able to complete the 12-kilometre
Baghdad-El-Kazimiyah line, which was used for steam
trams. He gave great consideration to the expansion of the
sowing area and plantations.
Midhat Pasha also carried out a number of administrative
and cultural reforms. As early as 1864, a law was passed in
Turkey on the vilayets , which separated the judiciary from
the administration, established elective courts and drew the
population into local government. By 1868, the law had been
applied to all the provinces with the exception of Iraq and
the Yemen. Midhat Pasha implemented the law in Iraq. He
created new courts, instituted municipal councils (baladiah)
and founded new schools. Baghdad’s first newspaper ap
peared under Midhat Pasha.
Midhat Pasha considered it his chief duty to subordinate
Iraq completely to the central government and liquidate tri
bal and feudal separatism. He introduced military conscrip
tion in Iraq and demanded recruits from the tribes. He also
taxed them and insisted on regular payments. W hen his poli
cy evoked a big uprising of the Arab tribes in 1869, it was
ruthlessly suppressed.
Midhat Pasha realised, however, that repressions alone
could not break the resistance of the tribes. He therefore
decided to win over the feudal and tribal leaders to his side
by interesting them “in the peaceful exploitation” of the
peasants. W ith this aim in view, following the example of
some of his predecessors, he encouraged the tribes to settle
on the land and began selling the state lands to the tribal
sheikhs. As part of the plan to implement the land law of
1858, he sold state lands at a comparatively low price (offi
cially without granting the right to private ownership) to
the former holders of the timars and zia?nets9 to the mer
chants and, above all, to the tribal sheikhs. A ll these figures
often became owners of large tracts of land called miri tapu.
The state remained the supreme owner of these lands. Upon
144
sale the state gave the new owners a document (tapu) grant
ing them the right to use the land.
Midhat Pasha’s seizure of Kuwait and El-Hasa (1871) was
aimed at consolidating Turkish authority in Iraq. These
regions were formed into a special administrative unit (san-
jaq Nejd), which was dependent on the Turkish rulers of
Iraq.
The conquest of El-Hasa and Midhat Pasha’s brutal
reprisals against the rebellious Bedouins showed that even the
progressive representatives of the Turkish ruling class were
the suppressors of the popular movements in the Arab coun
tries. Even while carrying out reforms, the Turks acted as
the oppressors of the people. The reforms of Midhat Pasha,
"like those of the first period of the tanzimat, strengthened
the Turkish domination in Iraq. Arabs were removed from
the government and Turks placed in all the important posts.
Iraqis were admitted only to minor positions. The highest
position they could hope for was that of mutasarrif.
The reforms of Midhat Pasha completed the reorganisa
tion of the administration of Iraq, which from then on be
came closely connected with the neighbouring provinces and
the centre of the empire. Iraq’s former isolation became a
thing of the past. The successors of Midhat Pasha, who was
transferred in 1871 to Adrianople, attempted to follow in
his footsteps, but most of their reforms remained unimple
mented.
CHAPTER XI
10 * 147
The merchants of Kasim were oppressed by feudal extor
tions and the rigorous customs of the Wahhabi state, and
wanted their city-states to be independent. With the help
of the Meccan sherifs the inhabitants of Kasim successfully
repulsed all the Wahhabi campaigns. In 1855, Faisal even
acknowledged the independence of Anaiza and Buraida.
Further attempts by the Saudi dynasty to conquer the towns
of Kasim achieved almost nothing. Only occasionally were
they able to exact a certain amount of tribute.
In eastern Arabia, the Wahhabis met with British opposi
tion. Twice they attempted to regain their former positions
on the Persian Gulf (1851-52—western Oman, 1859—Qa
tar), and twice they were repelled by the British fleet. After
the conclusion of the Anglo-Nejd Treaty in 1866, the Sau
di family abandoned its attempts to extend its power to
Trucial Oman and Bahrein and restricted its activities in
these areas to tribute gathering.
An atmosphere of bellicose fanaticism pervaded the W ah
habi state. Religious intolerance had reached its highest
pitch. A special tribunal of zealots was set up in the middle
of the 19th century in Nejd to mete out strict punishment
upon all who violated religious laws. The guilty were fined
and subjected to severe corporal punishment.
The new Wahhabi state lacked internal cohesion; the cen
tral power was weak. The tribes fought not only against
one another, but also against the Emir. After Faisal’s death
in 1865, feudal and tribal separatism was aggravated still
further by the continuous strife between the dynasties. Fai
sal had divided Nejd among his three eldest sons and on his
death a fierce struggle ensued between them for supreme
power.
The struggle for the throne and internecine strifes further
weakened the already tottering foundations of the W ah
habi state. The emirs of Shammar, who were competing with
the Saudi family for supremacy in northern Arabia, did not
fail to take advantage of the critical situation. The Turks
followed their example by seizing El-Hasa.
149
Bushir, who was" the virtual ruler over all these territories,
were extended. The local rulers were deprived of the oppor
tunity to pursue an independent foreign policy. England
always managed to find an excuse for interfering in the in
ternal affairs of Trucial Oman and Bahrein. The British
merchants received various rights and privileges.
In 1861, England imposed a new convention on Bahrein,
by which she undertook to “defend” Bahrein from foreign
attacks and became entitled to send her troops there when
ever she wished. The convention actually meant the estab
lishment of a British protectorate over Bahrein.
The British expansion in the Persian Gulf met with the
open resistance of Turkey and Iran, who laid claim to a
number of territories. In 1868, England came near to estab
lishing “relations of alliance” with Qatar, but three years
later was compelled to yield the sheikhdom to Turkey.
France threatened British positions in Oman. England’s
most reliable “ally” in Arabia was the Muscat seyyid ,
whom the British political agent had well in hand. Under
the pretext of joint suppression of piracy and the slave trade,
England imposed on him a number of new unequal
agreements (1839 and 1845), which strengthened the “rela
tions of alliance” between England and Oman. As far back
as 1834, the British had forced the Muscat seyyid Said to
surrender to them the Kuria Muria Islands. In 1857, they
seized Perim Island which was annexed to the colony of
Aden.
In 1856, Said, the governor of Muscat, died. The British
intervened in the ensuing dynastic conflict and in 1861, at
the proposal of the viceroy of India, Lord Canning, they
divided the huge domains of the Muscat seyyid between his
two sons. Oman1 went to the eldest son Thuwaini and the
coast of East Africa and Zanzibar, which had been a part
of Muscat ever since the end of the 18th century, went to
the youngest son, Mejid. This division weakened Oman
and later facilitated the British seizure of Zanzibar and con
trol over Oman.
In the middle of the 19th century, Oman became the ob
ject of Anglo-French rivalry. In 1846, France concluded a
150
commercial agreement with Oman, similar to the Anglo-
Oman Trade Treaty of 1839. In 1861, she objected to the
partition of Oman into two parts. The Anglo-French con
flict ended in a compromise. On March 10, 1862, in Paris,
England and France signed a joint declaration, granting
“independence” to Muscat and Zanzibar. Thus France had
reconciled herself to the factual partition of Oman. England
acknowledged the illusory “independence”, but her actions
belied her words. In the space of ten years (1862-71) a wave
of uprisings swept Oman. The great mass of the people were
rebelling against the new Muscat Sultan Thuwaini
(1858-66), whom they regarded as a British protégé. They
were supported by the Wahhabis, who strove to restore their
former power in Oman and even collected a regular tribute
from many towns and districts of Oman. England openly
interfered in Oman’s affairs despite the Declaration of 1862.
She supplied Hiuwaini with guns and ships to deploy against
the people and her fleet shelled the hostile towns. She
ordered the sheikhs under her control to support the Sultan
and, when Thuwaini was killed, she rendered the same as
sistance to his son. W hen Thuwaini’s son was banished from
the country, she helped his younger brother to suppress the
popular uprisings and install himself at Muscat.
The British troops in Aden lived almost in a state of siege.
A series of uprisings flared up in southern Arabia against
the interference of the British authorities. In 1840, an upris
ing, backed by the Lahej Sultan, took place in Aden. It was
put down, but in 1846, the Arabs attacked again. Upon his
accession to power in 1849 in Lahej, Sultan Ali demanded
the return of Aden. In 1858, he sent his troops to fight the
British, but was defeated in a battle near Sheikh-Othman
and compelled to acknowledge British rule in Aden. In 1867,
the British undertook another expedition against the rebel
lious tribes of southern Arabia, who refused to acknowledge
the seizure of Aden.
CHAPTER XII
155
tian Government’s undertaking to supply at least four-fifths
of the labourers needed for the work free of charge. The con
cession was to last for 99 years from the date of the opening
of the canal and share capital was to be 200,000,000 francs.
In November 1858, de Lesseps opened the subscription
lists for his company, the capital of which was 400,000 shares
of 500 francs each; 207,000 shares (52 per cent) were
subscribed in France. Said Pasha subscribed for 64,000 shares
at a total value of 32,000,000 francs. Moreover, de Les
seps put down to Said Pasha’s account large shareholdings
(112,000 shares worth 56,000,000 francs), which were meant
for Turkey, England, Russia and the United States. In order
to meet his obligations in connection with the purchase of
176.000 shares, Said Pasha was compelled to conclude
foreign loans. In 1860, he concluded a private loan in Paris
for 28,000,000 francs and in 1862, he concluded the first
state loan for 60 million francs (£2,400,000). Thus, apart
from the land, the labourers, the water supply and quarries,
Said Pasha had to give de Lesseps about half (44 per cent)
of the share capital. The Egyptians built the canal with
their own hands using chiefly their own natural resources.
But the canal only brought Egypt huge losses, not to speak
of its negative effect on her political life.
On April 25, 1859, the construction work was formally
begun. Said Pasha was true to his word. He rounded up
hundreds of thousands of fellaheen from all over Egypt.
With almost no wages and poor nourishment, the fellaheen
had to work from dawn till dusk under the broiling sun to
dig the canal with their own hands. No machines were used.
The manual labour of free workers was much more profi
table and 25 to 40 thousand fellaheen were permanently
engaged at the construction site. As soon as one batch had
served its time, others took their place. Many of them were
unable to bear the hard working conditions and up to
20.000 workers perished before the canal was built. One of
the greatest structures of 19th century capitalist civilisation
was erected with the help of the compulsory, semi-slave
labour of the Egyptian fellaheen. It was erected over their
bones.
The virtual enslavement of hundreds of thousands of fel
laheen awakened hatred for foreigners and stirred up a wave
of popular protest against foreign domination in Egypt. The
156
feeling of hatred extended to the Egyptian ruling classes,
who were incensed by the arbitrariness of the company, its
disregard for the laws of Egypt and her interests. The gener
al discontent was skilfully exploited by England and a
campaign was launched in the British press against the sys
tem of forced labour used in digging the canal. Under pres
sure from England, the Porte announced that the Egyptian
Pasha had no right to hand out concessions and demanded
their annulment. A serious political crisis threatened to
upset de Lesseps’ undertaking.
Said Pasha did not live to see the outcome of the Suez
affair. He died on January 18, 1863. His successor, Ismail
Pasha (1863-79), like Said, had received his education in
France and was a Westerner to the marrow of his bones. He
wanted to make Egypt “a part of Europe” and continued the
reform policy of his predecessor. He did not oppose the con
struction of the Suez Canal, but considered that de Lesseps’
excessive privileges were a burden to Egypt.
On January 30, 1863, Ismail Pasha issued a firman, pro
hibiting the use of forced labour on the canal. His actions
were immediately supported by the Porte, who was backed
by England. The Turkish Government sent two notes, one
after the other, in which it made confirmation of the con
cessions conditional on the banning of the use of forced
labour on the canal, demanded the return of the lands alienat
ed for the benefit of the company, and so on. Otherwise, the
Porte threatened to stop the undertaking by force.
Difficult times began for de Lesseps. However, he man
aged to extricate himself from this embarrassing situation,
and even used it as an opportunity to plunder Egypt anew. He
appealed against the actions of Ismail Pasha and forced him
to submit the case for consideration by a court of arbitration.
The Emperor of France, Napoleon III, who was married
to de Lesseps’ cousin, was elected the “impartial” arbitrator.
In July 1864, he suggested that Ismail should pay the Gen
eral Company of the Suez Maritime Canal 84,000,000
francs. This included not only an indemnity for the aboli
tion of the corvée. According to the new terms of the conces
sion, the General Company of the Suez Maritime Canal was
allowed to retain the land along both banks of the canal to
a distance of 200 metres from its course, and the remaining
lands had to be returned to Egypt. For the land it returned
157
the company had not paid Egypt a single piastre. All the
same, Ismail had to pay de Lesseps 30,000,000 francs to get
it back. This was open robbery! Said had undertaken to
build a fresh-water canal for the construction site. The canal
served the needs of construction; however, when it became
Egyptian property, Egypt had to pay de Lesseps 14,000,000
francs for a canal which had not cost him a penny and had
been built completely at Egypt’s expense.
In order to satisfy these wild claims, Ismail, like Said
Pasha, was forced to appeal to the European banks. The
loans were granted on the most outrageous terms and Egypt
was soon trapped in debts.
The new terms of the concession were confirmed by the
convention of February 22, and on March 19, 1866, they
were ratified by the Porte. British intrigues had not achieved
their aim. H aving lost its supply of free manpower, the
company began inventing machines to do the digging. In
1860, the French engineer Couvreux invented a multiscoop
mechanical shovel and the construction of the Suez Canal
forged ahead. The formal opening of the canal was cele
brated on November 17, 1869. Scores of crown personalities
and hundreds of statesmen from all over the world partici
pated in the festivities held in honour of this event. At Ismail’s
request, the composer Verdi wrote the opera Aida especially
for the occasion. Luxurious palaces and yachts were built
for the guests. The celebrations lasted several weeks and
were paid for by the Egyptian treasury.
The construction of the canal, including the value of
shares, forfeit, expenses of the opening ceremony, and so on,
cost Egypt 400,000,000 francs. Six years later, the Egyptian
Government sold its shares of the canal for 100,000,000
francs. The net loss amounted to 300,000,000 francs, apart
from the thousands of lives sacrificed in the construction
work and the political harm the Suez Canal caused
Egypt.
158
which the European textile industry experienced an acute
shortage of raw materials. In those years, cotton plantations
were expanded. For this purpose the old network of irriga
tion canals was modernised and a great number of new ones
were built (with an over-all length of 21,000 kilometres).
The system of year-round irrigation was extended to U p
per Egypt and the area of land under cultivation increased
from 4,100,000 feddans in 1852 to 4,700,000 feddans in
1877.
Most of the cotton grown on the estates of the semi-feudal
landlords were exported. The export of cotton during the
cotton boom (1861-65) increased fourfold, from 500,000
cantars in 1860 to 2,000,000 cantars in 1865. After the Civil
W ar in America, the export of Egyptian cotton declined
somewhat, but it still remained on a relatively high level.
In 1870, it rose again to 2,000,000 cantars and in 1876, it
reached 3,000,000 cantars.
The rapid growth of cotton cultivation led to a reduction
in the cultivation and export of other crops, and Egypt was
in real danger of becoming a one-crop country. To restore
the balance, Ismail tried to speed up the sugar-cane crop. In
1872, 1,500,000 cantars of sugar were produced in Egypt,
out of which 500,000 cantars were exported.
The cotton boom was followed by a sharp rise in foreign
trade. The over-all value of Egyptian cotton exports grew
from 200,000,000 piastres in 1860 to 1,000,000,000 in 1870 and
1.500.000. 000 piastres in 1872. Imports to Alexandria rose
from 185,000,000 piastres in 1843 to 400,000,000 in 1863 and
600.000. 000 in 1872. In thirty years (1843-72), the total vol
ume of Egyptian overseas trade increased fivefold.
The growth of trade was accompanied by the growth of
navigation. In 1845, 62 steamers called at the Port of Alexan
dria while in 1865, the number rose to 1,145. The number
of sailing vessels that called at Alexandria in the same period
increased from 1,338 to 3,138. In 1850, 26 steamers passed
through the Suez and in 1865, before the inauguration of
the canal, 216 steamers.
In the year 1870, after the opening of the canal, 570
steamers passed through the Suez. The tonnage of' trading
vessels calling at Alexandria grew from 907,000 tons in 1863
to 1,238,000 tons in 1872. In the same period, the tonnage
of trading vessels passing through the Suez Canal grew from
159
170,000 to 666,000, and the tonnage of trading vessels cal
ling at Port Said increased from 52,000 to 857,000 tons. In
1847, 1,000 passengers disembarked at Alexandria. In 1867,
the number rose to 45,000 and in 1872, to 68,000. Alexandria
became one of the biggest international seaports in the world.
In 1875, freight turnover at Alexandria reached 1,925,000
tons, thus rivalling Marseilles.
Egypt acquired her own commercial fleet. In 1873, there
were 55 sea steamers and 58 river vessels in Egypt, apart
from a large number of sailing vessels. Regular shipping
lines were established along the N ile and in the Mediterra
nean. Most of the ships belonged to Ismail Pasha personally.
One of the foremost maritime Powers of the time, France,
which had a population seven and a half times the size of
Egypt’s, had a steam fleet that was only three times larger
than the Egyptian. Moreover, the Egyptian fleet, being the
younger of the two, was technically superior. The average
tonnage of one French sea-going steamer was 350 tons, while
the tonnage of one Egyptian steamer was 1,000 tons. The
French fleet had only 15 per cent steamers to 85 per cent
sailing vessels. The British fleet had 25 per cent steamers to
75 per cent sailing vessels. Whereas over 60 per cent of the
Egyptian fleet’s over-all tonnage were steamers and less than
40 per cent were sailing vessels. Between 1865 and 1875
fifteen light-houses were set up on the Mediterranean and
Red Sea coast for the development of navigation.
In the same period, Egypt acquired a wide network of
railways belonging to the state. U ntil 1860, Egypt had only
one railway, Alexandria-Cairo, 210 kilometres long (with a
branch line to Zagazig 35 kilometres long).1 Then in fifteen
years (1861-75) of intensified railway construction in Egypt,
1,590 kilometres of railway were laid. In this respect Egypt
outstripped several advanced capitalist countries. In France,
for instance, in 1876, there were 37.5 kilometres of railway
per 1,000 square kilometres of land, while in Egypt there
were 55 kilometres of railway per 1,000 square kilometres
of populated territory.12
1 The line between Cairo and the Suez, which had been built in
1856-57, was unfit for use.
2 Not counting deserts, which were uninhabited and without rail
ways.
160
Modem means of communication grew. Up to 1863, Egypt
had 582 kilometres of telegraph lines. By 1872, she had 6,450
kilometres, outstripping several advanced countries. In 1878,
France had 77 kilometres of telegraph lines per 1,000 square
kilometres of land. Egypt had 216 kilometres. France had
11.33 kilometres of telegraph lines per 10,000 of the popula
tion; Egypt had 12.25 kilometres.
Towns sprang up. Not less than 20 per cent of the Egyp
tian population lived in 113 urban centres. Cairo had a
population of 350,000, Alexandria—212,000, Tanta— 60,000
and Zagazig—40,000. Gas and water mains and sewers were
laid in Cairo.
Egyptian industry moved ahead. Ismail Pasha, the ruler
of Egypt, owned two weaving mills near Cairo, in which over
400 workers were employed, and 22 big sugar refineries with
a capacity of 150,000 tons of sugar a year, where about
10,000 workers were employed. In addition, Ismail Pasha
owned four arms factories, two dockyards, employing 500
workers, and saltpetre mines. Many private industrial enter
prises were founded in Egypt, most of which were small tex
tile mills, foundries and repair workshops, tanneries, cream
eries, cotton-cleaning mills and wood-working plants, steam
mills and salt works.
The technical level of the Egyptian enterprises, however,
was lower than the European. The products of the small
Egyptian weaving mills and foundries could not compete
with the goods of the large British textile and metallurgical
industry, which flowed into the Egyptian market without
encountering any customs barrier on the way. On the strength
of the Anglo-Turkish Trade Treaty of 1838, the Egyptian
industry had been deprived of tariff protection. On the
whole, at the height of her economic development, from the
fifties to the seventies of the 19th century, Egypt continued
to remain an agrarian country. Raw materials—cotton—
were her main product, not industrial goods. She supplied
more and more cotton to the world market and in return
purchased more and more foreign manufactured goods.
Thus, the growth of overseas trade deepened Egypt’s eco
nomic dependence on the European countries. Egypt was
becoming an agrarian and raw material base of the industrial
Powers.
Another contradiction in the Egyptian economy at the
11-573
161
time of Said and Ismail was that Egypt had embarked on
the capitalist path of development without having first li
quidated by revolutionary means the numerous and power
ful survivals of the Middle Ages. The mainstay of capitalist
relations in agriculture were the landlords, who combined the
new methods of economy with the old methods of exploita
tion. They introduced machines on their estates (the steam
plough was used for the first time in Egypt, not in Europe),
they expanded the areas planted with such export crops 21s
cotton and sugar cane. They conducted wide-scale commer
cial operations and built factories on their estates. But at
the same time they continued to exploit the fellah, to impose
medieval extortions on him, to force him to do corvée, and
so on. The first such half-feudal and half-capitalist land-
owner, financial manipulator, merchant, factory-owner and
speculator, who ably made use of the market situation, and
at the same time a feudal lord, was Ismail Pasha himself,
the ruler of Egypt. Other big landowners from the Turco-
Albanian-Circassian nobility followed his example.
The domination of feudal survivals in the countryside
hampered the genuine development of agriculture and in
dustry. The starved Egyptian countryside, exploited as it
was by semi-feudal landlords, was a bad market for industry.
The reverse side of Egypt’s economic development was
the influx of Europeans to the country. Only a few of them
were specialists—agronomists, mechanics, doctors, teachers,
workers, people who were prepared to work. The overwhelm
ing bulk of them were parasitic elements of the worst kind
such as dealers, speculators, stock-jobbers, money-lenders,
smugglers, brothel owners, swindlers, thieves, corrupt jour
nalists, prostitutes, and others. Operating under the protec
tion of the capitulations and foreign consuls, these scum of
Europe, who regarded themselves as the representatives of
“high culture”, exploited the working people of Egypt and
poisoned the atmosphere in the towns, especially in the beau
tiful town of Alexandria, which they had turned into a
veritable bog. Alexandria became an international centre of
the drug traffic. Whole blocks were turned into brothels, dens
and taverns. In 1840, there were only 6,150 Europeans in
Egypt, whereas by 1871, their number had risen to 80,000,
34.000 of whom were Greeks (who engaged chiefly in usury),
17.000 French, 14,000 Italians, 6,000 British and 7,000 Ger-
162
mans. About 50,000 foreigners lived in Alexandria (they
comprised nearly a quarter of the urban population) and
about 20,000 in Cairo.
164
three years by the village sheikhs and the notables of Cairo,
Alexandria and Damietta. It had consultative functions and
reviewed the state budget. The House was an obedient tool
in the hands of the khedive and played no part in the
administration of Egypt.
In 1873, Khedive Ismail induced the Sultan to issue a
firman on Egypt’s financial autonomy. Egypt gained the
right to conclude loans without the permission of the Porte.
The firman was of a dual nature. On the one hand, it weak
ened Egypt’s dependence on the Porte. On the other, it
made it easier for foreign banks to enslave the country by
means of loans, thus increasing its dependence on foreign
capitalists.
The legal reform carried out by Ismail was also of a dual
nature. By trying to limit the functions of the consular courts,
which existed by virtue of the capitulations, Ismail decided
to establish mixed courts composed of both foreign and
Egyptian judges. The preparations for the reforms, including
the talks with the Powers, took several years. The courts
began to function on February 1, 1876. They considered or
dinary cases of conflict between the Europeans and the Egyp
tians, between Europeans of different nationalities and also
criminal cases, which concerned the Europeans. Actually,
not only did the mixed courts not restrict the privileges
which had been granted to foreigners by the capitulations,
but they also became supplementary tools of foreign domina
tion over Egypt.
Said and Ismail continued the cultural reforms initiated
by Mohammed Ali. Under Said, the Arabic language became
the only official language of Egypt. Public education, to
which much attention was devoted, developed in Arabic.
The old schools, which had been closed at the time of Ab
bas, were reopened, and many new ones were set up too.
Under Ismail the number of schools increased from 185 in
1863 to 4,685 in 1875, when about 100,000 pupils were en
rolled. The number of secondary and specialised educational
establishments also increased. The Egyptian National Lib
rary, a museum, scientific societies and the Cairo Opera were
founded. A new interest in Arab history and literature arose.
Translations and original works by Egyptian poets, writers
and dramatists appeared. The well-known poet and states
man, Mahmud Sami el-Barudi, the talented writer and pub-
165
licist Ibrahim el-Muveilikhi, the pedagogue and literary
historian, Husein el-Matsafi, greatly contributed to the Arab
renaissance. Between 1865 and 1875, many newspapers and
magazines were issued in Arabic and French, such as W adi-
El-Nil (1866), Le Progrès Egyptien (1868), Nuskhat El-Af-
kar (1869) and Al-Alirarn (1875). Scientific and literary ma
gazines began to be published.
Many writers portray Ismail as a lazy and ignorant Orient
al pasha, who out of a desire for gain became involved in
various shady undertakings. Cromer reproached Ismail for
“preferring the company of his coachmen and lackeys to that
of European diplomats”. In reality, Ismail was an educated
and energetic Egyptian statesman, a pioneer of capitalist
development in Egypt. In the cultural sense he was far su
perior to the European diplomats and merchants who sur
rounded him. He was, however, first of all, a representative
of his class, the class of semi-feudal landowners who had
turned to capitalist enterprise. In the meanwhile, the social
development of Egypt in the seventies of the 19th century
gave birth to new and more progressive democratic elements
of the national bourgeoisie. This bourgeois-democratic move
ment was ultimately to sweep the semi-feudal landowners
of Egypt headed by Ismail from the historical scene.
CHAPTER XIII
107
that the janissaries retained their domination over Algeria.
They endowed a few tribes with special privileges. These
tribes, which were known ás Makhzen, helped the Turks collect
taxes and offered military service, for which they were
exempted from taxation. Many sheikhs and tribal chiefs
exercised absolute power by right of inheritance.
The yoke of the Turks and the local feudal lords called
forth popular, chiefly Bedouin, movements, which inevitably
acquired a religious taint. The movements were headed by
religious brotherhoods, which were closely linked with the
tribal mass. Quite often their leaders, the marabouts, who
headed the popular uprisings, later became feudal despots
themselves. The religious brotherhoods carried on a tireless
struggle against the Turks and exercised great influence
over the people. The most important of these brotherhoods
were the Kadiria and Rahmania.
171
eluded with them the Desmichel Treaty. Abd el-Kader wil
lingly agreed to the French proposal since he felt an urgent
need for a peaceful respite to reorganise his troops and gain
strength for a renewal of the war against the invaders.
Moreover, the treaty acknowledged all western Algeria, with
the exception of three coastal towns, as the territory of the
new sovereign Arab state under Abd el-Kader, who adopted
the title of “sovereign of the believers” (emir el-mtime -
?iee?i).
Having become the ruler of a large state, Abd el-Kader
continued to lead a humble way of life. He ate simple food,
drank only water, wore no ornaments and, true to the no
madic customs, preferred to live in a tent. His only property
consisted of a small flock of sheep and a plot of land, which
was ploughed by a pair of oxen. His only wealth was a won
derful library. He did not use a single penny for his personal
needs from the revenues, which were paid into his treasury
by the Algerian tribes.
His chief concern was for the army—his main weapon in
the struggle against the enemy. Apart from the irregular
tribal levies, numbering approximately 70,000 men, Abd el-
Kader formed a regular army consisting of 10,000 men. The
aga el-askari was entrusted with the command of the regu
lar army, which was divided into thousands (battalions),
hundreds (companies) and platoons with an aga, saif or
reis es-saf respectively at their head. The artillery of Abd
el-Kader numbered 36 pieces (true, only twelve of them were
fit for use). Abd el-Kader invited instructors from Morocco
and Tunisia to train and'organise regular army units. There
were also several European instructors, especially French.
Abd el-Kader received considerable help from Morocco in
equipping his troops. Close ties existed between him and the
Moroccan Sultan, who supplied him with weapons and mo
ney. Abd el-Kader built barracks and fortresses, a foundry,
two powder-mills and a weaving manufactory.
Abd el-Kader used the old, traditional methods as well
as new, extreme methods to gain money for the upkeep of
his army and for military construction. He collected ushr,
zakat for each head of cattle and extraordinary taxes from
his dependencies. Apart from this, he used the subsidies of
the Moroccan Sultan and incomes from the state lands and
monopolies. He also replenished his treasury with the spoils
172
seized during raids on hostile tribes who had refused to join
his movement or had defected to the French.
Abd el-Kader found support among the Moslem clergy
and Bedouins, who comprised the main bulk of his troops.
The social structure may be characterised as early feudal.
Strong survivals of the primitive-communal system existed
within the feudal mode of production. Without changing the
basis of feudal production, Abd el-Kader, nevertheless, real
ised the necessity of reducing feudal oppression and carried
out a number of reforms curtailing feudal tyranny. He also
carried out an administrative reform, dividing Algeria into
nine regions with caliphs—vicegerents, subordinate to the
central power—at their head. He abolished the selling of
posts, struggled against the embezzlement of public property
and tried to defend the nomads and peasants from the tyran
ny of the feudal lords and tribal chiefs.
Abd el-Kader was unable to eliminate feudal relations in
Algeria, nor did he set himself the task of doing so. But he
curtailed the absolute rule of the feudal lords andthus aroused
their hate. “The time of the shepherds and the marabouts
has come,” they would say angrily. The feudal leaders of
eastern Algeria refused to obey him. Under their bey, Ah
med, they fought the French independently of Abd el-Kader.
Nor would the Kabylia feudal lords and sheikhs of the
Sahara oases obey him. H e usually assigned marabouts as
his deputies and only in rare cases did he give the post to
the feudal leaders. But even the feudal lords who collaborat
ed with Abd el-Kader were ready to give him up to the
French. Their interests, their ambitions and self-interest
came before the interests of their country. The acts of treason
and the. mutinies of the feudal lords weakened the state
founded by Abd el-Kader more than the doubtful successes
of the French generals.
In 1835, the French generals, having treacherously violated
their agreements with Abd el-Kader, invaded his territory.
The peaceful respite had ended. After two years of fierce,
yet fruitless fighting, France consented to a new agreement
with Abd el-Kader. It was signed on May 30, 1837, in T a i
na. This time the French were compelled to acknowledge
Abd el-Kader’s power not only in western, but also in cen
tral Algeria. They agreed to this so as to be able to con
centrate all their efforts on the campaign against Constan
ts
tine, where the second breeding ground of anti-French op
position was located.
175
saved Mulai Abd er-Rahman. The French had to withdraw
from Morocco. But according to the Tangier Peace Treaty of
September 10, 1844, Mulai Abd er-Rahman declared Abd
el-Kader an outlaw, undertook to refuse all aid to the Alge
rian uprising, to withdraw his troops from the borders and
to punish the officers “guilty” of having helped the insur
gents. The treaty fixed the exact borders between Algeria
and Morocco, but only on a comparatively narrow coastal
strip. No demarcation line was drawn further south, so there
was always the danger of new conflicts.
176
lands. On October 1, 1844, the Europeans were permitted to
buy private waqfs (on the basis of the new enzel). The
decree of October 1, 1844, which was confirmed on July 21,
1846, declared as state property all land known as “no man’s
land” (all uncultivated land, for which no title deeds had
been issued up to June 1, 1830). On the basis of these “laws”
all the Algerian tribes were requested to present documentary
>roof of their land rights. Most of the tribes, which owned
f and on the basis of the usual rights, had no such documents,
which was exactly what the colonisers counted on. Mass ex
propriations began. In the Algiers district alone the French
authorities expropriated 168,000 hectares, out of which the
Arabs received 30,000 hectares and the French colonialists
— 138,000 hectares. The same thing happened in other parts
of Algeria.
The wholesale plundering of the land exhausted the local
people’s patience and in 1845 the whole of western Algeria
rose in rebellion against the French. The leader of the up
rising, Bu Maza, appealed to Abd el-Kader and offered him
the leadership of the popular struggle. The French hastened
to raise the strength of the occupation army to 108,000 men.
Eighteen punitive detachments again slaughtered the popu
lation and destroyed villages. The French generals, Pelissier
and Saint Arnaud broke the record of barbarism in this
campaign. Pelissier drove thousands of Arabs into the moun
tain caves, where he suffocated them with smoke. Saint Ar
naud bricked up in caves 1,500 Arabs, including women and
children. Nor did Cavaignac, who was serving in the occupa
tion army at the time, lag behind them.
The brutal repressions and the decree of July 31, 1845,
on the confiscation of land as a punishment for “associating
with the enemy” achieved their aim. The uprising began to
wane. French detachments pursued Abd el-Kader, trying to
surround him, but he withdrew to the oases of the Sahara
Desert and from there continued to wage guerilla warfare.
It was only at the end of 1847, following the treachery of
the Moroccan Sultan, that the French captured Abd el-Kader
and sent him away to France. In 1848, Ahmed bey was also
taken prisoner. After spending five years in France, Abd el-
Kader was permitted to return to the East. Having lived for
a few years in Bursa, in 1855 he settled in Damascus, where
12-573 177
he spent the rest of his life. Abd el-Kader died in 1883, at
the age of 75.
1 8 3 0 -4 0 15 2 .1
1 8 4 1 -5 0 7 1 .9 3 .7
1 8 5 1 -6 0 8 0 .8 3 1 .1
1 8 6 1 -7 0 1 7 2 .6 8 1 .6
ISO
bought up by French colonisers from the local landowners.
Under Napoleon. I ll, the embezzlement of the land (mainly
from the state fund) by the big. French capitalist companies,
which acted as concessionaires, acquired extensive propor
tions. Between 1851 and 1861, the big concessionaires received
70,000 hectares of land, out of which 20,000 hectares
were appropriated by the Compagnie Genevois alone (i.e.,
over 250,000 hectares were handed out in this period as part
of the process of “formal colonisation”). Between 1861 and
1871, the concessionaires seized 400,000 hectares (not count
ing the 116,000 hectares “presented” for purposes of “for
mal colonisation”). The following figures speak of the scale
of operations. Between 1862 and 1863 alone 30 big conces
sionaires acquired 160,000 hectares of woodland; in 1865,
the Société Générale Algérienne received 100,000 hectares
and the Société du Khabra et Makta—25,000 hectares.
Thus, on the one hand, there was the process of concentrat
ing the land in the hands of the French capitalist societies
and big settlers. On the other hand, wide masses of the A l
gerian peasantry were being deprived of their lands; pre
viously free members of peasant communes were being
turned into enslaved métayers and brutally exploited farm
labourers.
Does this mean that big changes took place in the mode
of production, that a big capitalist economy came into being?
By no means, although it would be incorrect to deny the
beginnings of such a capitalist economy. Even in those years
the use of hired labour developed together with grape cul
tivation. But up to 1870, the vine-growing areas were negli
gible and were restricted only to the region of Metija. In
grain farming, which continued to be the main form of agri
culture in Algeria, the use of hired labour in big production
was an exception. Agriculture was still based on the small-
scale production of. the fellaheen. Significant changes, how
ever, had taken place in the conditions of small-scale pro
duction.
Prior to the French conquest this was an economy of either
free members of peasant communes or dependent feudal mé
tayers. The majority of the free communers had large fami
lies. The economy was mainly of a natural character (al
though the landlords had acquired comparatively large quan
tities of marketable grain).
18]
Following the expropriation of the peasants and the seizure
of communal land by the French capitalists, the number of
free communers sharply decreased, but the number of en
slaved métayers increased. The national economy began to
acquire a commodity character. The exploitation of the mé
tayers by the money-lenders was intensified. Usurers (kliam-
mases) were active everywhere. It is known, for example,
that the Compagnie Genevois leased lands that it had seized
to the khammases. The same went for the Société Algérienne,
which, according to the decree, was obliged to lease part of
its domains to the French settlers but, in fact, leased most of
the land to the khammases. When the Société Algérienne was
reorganised as the Compagnie Algérienne (1878) it was as
signed 70,000 hectares, out of which 59,000 hectares were
leased to the khammases, 6,000 were taken on lease by the
settlers and only 5,000 hectares comprised the personal
property of the company. Individual French settlers, especi
ally in the grain-growing regions, also made extensive use of
the khammas system.
The seizure of the land by the French colonisers, capitalists
and concessionaires’ societies, the expropriation of scores of
thousands of Algerian peasants, their brutal exploitation as
métayers and farm labourers, all this gave rise to fresh
popular uprisings. In western Algeria in 1859, the Banu
Snassen tribes revolted. In 1864, rebellion flared up among the
tribes of Walid-sidi-Sheikh. Finally, in 1871, a great nation
al liberation uprising began headed by Mokrani.
CHAPTER XI V
189
the floating debt. As a guarantee for the loan, Ismail gave
up the state revenues from the three richest provinces of the
Delta.
In 1865, Ismail contracted a “private” loan from the
Anglo-Egyptian Bank. Of the nominal sum of £3,387,000 he
received in cash only £2,750,000. H alf of this was used to
purchase estates and half to build sugar refineries.
In 1866, Ismail contracted several new loans. H e borrowed
money from Messrs. Frühling and Göschen to build railways.
To obtain the loan, however, Egypt’s existing railways had
to be mortgaged. Out of t ie nominal sum of £3,000,000, the
Egyptian Treasury received only £2,640,000.
In 1867, the Khedive concluded a “private” loan with the
Imperial Ottoman Bank (Anglo-French) with a view to buy
ing lands for the organisation of sugar-cane plantations.
Out of £2,080,000 of the nominal sum, the Khedive received
only £1,700,000.
In 1868, the Khedive contracted a loan with Oppenheim for
£11,890,000, of which Egypt received only £7,195,000 in cash.
In 1870, the Khedive contracted a new “private” loan for
£7,143,000 with the bankers of Bishofsgeim and Goldsch
midt, but actually received only £5,000,000.
On June 11, 1873, the Khedive signed an agreement with
Oppenheim for a huge loan of £32,000,000 to pay off the
floating debt. Egypt received only £20,000,000 in cash and
for this she undertook to pay Oppenheim £3,500,000 interest
per annum, i.e., approximately 20 per cent of the actual
sum received.
In a matter of eleven years, the British banks had con
trived to saddle Egypt with a debt amounting to about
£68,000,000, having paid out in cash only £46,000,000 and
expropriated over £20,000,000 for “differences in exchange
value” and commission. Meanwhile Egypt’s floating debt had
reached £26,000,000, on which she had to pay up to 15 per
cent and even 25 per cent annual interest.
By 1876, Egypt’s total foreign debt came to £94,000,000.
What had the money been used for? Some apologists of im
perialism have suggested that it was squandered on the ex
travagant whims of Ismail Pasha—on his palaces, harems,
on luxury and ostentation. Others have asserted that Ismail
began a country-wide campaign for the construction of rail
ways, bridges, ports, telegraphs, factories and canals, without
190
taking into consideration the real state of Egypt’s natural
resources, and that it was this “speculative company promot
ing” that drowned Egypt in debt. It can indeed be stated
that the Khedive overpaid huge sums to the European build
ing firms. Thanks to the contractors, Egypt had to pay 325
million francs for railways that had actually cost only 75
million francs to build. The Egyptian Treasury had paid a
European building firm over £2,500,000 for the Port of A l
exandria, while the real cost was only £1,500,000. Other con
struction works had also cost Egypt two or three times their
actual worth. The European building firms robbed the coun
try shamelessly. The greater part of the funds expended on
building, however, had been acquired without the help of
the European banks. In the final analysis, the cost was
borne by the Egyptian people. The British finance expert,
Cave, asserted that the state revenue of Egypt for 1864-75
comprised £94,000,000, while expenditure, including con
struction, the expenses of the Khedive’s court, bribes for the
Turkish Sultan and his attendants, the cost of the Sudanese
and Ethiopian wars, amounted to an over-all sum of
£97,000,000. The entire real deficit for twelve years thus
comprised only £3,000,000.
How was it that Egypt came to owe the European bankers
nearly £100,000,000? The debt was made up of the follow
ing items: (1) £16,000,000 spent on the Suez Canal;
(2) £22,000,000, which Egypt never actually received, went
to the bankers as “differences in exchange value”, commis
sion, and so on, but was included in the nominal sum of the
debt; (3) no less than £50,000,000 had been paid by Egypt
up to 1876 as interest on the basic loans and promissory
debts; (4) £5,000,000-6,000,000 spent on public works. Thus
it can be seen what a small portion of the loan actually
benefited Egypt.
The criminal intrigues of de Lesseps, Oppenheim, Früh
ling and others were responsible for the greater part of
Egypt’s debt. The Egyptian people, who had to bear the
burden of the debt, received no return on the loans they
were forced to pay back threefold.
191
dive were mortgaged up. to the hilt. The amount of interest
Egypt had to pay her creditors increased every year. By
1875, it came to approximately £8,000,000 annually.
This meant annual tax increases. Within a short period
of time the land tax had increased fourfold—from 40 to
160 piastres per feddan. Egypt’s budget income grew from
£2,000,000 in 1861 to £10,500,000 in 1875. Nevertheless,
Egypt was forced to spend about 80 per cent of these funds
to discharge interest and other commitments on the loans.
There was not enough left to meet the current needs of the
state and the Khedive was compelled to find new sources of
income.
Ismail decided to resort to internal loans. In 1871, the
first internal loan, mukabala (reimbursement), was con
tracted. By the law of mukabala, all landowners who for a
period of 12 years from 1873 paid six times the amount of
land tax to which they were liable, in regular instalments,
thereby obtained remission of half the tax for ever after.
This law was supported by the landlords and the richer
farmers, who had just begun to emerge as a class and who,
in exchange for future riches, immediately gave the Treas
ury approximately £7,000,000 and later over £8,000,000
bringing the total to £15,700,000 in the period between 1871
and 1878.
There was still not enough money, however, and in 1874,
the Treasury was compelled to issue the second internal
loan, called ruznameh\ for £5,000,000. Iii spite of the fact
that contribution to this loan was made compulsory, it did
not justify the government’s expectations and yielded the
Treasury less than £2,000,000.
192
passed into the hands of the British Government and on
December 8, 1875, de Lesseps invited British representa
tives to take their seats on the Administrative Council of the
General Company of the Suez Maritime Canal.
Egypt’s interest in the canal, which had cost her £16,000,000
to build and had led to her being saddled with a debt of
£100,000,000, that cost the Egyptian people £300,000,000
in principal and interest paid on to foreign bankers, was
sold for only £4,000,000. Subsequently, the Suez Canal
yielded its owners unusually high profits; the shares that had
been purchased in 1875 for £4,000,000 were worth
£35,000,000 by 1910.
But this was only the commercial side of the case. The
political aspect of the deal was far more important. En
gland, as we have seen, had tried to seize Egypt at the begin
ning of the 19th century and in 1840, made another attempt
to place the country under her control. But each time she
had encountered the resistance of the Egyptian people and
that of her rival, France. French influence prevailed in
Egypt. Right up to the eighties of the 19th century, with the
exception of the years 1849-54, Mohammed Ali, Ibrahim,
Said and Ismail were swayed by French policy. The Egyp
tians had even participated in the Mexican adventure of N a
poleon III. During the time of de Lesseps, the Suez Canal
became a key position of French capital. The French bank
ers held the greater part of the promissory debt. French spe
cialists, professors and advisers predominated in Egyptian
institutes, factories and educational establishments. Young
Egyptians were sent to France to study. Khedive Ismail him
self had graduated from the French military academy school
at Saint Cyr.
In the seventies of the 19th century the British decided to
effect a radical change in the situation. “The construction of
the canal,” wrote the British historian Young, “changed for
the worse the relations between the British Empire and Egypt
by shifting the main objective of British sea-power, and the
main interest of British imperialism in the Near East from
Constantinople to Cairo.”1 In the past the British had done
everything they could to counteract French influence; now
13-573 193
they adopted a new policy aimed at completely ousting France
from Egypt.
“Until then,” Young writes, “the British had been content
to keep the French from dominating Cairo, as they had kept
the Russians from dominating in Constantinople. But there
after [after the opening of the Suez Canal— V.L.) it became
of vital interest to them to control Cairo to the exclusion of
other Powers. It was, indeed, some time before this new im
perialist point of view penetrated our policy towards Egypt.”1
This “new point of view” had its roots in the new econom
ic and political conditions in Europe after 1870, when capi
talism had begun to enter into its last stage—the stage of
monopoly capital, of imperialism. The transition was con
nected with the growing struggle for the division of the world,
with the unprecedented activisation of the capitalist Powers’
colonial policy.
By that time the British had already taken over the con
trol of Egyptian cotton exports. They were supreme on the
Egyptian import market and had seized a number of conces
sions. The London bankers, Messrs. Frühling, Göschen,
Bishofsgein and Oppenheim, had entangléd Egypt in a net of
ruinous loans. Nearly all the bonds of the Egyptian public
debt were in their hands. In 1875, Disraeli bought Egypt’s
Suez Canal shares on behalf of the British Government. This
was a fresh blow to French influence. Henceforth, the British
Government became the biggest stockholder of the Suez Ca
nal, which up to 1875 had been mainly a French company.
True, the French capitalists still retained the greatest num
ber of shares and seats on the Administrative Council of the
General Company of the Suez Maritime Canal. The canal
was still directed from Paris. But while the French shares
had been divided among a large number of shareholders, the
British Government alone, without the participation of any
other shareholders, owned holdings which comprised approxi
mately 45 per cent of the entire share capital.
Ismail’s hopes that the “canal would be in Egypt, but not
Egypt in the canal”, quite obviously had not been realised.
The British Government’s acquisition of shares in the Suez
Canal paved the way for the British occupation of Egypt.
1 Ibid., p. 68.
194
“Henceforth,” wrote Sabri, “the politician and money-lender
perform a common duty and their unification accelerates the
ominous development of events.”
197
once again the army of money-lenders descended on the vil
lages like a swarm of locusts. They bought the growing
wheat from the fellaheen for 50 piastres an ardeb when it
was actually worth 120 piastres an ardeb. Great were the
sufferings of the Egyptian people, but the coupon was paid
for in full. The British and French bankers celebrated their
victory.
At the beginning of 1878, the bankers demanded that
Ismail should form a commission to inquire into the state of
Egypt’s finances. Ferdinand de Lesseps, the designer of the
Suez Canal, was appointed President of the Commission, but
he was merely a figurehead and took no active part in the
roceedings. The real President was the Vice-President,
S ivers Wilson, a British Treasury official. The other Vice-
President was Riaz Pasha, a reactionary Egyptian working
for the British. The debt commissioners were members of the
Commission of Inquiry and among them was Major Baring.
The Commission of Inquiry immediately adopted an ar
rogant tone and it treated Khedive Ismail and his ministers
as though they were on trial. It summoned the Minister of
Justice, Sherif Pasha, to give testimony and, when he refused
to attend and offered instead to present the evidence in writ
ten form, the Commission demanded his resignation. In its
reports the Commission denounced the forms and methods
of Egyptian administration and brought action against the
Khedive. It held him personally responsible for the situa
tion prevailing in Egypt and the state of her finances. The
Commission of Inquiry decided to force the Khedive to ac
cept a Civil List and to hand over his estates to the London
banker, Rothschild, as a security for a new loan.
Finally, the Commission demanded that the Khedive re
linquish his control over state affairs in favour of a “relia
ble” cabinet composed largely of foreigners.
198
whom, moreover, owing to his ignorance of Arabic, he was
unable to communicate in their own language. H e could only
rely on persuasion and on the support of two foreign govern
ments.”1 In reality, the cabinet was run by Rivers Wilson,
the effective President of the Commission of Inquiry, who
occupied a key post in the Ministry of Finance. The commis
sioner of debts, the Frenchman Blignières, was appointed
Minister of Public Works. The Austrian and Italian rep
resentatives were made controllers-general and assistants to
the Minister of Finance. Riaz Pasha’s subservience to Wilson
and Baring was not forgotten and he was appointed Minis
ter of the Interior.
This government, appropriately called the “European
cabinet” by the Egyptians, was universally hated. The Euro
peans now controlled the whole of Egypt, as well as her
finances. Deprived of any independence she might previously
have possessed, Egypt was transformed into a colony of the
Anglo-French bankers. In reply to the growing aggression
of foreign capital there began to mature in Egypt a national
liberation movement that was soon to bring about the
overthrow of the “European cabinet”.
201
Besides these military leaders of the wataneun movement
there was also a group of its ideologists. Among them was
the erudite Sheikh Mohammed Abdu, a theologian who
dreamt of “reforming Islam” by adapting it to the bour
geois conditions of life. There was the Syrian writer and
journalist, Adeb Iskhak, who had settled in Egypt in 1876;
the talented speaker and journalist, Abdullah Nedim and
many other intellectuals, mostly teachers and students of
El-Azhar, who had studied under the well-known religious
and political figure, Jamal ed-Din el-Afghani (1839-1897).
The founder of the Pan-Islam movement, Jamal ed-Din
el-Afghani, after wandering for a long time in the East,
had settled in Cairo in 1871. A teacher at El-Azhar and an
active participant in the social and political life of Egypt,
he spoke out in favour of the reform of Islam and the uni
fication of the Moslem peoples in the struggle against Europe.
He called on Moslems to master the European sciences
and technology, to beat the Europeans with their own weap
ons. His teachings, although very contradictory in essence,
were wármly received in Egypt and greatly influenced
the outlook of Egyptian intellectuals in the seventies of the
19th century. Arabi and his friends regarded themselves as
the followers of Jamal ed-Din el-Afghani. In September
1879, Jamal ed-Din was banished from Egypt, but the wata
neun leaders continued to feel his ideological influence.
At first the spirit of opposition was directed against Khe
dive Ismail, then against the “European cabinet”. In 1877,
it came to the surface. Egypt acquired its first opposition
press. Adeb Iskhak and Selim Nakkash began to publish the
magazine Misr (Egypt) and then the newspaper At-Tigara
(Trade), which carried articles by Jamal ed-Din el-Afghani
and his associates against the Khedive and the foreign
enslavement of Egypt.
In 1879, the spirit of opposition spread to the Chamber
of Notables, which was composed primarily of landowners
and members of the Moslem clergy. It was dominated by
liberal landlords, who represented the moderate wing of the
national liberation movement. They were under the influ
ence of the kind of liberal and constitutional ideas advocated
by Midhat Pasha and spoke out in favour of Egyptian inde-.
pendence, an Egyptian constitution, a parliament and a re
liable government. When the regular session of the Chamber
202
of Notables opened on January 2, 1879, the delegates
turned it into a platform, from which they criticised the
“European cabinet”. The Khedive, who had a personal ac
count to settle with the “European cabinet”, secretly sup
ported these actions.
203
against the European oppressors and with added persistence
began to campaign for the ejection of the European minis
ters from the government.
204
which the Egyptians had contributed to the Treasury, W il
son acknowledged only £9,500,000 worth as genuine, and
cancelled the rest. The Treasury undertook to reimburse the
holders of the acknowledged bonds in annual payments
of 1.5 per cent of the total mukabala over a period of 50
years, i.e., 75 per cent of the total debt would be discharged
in that time. W ilson’s plan envisaged only partial reimburse
ment of the capital paid to the state by the mukabala
holders and stretched out the payment of the money over a
period of fifty years. At the same time, it deprived the mu
kabala bondholders o f all their privileges, and the mukabala
holders now had to pay the land tax in full. This meant that
they had to pay an additional sum of £ 1,150,000 annually,
while the state paid them an annual sum of only £150,000 as
reimbursement of the mukabala. This measure meant serious
losses to nearly all the landowners and to a considerable sec
tion of the Egyptian peasants. The mukabala had been paid
in full on 240,000 feddans of kharaj land and on 480,000
feddans of ushriya land, i.e., on 15 per cent of all the land
in Egypt. Moreover, the mukabala had been paid in part on
725,000 feddans of only ushriya land, apart from the nu
merous kharaj land.
On March 28, 1879, Wilson forced the Khedive to sign the
law of the mukabala. This measure aroused general indigna
tion in Egypt, especially among the Egyptian landowners.
205
which would be responsible to the Chamber of Notables. “As
the head of the government and as an Egyptian,” he said,
“I consider it my sacred duty to heed the opinion of my
country, to give full satisfaction to its lawful expectations.”
He then informed the assembly of the dismissal of the “Eu
ropean cabinet” and the formation of a new government of
“genuine Egyptian elements”, and promised to introduce the
parliamentary system in Egypt. The “electoral system and
the rights of the . Chamber,” Ismail declared, “will be
regulated in accordance with national expectations.” At the
same time he announced his readiness to adopt the financial
plan of the Chamber of Notables.
The manifesto of Khedive Ismail may be regarded as a
contribution to national liberation. It was the first official
formulation of the view that the Egyptians were a distinct
nation. The new Egyptian government was national as well
as parliamentary in character. It was headed by the liberal
landowner, Sherif Pasha, who not so long previously had
been the Minister of Justice, and who had won popularity
in Egypt by refusing to appear before the Wilson Commis
sion of Inquiry. In that period, at the dawn of the Egyptian
national movement, some of the landowners under the
leadership of Ismail Pasha and Sherif Pasha were still par
ticipating in the national liberation struggle and had even
headed the struggle. On the other hand, the activities of the
people were still very weak.
On April 22, 1879, the National Government published
its financial plan. It confirmed all the coupons on the inter
nal loans and temporarily reduced the interest on the Con
solidated Debt to 5 per cent a year. As for the rest, the
government pledged itself to honour the terms of the Gö
schen-Joubert settlement, which were expressed in the Decree
of November 18, 1876. The National Government dismissed
a number of European officials who had been in charge of
various sections of the state administration, decided to bring
up the strength of the army to 60,000 men and set to work to
draw up the first Egyptian Constitution. By May 17, 1879,
Sherif Pasha had submitted drafts of the Organic and Elec
toral laws to the Chamber of Notables. On June 8, they were
ratified by the Chamber and sent to the Khedive for consid
eration. Before Ismail could sanction them, however, he was
overthrown by the united efforts of the Powers.
206
THE DEPOSAL OF ISMAIL PASHA A N D THE RE-
SIGNATION OF SHERIF PASHA. W hile Khedive Ismail
helped the foreign capitalists enslave Egypt by contracting
one loan after another, they extolled him as an enlightened
and progressive ruler. But no sooner did he openly oppose
the tyranny of the European bankers than he became an
“Oriental despot” to be got rid of at all costs.
Immediately after the dismissal of the European ministers
and the publication of the new financial plan, the Powers
began threatening to depose Ismail. On April 25, 1879, the
British Foreign Secretary, Salisbury, wrote to the British
Consul in Cairo: “But if he [the Khedive— V.L.] continues
to ignore the obligations imposed upon him by his past acts
and assurances and persists in declining the assistance of
the European ministers whom the two Powers may place at
his disposal, we must conclude that the disregard of engage
ments, which has marked his recent action, was the result of
a settled plan and that he deliberately denounces all preten
sion to their friendship. In such a case, it will only remain
for the two cabinets to reserve to themselves an entire liberty
of appreciation and action in defending their interests in
Egypt and seeking the arrangements best calculated to se
cure the good government and prosperity of the country.”1
The British Consul communicated this threat to Ismail.
Ismail, however, displayed some firmness and refused to
reinstate the European ministers. Diplomatic pressure was
then used. England used Bismarck, who in his efforts to
arouse Anglo-French differences and isolate France, willing
ly supported the solicitations of the British in Egypt. In May
1879, the German and Austrian governments unexpectedly
protested against the actions of Ismail. The German creditors
declared the April 22nd plan of financial regulation to be ille
gal and submitted the case to the M ixed Court. Early in June,
the British and French governments entered a similar protest.
In “private” communications, agents from various consulates
urgently “advised” Ismail to abdicate and leave Egypt.
On June 19, 1879, England and France presented Ismail
an ultimatum demanding his abdication. If Ismail abdicated
voluntarily, the Powers promised to pay him a pension and
transfer the throne to his son Tewfik. If the Khedive showed
207
signs of resistance, the case would be referred to the Turkish
Sultan and Ismail would be deposed by force. The threat was
backed by other Powers. The consuls of Germany, Austria,
Russia and Italy gave similar “advice”.
Ismail himself, not waiting for the Powers to transfer his
case to Istanbul, submitted it to the consideration of Sultan
Abdul Hamid II. This was a false step. Fearing conflict with
the Powers, Abdul Hamid II hastened to execute their will
and on June 26, 1879, sent a telegram to Ismail informing him
of his déposai and the appointment of Tewfik as his successor.
“A crowd had collected in the streets of Cairo, but the
whole transaction had been so expeditiously concluded that
the mass of the population were unaware of the deposition
of Ismail Pasha until they heard the guns of the citadel
thundering in honour of his successor.”1
At first Ismail intended to resist, but he lacked the neces
sary self-control and persistence and on June 30 left Egypt
for Italy. Not a single European diplomat attended his de
parture, but a popular demonstration was organised in his
support. The Egyptian people did not like Ismail, rightly
regarding him as one of those chiefly to blame for their
misfortunes. At this moment, however, Ismail was a victim
of the struggle against the foreign oppressors; he had attempt
ed to head the national liberation struggle, and the people,
forgetting his recent past, spontaneously expressed their ap
proval of his attempt to establish national government, to
conduct a policy independent of the European bankers.
The departure of Ismail Pasha sealed the fate of his as
sociate, Sherif Pasha. Tewfik, a weak-willed and worthless
individual and a mere puppet in the hands of the British,
refused to sign the draft Constitution submitted by Sherif;
on September 4, he restored Dual Financial Control and on
September 21, 1879, dissolved the National Government.
Riaz Pasha, a British protégé, became the new Prime Min
ister of Egypt. This marked the beginning of the period of
reaction. According to the Egyptian historian, Sabri, “a re
gime of despotism, terror and espionage prevailed in Egypt”.
208
¿he arbitrary rule of the Khedival Debt Commission and
especially that of the British representative, Major Baring.
Later, when he became Lord Cromer, Baring himself ad
mitted that Riaz’s “trust” in him was so great that he signed
important state acts and documents approved by Baring
without even reading them. Under pressure from the Powers,
the Porte restricted the rights of the Egyptian Government.
As early as August 7, 1879, it abolished the fir??ian of 1873.
Egypt was once again deprived of the right to conclude
foreign loans without the Porte’s approval. The strength of
the Egyptian army was again restricted to 18,000 men.
The foreign controllers and the members of the Khedival
Debt Commission became Egypt’s real government. But they
themselves were unable to guarantee the receipt of money
needed to meet the payments on the next coupons. In spite of
the violent acts of the punitive detachments which were sent
to the countryside to collect the taxes, plundered poverty-
stricken Egypt simply could not meet their demands. By the
end of 1879, only two-thirds of the next coupon payments
on the Consolidated Debt had been liquidated. N o tribute at
all was given to the Porte. “If there is no money for the
payment of the tribute, all the worse for the Porte,” the
controllers declared.
W ilson’s financial plan was put into operation in January
1880. The law of mukabala was repealed. An extra tax was
levied on the ushriya lands. A ll the remaining taxes in kind
were replaced by money taxes. New dates were fixed for the
payment of the taxes. A salt monopoly that caused great
hardship to the people was introduced. The revenues for
1880 were fixed at £8,500,000, out of which only half was
allocated to meet the expenses of the Egyptian Government.
The other half went to the foreign creditors. Even these
measures, however, could not secure the sums demanded by
the foreign money-lenders and the payment of the coupons
on the Consolidated Debt was reduced to 4 per cent per
annum.
In April 1880, a Liquidation Commission headed by Rivers
Wilson was set up to solve the problem of the Egyptian debt.
The commission comprised all the former members of the
Commission of Inquiry of 1878 (except for de Lesseps), rep
resenting England, France, Italy and Austria, plus a dele
gate from Germany. On July 17, 1880, at the proposal of
14-573 209
the commission, a Law of Liquidation was promulgated,
fixing the sum of the Egyptian debts at £98,000,000 and
laying down a deadline for their payment, consolidating for
this purpose a certain part of the state revenues of Egypt.
The floating debt was divided into three parts: one part was
paid to the creditors in full, the other, half in cash and half
in bonds of the Preference Stock; the third part was paid
on the basis of special agreements with individual creditors.
“Its main defect,” Lord Cromer, one of the compilers of
the law, wrote later, “was that too large a proportion of rev
enue (66 per cent) was mortgaged to the loanholders, whilst
the balance left at the disposal of the government was in
sufficient.”1
Olice more the kurbash lashed the backs of the fellaheen
and once more the Egyptian officers went without their
salaries. Favouritism in the army flourished more than ever
with “Circassians” being promoted to the commanding posts
in preference to the Egyptians proper. The national libera
tion wave once again began to mount.
210
Arabi and his followers stood for the liquidation of the
Khedivate and the dominance of the Turco-Circassian
feudal nobility, and the establishment of democratic forms of
government. Sherif and Mohammed Sultan struggled
against the agrarian claims of the Egyptian peasantry; Ara
bi and his followers supported these protests. With the fur
ther development of the popular movement Sherif and Mo
hammed Sultan moved into the reactionary camp and helped
the British to conquer Egypt; Arabi and his followers landed
up at the head of the popular movement and upheld Egypt’s
independence in the battles against the British.
In 1880-81, when both parties were still fighting against
the reactionary cabinet of Riaz Pasha and the financial plans
of Wilson and Baring, this deep-rooted difference had not
yet come to the surface. Arabi and his followers still regarded
Sherif Pasha as one of their own men, their advocate in the
struggle for the national independence of Egypt, although
Sherif himself had a lordly contempt for the “rebellious
soldiery” and feared them at the same time.
214
The Chamber of Notables supported Sherif against Arabi.
Arabi was forced to agree to the withdrawal of the mutinous
regiments from Cairo. When Sherif came to power, he
preserved dual control. Britain and France, in turn, declared
that they would support the Sherif government.
Nevertheless, the unquestionable result of the September
revolt was that it enhanced the prestige of the wataneun
(Nationalists) in Egypt. Before, Arabi had been the leader
of a military group; now he had become the leader of the
entire Egyptian people. A British historian wrote that within
a few weeks Arabi had acquired considerable authority. All
those who suffered from injustice referred their complaints
to him. He acquired the reputation of a defender of the
fellaheen from the tyranny of the Turkish ruling class. He
was a friend of the fellaheen who served in the army. W hy
not become a friend of the fellaheen in the country as a
whole? Soon his popularity became widespread among the
village sheikhs and then among the fellaheen themselves.
Throughout the ages the fellah had not dared to raise his
voice against the tyrannical yoke of his lord. But now, Arabi,
the son of a village sheikh, loudly voiced the complaints of
the fellaheen soldiers, defended their rights before the
country’s authorities and did so with success. The Egyptians
began to realise that the situation in the army differed little
from the country’s general predicament. Arabi became their
idol. They appealed to this prophet, who was one of their
own, who inspired them with hopes of freedom from eternal
slavery, and who encouraged them to rise and resist, some
thing the fellaheen had hitherto never dared dream of.
™ E ^ A T A N E U N STRUGGLE A G A IN ST SHERIF
PASHA. In reply to the September revolt, the European
Powers prepared for armed intervention. Anglo-French
differences, however, considerably delayed these plans,
trance opposed Britain’s separatist activities and insisted on
joint action. In September 1881, at the time of the revolt in
Cairo, the French Foreign Minister, Barthélemy Saint-
Hilaire, proposed to Lord Granville, the British Foreign
Secretary, that they should establish “dual” Anglo-French
military control over Egypt. Britain rejected this plan (as
well as the Italian plan for the joint intervention of the six
Powers). France, in turn, rejected the plan for Turkish
215
intervention, which was backed by Germany and served the
interests of the British. Britain was thus forced to join
France in promising Egypt that they would exert influence
on the Porte “with the aim of preventing the occupation of
Egypt by the Ottoman army”. Even the despatch of two
Porte representatives to Egypt aroused objections on the
part of Britain and France, who in a note dated October
6, 1881, informed the Sultan that they had “learnt with
surprise and regret of his decision to send envoys to Egypt”.1
This note was confirmed by the despatch to Alexandria of
an Anglo-French force of two warships, which were recalled
only after the departure from Egypt of the Turkish envoys
(on October 20, 1881).
Taking advantage of the arrival of the Anglo-French
force, Sherif Pasha decided to suppress the revolutionary
regiments. A few days after the September revolt, Colvin
had proposed (1) to disperse the revolutionary units among
the provincial garrisons, (2) to use the moderate landowners,
and Notables, against the revolutionary officers, (3) to support
the demands of the Notables in as much as they would not
oppose British financial control and financial plans.
This was, in fact, the programme that the Sherif Pasha
government adopted. In October 1881, on Sherif Pasha’s
orders, the regiments of Arabi and Abd el-Al were with
drawn from Cairo, one to Damietta and the other to Tel-
El-Kebir. The withdrawal of the regiments, however, had
the very opposite result from what had been expected.
Arabi’s departure from Cairo sparked off a mighty popular
demonstration against the government of Sherif Pasha.
Scores of thousands of Cairo citizens came out to bid fare
well to Arabi and his soldiers, openly expressing their
solidarity with them. The regiments were greeted with
enthusiasm wherever they went. Arabi’s progress through
the provinces was a march of triumph and British officials
were forced to report with regret: “Arabi is the real ruler
of the country.”
Under such circumstances Arabi had no intention of
remaining in the provinces. U sing his w ife’s illness as a
pretext, he returned to Cairo, where he continued the struggle
against the government of Sherif Pasha. Nor did the
216
Powers succeed in “dispersing” the revolutionary units;
even after the relief of the units, the soldiers and officers
of the Cairo garrison continued to support Arabi.
Arabi openly opposed the tyranny of the khedival cama
rilla and the Turco-Circassian nobility. He declared that
the khedival dynasty was as oppressive as the government
of the Mamelukes had been. “There is no immunity of per
son or property,” he said. “The Egyptians are imprisoned,
exiled, strangled, drowned in the Nile, starved and robbed.
The most ignorant Turk is preferred to the best Egyptian!”1
Taking into account Arabi’s influence, Britain, who had
failed to reach agreement with France on the kind of inter
vention required, decided to change her tactics. The British
representatives in Egypt made an attempt to achieve a
settlement with the wataneun. On November 1, 1881,
Auckland Colvin, the British finance controller in Egypt,
received a delegation of Egyptian Nationalists headed by
Arabi. On November 15, a despatch, which Lord Granville
had sent on November 4, 1881, to Malet, the British diplo
matic agent in Cairo, was published in Egypt. In the
despatch Lord Granville declared that Britain was not seek
ing a biased government in Egypt. Speaking against the
formation of a government based on the support of a foreign
Power or a foreign diplomatic agent in Egypt, he stressed
that the aspiration of the Nationalists for liberation corre
sponded to British national traditions and that England
would not undermine them. Nevertheless, Granville left a
diplomatic loophole for intervention, when he added “the
only circumstance which would force Her Majesty’s Govern
ment to depart from the course of conduct which he [Gran
ville] had mentioned would be the occurrence in Egypt of a
state of anarchy”.2
The matter, however, did not progress further than prelim
inary contacts. In December 1881, the British Government
received a secret memorandum from Auckland Colvin warn
ing them that the Egyptian Nationalists were threatening
not only the Khedive, but also the positions of France and
Britain. Colvin maintained that there were two dangers to
be guarded against in the situation in Egypt: (1) Egypt’s
217
refusal to meet her financial obligations, (2) Egypt’s refusal
to let the Europeans interfere in.her administration.
In light of this, Britain decided not to remove the question
of intervention from the agenda and diplomatic prepara
tions for intervention continued. Moreover, in the face of
the growing Egyptian national liberation movement, Britain
agreed to a deal with France.
On December 14, 1881, Gambetta, the French Prime
Minister, requested Britain to work out a common course
of action in Egypt. “Both governments,” he said, “must be
closely united; their union must be completely manifest.”
Granville accepted Gambetta’s proposal and agreed to send
a joint Anglo-French note.
In the meanwhile, Sherif Pasha decided to convene the
Chamber of Notables in order to deprive the army of the
character which it had arrogated to itself at the last moment.
H e said the Chamber of Notables would become a represen
tative body, on which the Khedive and his government
would be able to lean for popular support against “military
dictation”.
Wishing to make the Chamber as reactionary as possible,
Sherif refused to introduce the very constitution which he
himself had drawn up two years before. W hile Arabi and
the wataneun insisted that Sherif’s constitution be put into
effect, Sherif himself preserved the Electoral Law of 1866,
by which the members of the Chamber were elected at pro
vincial meetings of the nobility.
The Chamber was convened on December 26, 1881, and
there were indications that it would justify Sherif’s hopes.
It was composed of moderate landowners. Its president,
Mohammed Sultan Pasha, was a close friend of Sherif
Pasha. The session of the Chamber began by expressing its
loyalty to the Khedive. According to Malet, the British
Consul-General in Cairo, “the Khedive spoke with much
satisfaction of the apparently moderate tendencies of the
delegates”.1
No sooner had the Chamber turned to the question of its
functions, however, than the idyllic picture was spoiled. The
Chamber declared its right to vote on the Egyptian Budget
or, at least, that part of it which was allocated for the main-
218
tenance of the Egyptian Government. This “encroachment”
on the rights of the Financial Control immediately evoked
protests from the Powers.
On January 8, 1882, Britain and France communicated a
joint note to Egypt. It read as follows: “. . . The English and
French Governments consider the maintenance of His
Highness on the throne on the terms laid down by the
Sultan’s Firmans, and officially recognised by the two
Governments as alone being able to guarantee, for the pres
ent and future, the good order and development of general
prosperity in Egypt, in which France and Great Britain are
equally interested. The two Governments being closely
associated in the resolve to guard by their united efforts
against all cause of complication, internal or external, which
might menace the order of things established in Egypt, do
not doubt that the assurance publicly given of their formal
intentions in this respect will tend to avert the dangers to
which the government of the Khedive might be exposed,
and which would certainly find England and France united
to oppose them.”1
This note evoked general indignation in Egypt and even
temporarily brought the Notables and the wataneun together.
On February 1, 1882, the British and French consuls
informed Sherif Pasha “that the Chamber could not vote on
the Budget without infringing the Decree establishing the
Dual Control, and that an innovation of the nature proposed
by the Chamber could not be introduced without the assent of
the English and French governments.”12
Sherif accepted the Powers’ note. He proposed in the
Chamber that negotiations should be started with Britain
and France, but the Chamber indignantly retorted that its
right to vote the Budget was not for discussion with foreign
Powers. At the Chamber’s demand, the Sherif Pasha’s cabi
net tendered its resignation. On February 5, 1882, a new
cabinet was formed, which was dominated by the wataneun.
Mahmud Sami el-Barudi, who had been War Minister in
the government of Sherif Pasha became Prime Minister.
Arabi Bey, the leader of the wataneun , was appointed War
Minister in his place.
219
THE MAHM UD SAMI-ARABI GOVERNMENT
(FEBRUARY-MAY 1882). On February 7, 1882, immediate
ly upon coming to power, the new government promul
gated the Organic Law, which had been compiled by the
Chamber of Notables and guaranteed its rights, thereby
actually putting an end to Dual Control. De Blignière, the
French Controller, demonstratively left Egypt as a sign of
protest. The government of Mahmud Sami-Arabi went even
further and set about compiling a new and more democratic
Electoral Law; it also prepared a number of progressive
draft laws, especially laws abolishing the corvée, setting up
an agricultural bank and reforming the Mixed Courts. The
government prohibited the use of the kurbash and began an
energetic struggle against official abuse of privilege, espe
cially against the foreign advisers and experts who practised
bribery and embezzlement on an extensive scale.
The formation of a new government brought about a
political awakening among the Egyptian people. The mudirs
(governors), who had been appointed by the former cabinets,
lost all authority in the province. In Lower Egypt, especially
in the region of Zagazig, an agrarian-peasant movement
was beginning to gain momentum. Peasant detachments
attacked and looted the landowners’ estates. Appealing to
the people at Zagazig, the wataneun agitators told them
that the acres held by their landlords belonged to the
fellaheen by right. Everywhere the peasants demanded the
abolition of usurious debts and the return of the mortgaged
land. Moreover, they demanded the liquidation of the
Public Debt, the curtailment of taxes and the renewal of the
law of mukabala.
The growth of the agrarian movement drove to the Right
many liberal landowners who, along with the wataneun,
had participated in the national cabinet.
Already in May 1882, Sultan Pasha, the leader of the
National Party, told the British Consul that “in overthrow
ing Sherif Pasha, the Chamber had acted under pressure
from Arabi, and that the very deputies who had then insist
ed on the course taken, finding that they had been deceived,
were now anxious to overthrow the Ministry”.1
220
THE CONFLICT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT
A N D THE KHEDIVE. The development of the agrarian-
peasant movement activised those sections of the feudal class
which from the very outset had adopted a hostile attitude
towards the government of Sami-Arabi. These sections
rallied round the Khedive and the court camarilla. The
“Circassian” officers were employed as shock detachments
of feudal reaction and a terrorist conspiracy against Arabi’s
life and that of his associates ripened in their midst. When
the plot was exposed on April 11, 1882, some 50 terrorists
from among the “Circassian” officers, including the former
Minister of War, Othman Rifki, were tried by a court-
martial. The sentence, however, was extremely mild, the
conspirators being degraded and exiled to the ¡Sudan. The
main plotters, Khedive Tewfik and Slierif Pasha, were not
even summoned to court. The verdict merely contained a
reference to the instiga tory role played by the former
Khedive Ismail. Nevertheless, at the suggestion of the British
and French consuls, on May 9. 1882, the Khedive commuted
the sentence to exile from Cairo to the provinces. This was
a challenge to the wataneun and the government likewise
and the wataneun interpreted it as a signal for open
struggle.
The wataneun decided to get rid of the Khedive. With
this in view, they summoned the Chamber of Notables on
May 13. Arabi demanded Tewfik’s déposai and an end to
the dynasty of Mohammed Ali. The Chamber, however,
vacillated. The delegates sympathised with the Khedive, but
Arabi was the real ruler of Egypt and the Notables, fearing
the soldiers, did not venture to support the Khedive openly.
They therefore took an intermediary stand and attempted
to reconcile the Khedive with the wataneun.
The Khedive declared the convention of the Chamber
illegal and demanded that it be dissolved immediately.
Mahmud Sami resigned in protest. It might have seemed this
was exactly what the Khedive and Britain, who was back
ing him, had been working for. But quite unexpectedly they
found themselves in difficulties. None of the Khedive’s
agents dared to form a government while the army was still
in the hands of the wataneun. The wataneun declared they
would not resign until the Chamber of Notables demanded
It, and the Chamber hesitated to make such a demand. On
221
May 16, the Khedive was forced to accede and keep
Mahmud Sami in office.
On May 20, 1882, an Anglo-French squadron arrived in
Alexandria and on the day before, May 19, the British
Consul Malet had received instructions “to advise the
Khedive to take advantage of a favourable moment, such,
as, for instance, the arrival of the fleets, to dismiss the pres
ent ministry and to form a new cabinet under Sherif Pasha
or any other person inspiring the same confidence”.1
On May 25, 1882, Britain and France officially demanded
from the Khedive: (1) the temporary retirement from Egypt
of Arabi Pasha; (2) the retirement into the interior of Egypt
of Ali Pasha Fahmi and Abd el-Al; (3) the resignation of
the ministry of Mahmud Sami el-Barudi. The Khedive
accepted this ultimatum and announced the dismissal of the
cabinet.
On learning of the dismissal, the officers of the Alexan
dria garrison sent a telegram to the Khedive on May 27, say
ing “they would not accept the resignation of Arabi Pasha
and that they allowed twelve hours to His Highness to
consider, after which delay they would no longer be respon
sible for public tranquility”.12 This was a threat to rise.
The fear-stricken Khedive appealed for Sultan Pasha’s
mediation. At a meeting in Cairo on May 27, Sultan Pasha
called the wataneun to obedience. The wataneun, in turn,
demanded the déposai of the Khedive, a traitor, who had
openly collaborated with the foreign Powers as their agent.
“The only thing left for the Khedive to do was to pack his
suitcase and move into Shepherd Hotel like any other
foreigner,” said Mustafa Fahmi, the Foreign Minister. A
wave of meetings and demonstrations swept Egypt. The
demonstrators demanded the Khedive’s déposai and the
reinstatement of Arabi and other wataneun ministers.
Once again convinced of his helplessness, the Khedive
gave in, but agreed to reinstate only Arabi as minister. This
manoeuvre, however, failed. Arabi became the sole absolute
minister in Egypt. The Powers and the Khedive were again
defeated. They had reached a deadlock. On May 30, France
proposed the convention of an international conference to
222
discuss the Egyptian question. Britain fell back on the plan
of Turkish intervention and without France’s knowledge
advised the Khedive to appeal to the Sultan for help.
223
ing desert, who had been specially hired by the Khedive to
participate in the disorders. Their despatch to Alexandria
was well timed. Soon the entire city was involved in the
slaughter in which some 50 Europeans and 140 Egyptians
were killed.
Arabi, however, managed to stop the rioting which had
broken out and expose the provocation, depriving the insti
gators of an excuse for intervention.
After the trouble in Alexandria, the division of forces
inside Egypt became more clearly delineated. On June 13,
Khedive Tewfik fled from revolutionary Cairo to Alexandria
under the protection of the British fleet. Together with him
fled the most reactionary top statesmen of Egypt—Nubar,
Riaz, Sherif and Sultan. The British Consul, Malet, the Turk
ish envoy Dervish Pasha and many representatives of the
Egyptian feudal-bureaucratic nobility also came to Alexan
dria, where, on June 20, 1882, a government directly respon
sible to the Khedive was formed under Ragheb Pasha.
Alexandria became the centre of the Anglo-Khedival align
ment. In Cairo power was in the hands of the wataneun and
Arabi, who was still listed as the Khedive’s Minister of War.
Thousands of foreigners fled from Egypt in fear of the
people’s wrath. They were followed by the local landowners
and money-lenders. At the end of June, the British agent in
Cairo reported the mass flight of Europeans, Turks and
“honourable Arabs”. Arabi’s only reaction to this was to
order the confiscation of the property of Egyptian émigrés
who had left the country of their own accord.
226
On July 22, the Khedive declared Arabi an outlaw and
formally dismissed him from the post of Minister of War.
In reply Arabi charged the Khedive with treachery.
“The Khedive is close to the British,” Arabi said in an
address to the people on July 25, 1882, “and whatever he
says is in the interests of the British. The Khedive is sacri
ficing the interests of his country and the people___ As for
us, we shall not abandon the people as long as we are alive.”
Without further delay, Arabi set about organising the
defence. Thousands of peasants and urban dwellers volun
teered for the army. The fellaheen donated their meagre
savings with the utmost willingness, enabling Arabi to
purchase enough arms to supply all the volunteers. By
autumn Arabi expected to have at least 100,000 trained men
under arms.
New organs of revolutionary power, the Emergency
Council and the Military Council, were formed in Cairo in
place of the government of Ragheb Pasha, which had
remained at Alexandria and which the wataneun had
declared a traitor government. The Military Council was
composed of wataneun generals and officers. The Emer
gency Council was made up partly of wataneun and partly
of the ’ Ulema, sheikhs and notables who had remained in
Cairo. The latter continued to vacillate between Arabi and
the Khedive. Some of them later fled to Alexandria while
others remained in Cairo, demoralising the rear of the na
tional army. Arabi applied revolutionary terror to the trai
tors. Approximately 1,000 Cairo notables who were shown
to have connections with the Khedive’s secret service were
arrested.
The outbreak of hostilities in Egypt displeased the Powers.
As a sign of protest, Russia recalled her delegates
from the Constantinople Conference. Germany and Austria
granted Britain freedom of action provided she acted at her
own risk and not on instructions from Europe. There was
a divergence of views in France. Gambetta, the advocate of
French colonial expansion in Africa, insisted on joint in
tervention with Britain. Clemenceau, who considered prep
arations for revenge against Germany to be the primary
aim of French foreign policy, was against participating in
the Egyptian adventure. De Freycinet took an intermediary
stand. His proposal was to despatch French troops to Egypt,
15 * 227
but to limit their duty to the “protection*’ of the Suez Canal.
The Chamber of Deputies, however, refused to vote credits
for a campaign against Egypt and, on July 29, 1882, de
Freycinet resigned. Duclerc, who succeeded de Freycinet as
Prime Minister, shared Clemenceau’s objection to France’s
interference in the Egyptian Question and virtually granted
Britain freedom of action.
To hamper British intervention in Egypt, however, the
Powers who had attended the Constantinople Conference
decided to organise a Turkish intervention. As early as
July 6, 1882, they had suggested to the Sultan that he des
patch troops to Egypt under certain conditions (preservation
of the status quo, non-interference in Egypt’s internal af
fairs and restriction of the period of occupation to three
months). On July 20, the Sultan consented to these condi
tions and despatched his representatives to the internation
al conference. On July 26, Turkey announced her readi
ness to send troops to Egypt. Britain replied that while she
accepted Turkey’s co-operation, she would continue the
operations she had already begun. Actually, Britain did
everything in her power to avoid “Turkey’s co-operation”.
Lord Dufferin, British Ambassador to Constantinople,
dragged out the talks on an Anglo-Turkish Military Con
vention for a month and a half, proposing one set of terms
after another. Only on September 13, 1882, the day of the
battle at Tel-El-Kebir, which ended in the victory of the
British and their occupation of Cairo, did Granville (the
British Foreign Secretary), allow Dufferin to sign the Anglo-
Turkish Military Convention. Later, however, he telegraphed
to Lord Dufferin that he “presumed that, the emergency
having passed, His Majesty and Sultan would not now
consider it necessary to send troops to Egypt”.1 The Anglo-
Turkish talks were broken off and the Turkish intervention
did not take place.
A month before this, the Powers, convinced that the Con
stantinople Conference was powerless to prevent British in
tervention in Egypt and therefore useless, decided to close
it on August 14, 1882. British diplomacy thereby managed
to ensure that the intervention was effected only by British
troops and that they alone occupied Egypt.
228
W hat happened on the military side? The British could
attack Egypt from the direction of the Mediterranean Sea
in the north or from the direction of the Suez Canal in the
east. The northern route was blocked by swamps and in the
passages between the swamps Arabi had set up strong de
fences. A British attempt to break through at Kafr Ed-Dawar
(near Alexandria) ended in failure.
The situation was less favourable as far as the defence
of Egypt’s eastern boundaries was concerned. True, the
British forces would have had to disembark at the Suez Canal
Zone, and this would have violated the principle of the
canal’s neutrality adopted by the Powers and Turkey. More
over, the British would have had to cross the desert. But
the Egyptians had amassed their best troops in the Delta.
To protect the right flank of the Egyptian army, the chief of
staff, engineer Mahmud Fahmi, proposed putting the Suez
Canal out of operation and closing the fresh-water canal.
These two measures would have secured Egypt’s eastern
boundaries and would have made it possible for the Egyp
tians to hold out against the enemy for a long time. Ferdi
nand de Lesseps, however, the Suez Canal’s chief engineer,
objected to Mahmud Fahmi’s plan. Anxious to maintain the
Company’s high dividends, he insisted that the canal should
function regularly. He gave his word of honour to Arabi
not to permit the landing of British troops in the Canal
Zone, and Arabi, trusting de Lesseps, rescinded the mea
sures which Mahmud Fahmi had contemplated. By so doing,
Arabi committed a grave military and political mistake.
W olseley had, in fact, decided to attack from the east,
thus outflanking the Mediterranean line of the Egyptian
fortifications. On August 2, the British occupied Suez without
firing a single shot. Early in August, they provoked an en
gagement near Alexandria to deceive Arabi as to the di
rection of the main attack. Despite de Lesseps’ assurances,
on August 20, the British landed their troops at Port-Said
and Ismailia. The N ile valley was thus exposed in the east,
where the worst units of the Egyptian army stood guard.
Most of these were poorly trained recruits and Bedouin ir
regulars. By the time the British offensive began, the Be
douin army had already been corrupted by Sultan Pasha,
who, on the instructions of the British, had penetrated into
the Bedouin regions and bribed a number of sheikhs.
229
For three weeks the British prepared for the decisive en
gagement. On September 13, 1882, after a night’s march,
they unexpectedly attacked the Egyptian positions near Tel-
El-Kebir. It was all over in a matter of twenty or thirty
minutes. The Bedouins took to their heels without offering
any serious resistance. Arabi rushed to the battlefield to
rally the fleeing troops and appealed to the Bedouins to con
tinue fighting. The Bedouin sheikhs, however, only flung
stones at him.
Realising that further persuasion was useless, Arabi im
mediately left for Cairo, where, at a session of the Emer
gency Council, he insisted on continuing the struggle and for
tifying Cairo without delay. He was backed by Abd el-Al,
Abdullah Nedim and Mahmud Sami, who suggested flood
ing the region around Cairo. The landowners in the Emer
gency Council, however, voted in favour of surrender and
Arabi committed his second mistake by giving in to the
Council’s decision. The Egyptian national army, whose best
units were deployed in the north, was still intact. The enemy
had occupied only Alexandria and the Suez Canal Zone;
the remainder of Egypt’s territory was still in Egyptian
hands. Resistance was possible, but none was offered. The
Egyptian army was defeated not by British arms, but by
the treachery of the Bedouin sheikhs and the Cairo Nota
bles as well as by the vacillation of Arabi Pasha himself,
who at a critical moment had not dared to assume dictato
rial powers and had failed to dissolve the Emergency Coun
cil, which had defected to the enemy.
230
rived in Cairo to supervise the reprisals against those who
had taken part in the struggle for independence. In Decem
ber 1882, Arabi and his associates were sentenced to death
but, realising that Arabi’s execution might entail a fresh
uprising, DufFerin commuted the sentence to perpetual exile
to Ceylon. Six leaders of the rebellion were exiled along
with Arabi. Scores of wataneun fled from Egypt. Many of
the rebels were treated as criminals by the British and tor
tured by British interrogators. Court-martials sentenced
some of them to death and exiled others to remote oases.
In his report Lord DufFerin wrote that what the enslaved
pepple needed was an iron hand, not a constitutional regime.
In accordance with this principle Lord DufFerin estab
lished a regime of colonial despotism and arbitrary rule
in Egypt. Major Baring (Lord Cromer), whom the British
appointed absolute ruler of Egypt in 1883, was a worthy
representative of this regime.
CHAPTER XVIII
233
Such was the British stand on the Egyptian Question.
Technically they meant to evacuate Egypt, but practically
they did everything in their power to stay where they were.
After 1887, French and Turkish diplomats repeatedly
broached the subject of the evacuation of British troops
from Egypt. The British responded with all sorts of verbal
assertions, but stayed on. It was not until 1904, that a far-
reaching change occurred.
On April 8, 1904, Britain and France concluded a num
ber of agreements which marked the beginning of the
Anglo-French Entente. Among these, the principal agree
ment was the Anglo-French Declaration on Egypt and Mo
rocco, which consisted of public and secret clauses. The
public part of the Declaration stated: “His Britannic Maj
esty’s Government declare that they have no intention of
altering the. pplitical status of Egypt [i.e., Egypt remains
a part of the Ottoman Empire, under British occupation
— V.L.).
“The Government of the French Republic, for their part,
declare they will not obstruct the action of Great Britain
in that country by asking that a limit of time be fixed for
the British occupation or in any other manner.”1Thus France
granted Britain freedom of action in Egypt, in exchange for
which she received freedom of action in Morocco.
The secret clauses of the Declaration envisaged the pos
sibility of changing the British policy on Egypt, i.e., the
possibility of annexing Egypt in one form or another.
Moreover, a pious stipulation was made to the effect that this
would happen only if Britain were compelled to do so by
force of circumstances. Naturally, they could always create
the circumstances themselves.
In 1904, the Anglo-French differences over the occupa
tion of Egypt were settled. Simultaneously, other Anglo-
French contradictions over the Egyptian Public Debt and
the regime of the Suez Canal were also settled.
234
Suez Canal, France insisted on the formation of a body of
international control. On her initiative, in 1885, an interna
tional commission was founded to work out measures to
secure the free use of the Suez Canal. After a prolonged and
stubborn struggle, the commission worked out a draft Con
vention to guarantee free navigation in the canal. On Octo
ber 29, 1888, the Convention was signed in Constantinople
by the representatives of France, Russia, Germany, Austria-
Hungary, Italy, Spain, Holland and Turkey.
The Constantinople Convention of 1888 stipulated that
“the Suez Maritime Canal should always be free and open,
in time of war as in time of peace, to every vessel of com
merce or of war without distinction of flag”. According to
the Convention, warships could not linger in the Canal Zone
more than twenty-four hours. Britain was thereby deprived
of the opportunity to keep her fleet within the limits of the
Suez Canal. Furthermore, the Convention prohibited the
construction of fortifications, the stationing of troops and the
setting up of ammunition depots in the Canal Zone, which
also affected Britain’s interests.
The British Government opposed the Convention of 1888
and did all it could to hamper its practical implementation.
And when she eventually signed the Convention, Britain
formulated a reservation, which rendered her signature
completely invalid and amounted to a refusal to join the
Convention. Only in 1904, along with the general adjust
ment of Anglo-French relations was the reservation removed
from the text of the Convention, and only then did Britain
actually join the Constantinople Convention of 1888 and
agree to put it in force.
Summing up this brief review of Egypt’s position in the
international political situation, it must be noted that in
1906, Britain annexed the Sinai Peninsula to the territory
of Egypt and occúpied it. This evoked futile objections on
the part of the Porte, and since France no longer interfered
in these matters, Britain acquired a zone for the defence of
the Suez Canal and a springboard for an attack against
Palestine in the coming world war.
236
An international convention on the Egyptian Public Debt
was signed in London, on March 18, 1885, and Britain’s
demands were satisfied. On the insistence of France, however,
the following provision was added to the convention: if
Britain in the course of three years does not reach a balance
in the Egyptian budget, the supervision of Egypt’s finances
will pass into the control of the international commission.
This stipulation was a serious threat to the British and
they did everything they could to put Egypt’s finances in
order. They carried out a currency reform (1885); they
eliminated the difference between the ushriya and kharaj
lands and raised taxes; they economised in a number of
branches of government administration at Egypt’s expense,
particularly by cutting expenditure on public education. The
proportion of indirect taxes increased sharply. The result
was that by 1888, the British had balanced Egypt’s budget
and had deprived France of an excuse to interfere in
Egypt’s financial affairs.
Having strengthened Egypt’s financial position, in 1890,
the British converted the Egyptian Public Debt and reduced
the interest rates on the state debts. When the agreement
on the Entente was signed in 1904, France agreed to the
conversion of the debt and supported other measures taken
by the British authorities in Egypt, such as the liquidation
of foreign control over Egypt’s custom houses and railways,
the revenues from which had been used to pay off the debt;
the suspension of the practice of dividing the Egyptian
budget into two parts; the modification of the functions of
the Caisse de la Dette , and so on.
In 1898, the British founded the National Bank of Egypt.
In spite of its name, the bank was not national, but private,
and not Egyptian, but British. Unlike the other British banks
in Egypt, however, the National Bank was empowered
with the functions of a central bank of issue. It issued the
Egyptian banknotes and looked after all the Egyptian Go
vernment’s cash.
The British financial policy in Egypt safeguarded the
interests of the European banks. Revenues from the Egyp
tian Public Debt flowed regularly into their coffers. The
aggregate sum of the debt was stabilised at a level of about
£100,000,000. The foreign creditors received £4,500,000
annually as payment on the debt. Moreover, Egypt paid
237
the Porte between £600,000 and £700,000 tribute annually.
This tribute formed a guarantee for one of the Turkish
loans and also profited the European money-lenders. In all,
Egypt paid the foreign bankers over £5,000,000 annually,
which comprised at first 50 and later 30 per cent of the
Egyptian budget.
238
the entire economic life of Egypt was geared to one aim—
the production of raw cotton for British industry.
W ith a view to developing cotton-growing, the British
authorities carried out wide-scale irrigation works. In the
period between 1890 and 1914, several dams and irrigation
networks were built, in particular, the old Aswan Dam
(1902), which after additional building in 1912, made it
possible to store up to 2,300,000,000 cubic metres of water.
The system of year-round irrigation was expanded in Low
er Egypt and also applied in Central Egypt. As a result,
the area of land under cultivation rose from 4,472,000 fed-
dans in 1877 to 5,503,000 feddans in 1913.
Cotton production was virtually monopolised by British
capital.
The main cotton producer was the Egyptian fellah. Most
of the cotton was cultivated on small plots of land which
were tilled by the fellaheen, but only an insignificant share
of the land belonged to them. In 1914, 2,397,000 feddans,
i.e., 44 per cent of the entire area of the privately owned
land, belonged to 12,500 landlords, while only 1,954,000
feddans or 35.8 per cent fell to the share of 1,491,000 peas
ants (who owned up to ten feddans). The process of parcel
ling out the peasants’ land rapidly gained momentum. W ith
in twenty years (1894-1913), the number of peasants who
owned less than five feddans increased threefold.
The majority of the cotton plantations of Egypt were
controlled either directly or indirectly by foreign capital.
In 1910, the foreigners owned 700,000 feddans or 13 per
cent of the entire area of the privately-owned lands. The
foreigners, however, controlled not only the land which
belonged directly to them. They also controlled, indirectly,
through mortgage, 27 per cent of the land which had been
hypothecated in mortgage banks and companies.
The irrigation system was the key factor of British
domination in the cotton industry. The chief dams and the
main canals were built at the expense of the Egyptian peo
ple, but were controlled by the British irrigation inspectors.
A ramified network of peripheral canals and small irriga
tion ditches which supplied water to the fields branched out
from the main canals. The peripheral irrigation network
had been built by private British irrigation companies which
charged the cotton-growing Egyptian fellaheen large sums
239
for their use. Not only was the land and water under British
control, but also most of the primary cotton-processing and
cotton-cleaning industry of Egypt.
Cotton was exported by railway, by boat along the rivers
and canals, and so on. Tne steamship lines which transport
ed the cotton from the interior of Egypt to Alexandria were
also British owned. The main railways belonged to the
Egyptian state, but were in the hands of the British inspec
tors. Moreover, the British and some French companies had
built a number of peripheral narrow-gauge railways and
shipped cotton from the interior to the main roads and from
there to Alexandria. The entire cotton trade, both internal
and external, was also in the hands of the British. Their
banks in Egypt had special cotton departments which grant
ed credits for home and foreign trade. The cotton buying
was done by local merchants, they were all agents of their
respective British banks and export companies. The export
ing of cotton was handled almost entirely by British firms.
Cotton was transported from Egypt to Britain by British
steamship lines. The Alexandria cotton exchange was un
der British control. In other words, the entire mechanism of
the cotton industry, from the cultivation of the cotton to
its processing and export, was concentrated in the hands of
the British capitalists.
Egypt was turned into a one-crop country. The area un
der cotton increased from 495,000 feddans in 1879 to
1,723,000 feddans in 1913. Within this period, the propor
tion of land under cotton grew from 11.5 to 22.5 per cent
in spite of the significant over-all growth of the sowing
areas. Between 1910 and 1914, cotton yielded 43 per cent
of the total value of agricultural output. Cotton export in
creased from 3,500,000 cantars in 1884 to 7,400,000 cantars
in 1913 and accounted for an average of 85 per cent of the
value of Egyptian exports.
The British authorities developed cotton cultivation and
strangled all the other branches of agriculture. Between
1879 and 1913, wheat decreased from 20.6 to 16.9 per cent
and barley, from 11.1 to 4.8 per cent. At the beginning of
the 20th century, Egypt began to import grain and flour.
The area under sugar cane and flax was also reduced. In
1883, the cultivation of tobacco was forbidden in Egypt so
that the entire area could be switched over to cotton cul-
240
tivation. The tobacco mills of Egypt began to work on raw
products imported from Turkey and the Balkans.
England stifled the development of Egyptian industry.
The cotton-cleaning and, to some extent, the mining indus
tries were the only exception. The industrial processing of
cotton, separating the fibres from the seeds, was carried
out on the spot for the sake of economy, but all the other
stages of cotton processing were done in Britain. Egypt,
who grew the best cotton in the world, who occupied second
or third place in the world in cotton production, Egypt, the
land of the cotton crop, did not have a single cotton mill
and exported all her cotton abroad, mainly to Britain. The
cotton was processed in other countries and entered the
Egyptian market as a ready-made product. Egypt met one-third
of the requirements of the British industry in raw cotton.
Power engineering plays an important part in the in
dustrialisation of any country. There were no coal fields in
Egypt and in such circumstances water power was of vital
importance. The Egyptian dams offered numerous oppor
tunities for building hydroelectric power stations. As early
as 1902, a project had been drawn up for the construction
of a power station on the site of the old Aswan Dam, but it
got no further than the paper stage. Keeping Egypt as an
agrarian and raw material appendage of the metropolitan
country, Britain neglected Egypt’s industrial development,
which she regarded as unprofitable for herself.
247
the Wafd Party. Saad Zaghlul (born in 1860), a member of
the Arabi movement and a qualified lawyer, practised at
the bar and later served on the bench. In 1906, Cromer
appointed him Minister of Education.
In April 1907, Cromer resigned. The new British resident
in Egypt was Sir Eldon Gorst, who had served under Cro
mer as an Assistant Under-Secretary of State for Foreign
Affairs of the British mission, i.e., the civil servant who is
charged with the supervision of the local national move
ment. Unlike Lord Cromer, who had lived in Egypt for
twenty-five years without learning Arabic or establishing
relations in the Egyptian society, Gorst had been obliged by
the very nature of his work to acquire a knowledge of the
language and Egyptian contacts.
251
by the German conquistador Peters. Nigeria was conquered
by a handful of enterprising Britishers, who founded the
Nigerian Company. The Congo was seized by the explorer
Stanley, who was backed by the King of Belgium, Leopold
II. If their schemes failed, they were forgotten. If they
succeeded, their governments took them under their wing,
despatched a fleet or army to their “domains” and declared
the captured land their colony.
The initiative came from individual enterprising colo
nial profit-seekers. The picture was the same in the Sudan. In
the seventies, not a single European state undertook ope
rations in the Sudan in its own name. The direct struggle
between the Powers began in the Sudan after 1881, follow
ing the British occupation of Egypt.
How did the adventurers penetrate into the Sudan? They
took advantage of the desire of the Egyptian Khedive Is
mail, which was prompted by his cotton policy, to gain
possession of the entire N ile Basin. Ismail was setting up
cotton plantations in Egypt and expanding the irrigation
system. He realised, however, that he could keep the Egyp
tian irrigation system fully supplied only by laying hands
on the N ile Basin and all its tributaries. Hence, Ismail’s
wars in Ethiopia and in Equatorial Africa. The Khedive’s
aggressive policy attracted a number of European adventur
ers. The first of these was the Englishman Samuel Baker.
In 1869, Ismail gave Baker the administration of the Equa
torial Province of Sudan,and the city of Lado, which he
came to regard as his own private domain. His seizure of
the ivory trade, which passed through the province, yielded
him considerable profits. From here he undertook a series
of campaigns against the regions south of the Sudan—Lake
Albert and Unioro—and added them to his territory. Alto
gether he operated in this area for five years.
In 1874, Baker was succeeded by another Englishman—
General Gordon. On becoming Governor of the Equatorial
Province, Gordon continued Baker’s expeditions, reached
Lake Victoria, sent a mission to the ruler of Uganda and
took over the entire region of the W hite N ile sources. He
was accompanied by a large group of European explorers,
the Italian, Romolo Gessi, the German, Eduard Schnitzer
(Emin Pasha), the Frenchman, Linan de Beifont, the
American, Long, and others.
252
Simultaneously with the expansion in the region of the
White Nile, competition began for possession of the Blue
N ile sources, i.e., for Ethiopia. In 1874, the Swiss, Muntsen-
ger, left the port of Massawa (now Eritrea), which was in
the hands of the Egyptians, and set out for the Ethiopian
interior. He managed to seize Keren and penetrate into the
eastern part of Ethiopia, in the region of Harrar, which he
added to the Egyptian domains. In 1875, the Egyptians took
over the cities of Zeila and Berbera (in present-day Northern
Somalia).
In 1875-76, Egyptian forces under the Dane, Anderup,
penetrated into the mountainous regions of Ethiopia and
occupied Adua. But the Ethiopians repelled their attacks
and the Egyptian-Ethiopian War of 1874-76 ended less
successfully for the Egyptians than the war in the Equatorial
Province. They were forced out of the Ethiopian interior
and retained only certain coastal districts.
Simultaneously Egypt expanded in a third direction,
towards Darfur. The region of Darfur, which was situated
in the western part of the Sudan, had been an independent
sultanate till 1874, when the Egyptians launched their
campaign, entrusting Zobeir, the ruler of Bahr El-Ghazal,
with the task of conquest. Zobeir carried out his assignment
and was afterwards summoned to Cairo, where he was
awarded the title of pasha and accorded all sorts of honours.
He was not allowed to return to Sudan, however, and a
European was sent to Darfur to take his place. This evoked
big uprisings in Darfur and Bahr El-Ghazal, led by the Sul
tan of Darfur and Suleiman, Zobeir Pasha’s son. The actions
of the two feudal lords lacked co-ordination, however, and
Gordon Pasha, who worked on behalf of the Egyptian
authorities, put down both uprisings.
In 1877, General Gordon was appointed Governor-Gene
ral of the Sudan. He kept the German, Eduard Schnitzer,
as Governor of the Equatorial Province, and appointed his
European collaborators as governors of the other provinces.
The Italian, Romolo Gessi, who had defeated Suleiman ibn
Zobeir, became Governor of Kordofan, the Austrian, Slatin
Pasha, became governor of Darfur; the Englishman, Lup-
ton, became the ruler of Bahr El-Ghazal and the German,
Gigler, became Gordon’s immediate assistant. In this way,
Sudan, though formally under the control of the Egyptians,
253
became the property of a handful of extremely enterprising
and greedy international adventurers. They levied such
heavy taxes on the people (both in cash and in kind) and
robbed the population to such an extent that a wave of
uprisings against the Europeans and European-Egyptian
rule soon swept the Sudan.
254
In August 1881, during Ramadan, Mohammed Ahmed
proclaimed himself Mahdi, the Messiah, and summoned the
Sudanese people to rebel. The situation was ripe for an
uprising. A political crisis was brewing in Egypt. The
Powers and Egypt herself were preoccupied and there was
a real opportunity for decisive action in the Sudan.
The outbreak of the uprising has been described by
witnesses and contemporaries as follows. In August 1881,
an official o f the Egyptian Government arrived on Abba
Island from Khartoum. He presented himself to Mohammed
Ahmed and told the Mahdi that he was charged with plan
ning opposition to the government, and that he must go to
Khartoum to justify himself before the ruler of the country.
Mohammed Ahmed replied that by the grace of God and
the Prophet he himself was the master of the country and
that he would never go to Khartoum to make excuses to
anyone. The official left for Khartoum but, soon after his
departure, a punitive expedition consisting of two companies
and armed with only one cannon arrived on Abba Island.
The complement of the expedition indicated that the
Mohammed Ahmed movement was not being taken
very seriously. The mahdists completely destroyed the expe
dition.
After the defeat of the expedition, Mohammed Ahmed
decided to cross over to Kordofan together with his follow
ers. In Kordofan the ranks of his detachment were swelled
by numerous new supporters and became a rebel army many
thousand strong.
Who were the Mahdi’s followers? What were the driving
forces of the mahdist uprising? Most of his followers were
peasants, nomads, slaves and artisans. The Mahdi’s right-
hand man, Abdullah, related that while the poor flocked to
them in crowds they were shunned by the wealthy, whose
concern for their property, for that earthly filth prevented
them from enjoying and partaking of the true bliss of
heaven.
Mahdi urged his followers to wage a holy war. Like the
Prophet Mohammed, he called them his ansars (helpers),
and promised eternal bliss for those who fell in battle and
four-fifths of the captured booty for the survivors.
Slatin Pasha, who left a detailed account of the uprising,
wrote that for over 60 years the Sudan had belonged to the
2 55
Turks and Egyptians. True, during this period there had
been cases when some tribes had refused to pay tribute, for
which they had been punished, but nobody had yet dared to
rebel against the country’s authorities or declare actual war
on them. But now a beggar, an unknown fakir (hermit) with
a handful of hungry, poorly armed adherents had appeared
and was winning one victory after another.
W hen the Mahdi pitched camp in the mountains of Kor-
dofan, the poor came flocking to him from all over the
Sudan, bringing with them their wives and children. Here
they formed guerilla detachments, chose their leaders and
ambushed . government posts, tax-gatherers and armed
detachments which had been sent out to collect the taxes.
Slatiii Pasha wrote that the poor hoped the revolt would
improve their conditions. Throughout the country tax-
gatherers, government officials and armed posts were
attacked and either wiped out or forced to turn back.
The national element played an important part in the
Mahdi uprising. Slatin Pasha wrote in this connection that
their vanity was flattered by the fact that a Sudanese had
become the Mahdi, and that, consequently, the Sudan would
be ruled by one of their own people, and not by foreigners.
For the most part the Sudanese feudal lords and rich slave
traders were hostile to the uprising. The preaching of the
equal sharing of property and land was deeply opposed to
their interests. But they often had to reckon with the insur
gent forces. None of them were consistent in their support
of the Mahdi, but some of them either compromised with
him or tried to work themselves into his favour to prevent
the redistribution of their property or to use the Mahdi
for their own ends.
Soon all of Kordofan had joined the Mahdi and several
European and Egyptian punitive expeditions were repelled.
In the autumn of 1881, Gigler, who was now the
Governor of Kordofan, sent an expedition against the Mahdi
under the command of Said Mohammed Pasha. The expe
dition, however, did not achieve its goal and its command
er, fearing defeat, turned back.
In December 1881, the Governor of Fashoda, Rashid
Bey, despatched a fresh expedition under the German
Bergchoff to fight the Mahdi in Kordofan. This expedition
was utterly defeated.
256
In March 1882, a 6,000-strong expeditionary corps from
Khartoum under Yusef Pasha Shelali set out for Kordofan.
In June of the same year it was completely destroyed.
In September 1882, the mahdists besieged El-Obeid, the
capital of Kordofan. The city fell on the 18th of February,
1883, culminating the conquest of Kordofan. From here the
uprising spread to all the other regions of the Sudan.
1883 was a year of decisive victories for the mahdists. In
the spring of the same year, a large Anglo-Egyptian force,
under the British general, Hicks, arrived in Kordofan. After
operating in the area for eight months, it was utterly
defeated. The insurgents employed scorched earth tactics
in their fight against Hicks. They drove away the cattle,
burnt settlements and filled up the wells. In a battle north
of El-Obeid, on November 5, 1883, Hicks’s exhausted army
was finally routed and General Hicks himself was killed.
Some of his men went over to the insurgents. It must be
admitted that Hicks’s detachment included many of the
Egyptian soldiers who only a year ago (1882) had served in
Arabi’s army against the British. As a form of punishment,
they had been despatched to the Sudan. From the political
point of view, this force was unfit for punitive operations
and Cromer himself described how these soldiers exclaimed
in battle: “Oh Effendina Arabi! If you only knew the position
Tewfik has placed us in!”1—and threw down their arms.
In August 1883, the uprising spread to the Red Sea prov
inces, where the mahdists inflicted a series of defeats on
the Anglo-Egyptian forces led by General Baker. By the
close of 1883, all the provinces of Sudan were in the hands
of the insurgents. In December 1883, Slatin Pasha, the
Governor of Darfur, gave up further resistance. At the
outset of 1884, Lupton, the Governor of Bahr El-Ghazal,
surrendered. Thus the entire country, both east and west of
the Nile, was controlled by the Mahdi, except for a narrow
strip of land in the N ile valley that remained under Anglo-
Egyptian rule. Here the position was hopeless because the
Mahdists could at any moment cut off the valley and disrupt
communications with Egypt.
Meanwhile, the British authorities in Egypt resorted to
the following manoeuvre. Since the uprising was directed
17-57 257
against Egyptian domination, they decided to declare the
Sudan independent of Egypt, but to appoint the Englishman,
Gordon, Governor-General of the Sudan. In other words,
they wanted to come to an understanding with the
Mahdi and, with his support, rule the Sudan as a British
colony.
On February 18, 1884, Gordon and his aide Stewart
arrived in Khartoum, where he began to conduct this new
policy. He proclaimed the Sudan independent of Egypt,
wisely keeping for himself the post of Governor-General,
and appointed the Mahdi Sultan of Kordofan. Furthermore,
Gordon abolished all the arrears of the past and pardoned
the imprisoned defaulters. A huge number of peasants had
been imprisoned for not paying their taxes. Gordon released
them. He felt that by so doing he could achieve a compro
mise with the Mahdi, but the mahdists saw through his trick.
They had no intention of letting the Sudan pass under
British control and in March 1884, replied to Gordon’s
proposals by besieging Khartoum.
In the fall of 1884, a 7,000-strong army under General
Wolseley, the conqueror of Egypt, set out to Gordon’s rescue,
but failed to reach Khartoum. On January 23, 1885, all
resistance stopped in beleaguered Khartoum and the mah
dists occupied the city. Gordon was killed during the assault,
as were the other Englishmen with him. Wolseley and his
army withdrew to Egypt. In the remaining months of 1885,
the mahdists completed the conquest of the N ile valley.
Thus within a period of four years the Mahdi State, which
embraced the whole of the eastern Sudan (with the excep
tion of a small region north of Dongola and the Equatorial
Province), was formed.
258
H e also repaired ships left behind by the Egyptians and
even set up a printing shop. He used captured Europeans as
experts for the organisation of the army and the war indus
try. Among the Europeans in his service were Slatin, Romolo
Gessi and Lupton. Slatin openly describes the acts of sabo
tage they resorted to, their negligence, and how they
dragged out the ship repairs, ruined the equipment at the
war factories and so on.
Surrounded on all sides by hostile forces (not to mention
the enemy within), the state always had to use terror against
the traitors. This was the second most important function
of Abdullah and the Mahdi State.
At first the state had certain democratic features. The
army consisted of peasants, nomads and slaves. Many of
its commanders were men of humble birth. Taxes were
considerably reduced and the officers and functionaries of
the state adhered to an ascetic way of life. The chief cadi
(judge) of the Mahdi State received forty talers a month,
i.e., the average wage of an artisan. Other officials received
from twenty to thirty talers a month.
The mahdists were against individual wealth and aspired
to universal equality. Marauders and robbers were strictly
punished. The Mahdi forbade his followers to ride horses
and called on all true believers to please Allah by going
about on foot. Orders were given to hand over articles of
gold and jewels to the Beit El-Mal (Treasury), which
supervised the economic life of the Sudan. Only one sheep
could be slaughtered for a wedding feast and bride money
(kalini) was reduced to ten talers for a girl and five talers
for a widow.
Despite all its levelling, democratic tendencies, this
movement, basically peasant in nature, did not lead to the
liquidation of the existing feudal relations in the Sudan.
The natural laws characteristic of many peasant movements
had their effect. Many peasant movements are known to
history. They have usually ended in defeat because of their
spontaneous character, because they have lacked a clear-cut
programme, a clear understanding of their aims, carefully
thought out tactics, and the like. The peasant movement in
the Sudan was victorious, but it was unable to liquidate the
feudal relations against which it had fought.
Engels clearly stressed this aspect of Sudanese mahdism.
17 * 2 59
He spoke of it in connection with the religious popular
movements in Africa in the Middle Ages. He regarded these
movements as conflicts between the poor nomads and the
rich townspeople. “The townspeople,” he wrote, “grow rich,
luxurious and lax in the observation of the ‘law’ (the canon
law— V.L.). The Bedouins, poor and hence of strict morals,
contemplate with envy and covetousness these riches and
pleasures. Then they unite under a prophet, a Mahdi, to
chastise the apostates and restore the observation of the
ritual and the true faith and to appropriate in recompense
the treasures of the renegades. In a hundred years they are
naturally in the same position as the renegades were: a new
purge of the faith is required, a new Mahdi arises and the
game starts again from the beginning. That is what happened
from the conquest campaigns of the African Almoravids
and Almohads in Spain to the last Mahdi of Khartoum who
so successfully thwarted the English----- All these move
ments are clothed in religion but they have their source in
economic causes; and yet, even when they are victorious,
they allow the old economic conditions to persist untouched.
So the old situation remains unchanged and the collision
recurs periodically.”1
This is the key to the comprehension of the Mahdi State,
where everything remained as of old. Much less than a
hundred years were to elapse before the feudal degeneration
of the leaders of the movement took place. Feudal degenera
tion developed extremely rapidly and, five years after the
occupation of Khartoum, the same chief justice who had
originally led the life of an ascetic and monk was the owner
of vast estates and a multitude of slaves. It is characteristic
that the Mahdi State did not do away with slave-holding.
A number of measures to restrict the slave trade were
adopted and that was all. The trade in male slaves was
forbidden. Captive males were not sold, but were used for
work on the estates of the caliph and his associates. The
caliph gave the prisoners away as slaves to other tribes on
which he depended. But the trade in female slaves continued
and slave ownership itself as an institution was preserved.
The mahdists did not grant freedom to the slaves, although
they had taken part in the mahdist movement in hope of
260
liberation. This gave rise to a number of slave uprisings
against the Mahdi State.
As long as the mahdists waged victorious wars during
the uprising, the moral and political upsurge furthered the
cohesion of the tribes but, after victory, signs of discord
appeared in their ranks. Some tribes, especially those of
Kordofan, where Caliph Abdullah came from, were in a
privileged position, while others, especially those of the Nile
valley, where Mahdi Mohammed Ahmed came from, were
worse off. Most of the booty was usually handed over to the
Kordofan tribes. The N ile tribes were displeased and waged
a struggle against their privileged counterparts.
The Mahdi’s relatives, the sherifs, provoked a rebellion
in Khartoum. This was an uprising of the democratic ele
ments in the movement against the degenerate feudal
leaders. This was an uprising of the tribes of the N ile valley
and also of carpenters and the sailors of the Sudanese N ile
Fleet.
Weakened internally by the intertribal and class strug
gle, the Mahdi State had to meet continuous attacks by its
external enemies.
ALGERIA IN 1870-1914
266
natural resources. Napoleon III had been handing out
concessions to the big metropolitan bourgeoisie and Parisian
financiers and openly cheating the Algerian group of French
capitalists out of their share. The whole system of the
French colonial rule in Algeria was designed primarily to
serve the interests of the big Parisian concessionaires.
The local bourgeoisie could take no direct part in A lge
ria’s administration, and in 1852, was even deprived of the
right to send its deputies to the French Parliament (a right
which it had been granted in 1848 under the Second Repub
lic). The post of governor-general was usually given to high
ranking French militarists such as Marshal Pelissier, Marshal
MacMahon and others and the colonists’ and French bour
geoisie’s discontent was directed mainly against the “dicta
torship of the epaulettes”. These circles demanded that the
“military regime” be abolished, that Algeria’s administra
tion be entrusted to the local French bourgeoisie and that a
settlers’ colony on the American model (with complete
expulsion and extermination of the native population)
should be set up in Algeria. Some colonists even maintained
that Algeria (not Arab Algeria, of course, but a French
Algeria with its native population completely enslaved)
should secede from France altogether.
Most of the French colonists were Orleanists or legitimists,
i.e., they favoured the preservation of the monarchy, but
with the possibility of changing the dynasty. The others
were so-called moderate Republicans.
These bourgeois colonists decided to take advantage of
Napoleon I ll ’s overthrow by seizing power in Algeria. They
were afraid to get rid of the Governor-General Duroc, an
appointee of the Second Empire, but they did secure the
replacement of several Bonaparte officials by liberal Repub
licans. The representatives of this group filled nearly all
the key posts in the local'administration.
Apart from this group, however, the Revolution of 1871
brought democratic emigré circles on to the political scene.
It must be borne in mind that Algeria served as a place
of exile for all the opposition elements in France. Between
1848 and 1849, 20,500 Parisian workers, participants of the
July uprising of 1848, had been banished to Algeria. After
the Bonaparte coup of December 2, 1851, 9,530 active
Republicans, mainly petty-bourgeois revolutionaries, were
267
sent there. The exiles lived a hard life and many of them
died of poverty, disease and the heat.
These French Democrats naturally had no intention of
being left out of political events. On September 5, 1870,
thousands of French workers and petty-bourgeois democrats
organised a mass demonstration, pulled the imperial eagles
down from all the buildings and hoisted a pole topped by
a Phrygian cap, the symbol of the Revolution, in the court
yard of the governor-general. Democratic organisa
tions were set up—defence committees, the Republican
Association of Algeria, the national guards and municipa
lities.
Defence committees were formed in all the French-
populated cities of Algeria. They were headed by the
Algiers Defence Committee, which was supervised by bour
geois Republicans and petty-bourgeois democrats. The
committee demanded that it be given a part in the admini
stration of the colony, that the institutions be purged of
Bonapartist elements, and that the military regime be
abolished. The native population was not represented on
any of these committees. The bourgeois Republicans, how
ever, sabotaged the defence committees’ attempts to establish
control over the prefects and sub-prefects. The leader of the
Republican bourgeoisie—the prefect of Algiers, Warmer—
left the old mechanism of power untouched and even
secured the removal of working-class representatives from
the defence committees. .
The Republican Association of Algeria was a political
organisation of revolutionary workers and petty-bourgeois
democrats with branches in all the cities of Algeria. It
organised general meetings and published newspapers. The
organisation was comprised of workers, members of the
Algerian section of the International (not Marxists, but
mainly Proudhonists). The Republican Association felt that
all power in Algeria should be vested in the elective muni
cipalities— communes, and that Algeria should be a federa
tion of such municipalities—communes. It goes without say
ing that in both the Republican Association and in the
communes contemplated by the Association the hopes of
the Arab-Berber population were completely ignored. The
petty-bourgeois democrats and Proudhonists were chauvi
nists like the big French bourgeoisie.
268
True, individual Arabs as well as Jews and Europeans
of non-French origin were admitted to the Association.
Although the members of the Republican Association ad
mitted Arabs to their ranks, however, at best they remained
indifferent to the native population’s struggle for national
liberation. As for the followers of Proudhon with their
“national nihilism”, they were apt to regard the conver
sion of all Arabs into French as the solution to the national
question. In October 1870, the newspaper Algérie Fran
çaise, which was connected with the Republican Associa
tion of Algeria, defined the tasks of the national guards,
which had been formed with the active participation of the
Association members, in the following way: 1) struggle
against the external enemy, 2) struggle for an independent
Republic in Algeria if the monarchy were restored in
France, 3) struggle against local popular uprisings.
The national guards, whose commanders were elected by
the people, were made subordinate to the defence commit
tees and to the elective municipalities, in which the petty-
bourgeois Democratic Party had a majority. Its leader was
the lawyer Romuald Vuiermoz, who in the early days of
the Revolution had been elected the head of the Republican
Defence Committee and the mayor of Algiers.
269
ulated, fresh demonstrations were held in Algiers, Oran
and other towns, to demand the use of revolutionary terror
against the traitors. On November 7, the Republican Asso
ciation of Algeria required that the entire administration
of Algeria be handed over to the Republican defence com
mittees. In keeping with the Association’s decision, how
ever, on the next day the Algerian municipality and the
Defence Committee met to elect Vuiermoz the interim
Extraordinary Commissioner of Algeria, i.e., ruler of the
country. The meeting proclaimed “the commune the pri
mordial basis of all democracy” and announced that the
whole country would be a federation of communes.
This outburst, however, led to nothing. Having branded
the decision of the Algerian commune as an “illegal act of
usurpation”, the French Government appointed the reac
tionary Chàrles de Buzer as its Extraordinary Civil Com
missioner in Algeria (with the rights of governor). Vuier
moz immediately ceded power to him (November 11, 1870).
At de Buzer’s demand the national guards were placed under
his control and all revolutionary elements were removed
from the command. Thus, disrupted by small bourgeois
conciliators, the movement began to decline.
What caused the failure of the democratic elements? Of
course one may speak of Vuiermoz’s treachery, but that is
beside the point. The narrow democratic strata did not have
the solid backing of the masses, certainly not of the native
population. This was the Reason why the colonial bourgeoi
sie was later able to suppress all attempts by the Algerian
commune to regain power and control of the national guards.
The promulgation of the Paris Commune in March 1871
occasioned a new upsurge o f the revolutionary movement
in Algeria. Demonstrations were held throughout the coun
try under the slogans “Long Live Paris! Down with Ver
sailles!” The revolutionary press published detailed reports
on the activities of the Paris Commune. The Republican
Association of Algeria sent delegates to France. On their
arrival in the capital, men like Alexandre Lambert joined
the Paris Commune and became its active builders and
defenders. The question of taking over power was once
again raised in the Republican Association. But this time,
under the influence of the petty-bourgeois conciliators, the
Association declined all further struggle.
270
This decision was prompted by the outbreak of an Arab-
Berber insurrection. The French petty-bourgeois democrats
and even the proletariat in Algeria did not understand the
revolutionary significance of the Arab national liberation
movement. The French revolutionaries’ chief mistake was
their neglect of the national question. They forgot that
victory over the counter-revolutionary French bourgeoisie
in Algeria could be won only in alliance with the native
population. They did not realise that a people who oppresses
others cannot be free itself, and that they themselves had
a vital interest in Algeria’s national emancipation.
When, consequently, a massive liberation uprising of
the native, population flared up in Algeria in March 1871,
the local Frenchmen with their Great Power prejudices
sowed considerable strife and disorder in the working-class
movement. As for Vuiermoz and the other petty-bourgeois
leaders, their kow-towing to French reaction became more
marked as their fear of the Arab uprising grew. In April
1871, a new French governor-general by the name of Guey-
don, an ardent monarchist and clerical, who had been in
structed by the Versailles leaders to put down the uprising,
arrived in Algeria. Taking advantage of the cowardice of
the petty-bourgeois politicians and their fear of the "Arab
danger”, Gueydon had no trouble in disbanding the Algerian
municipality and the national guards.
277
vote and had to obey the arbitrary rule of the French
officials and officers without demur. The ttcitizens,, paid the
same taxes as in France, while the “subjects” were heavily
taxed by the colonial authorities. The “citizens” were tried
according to French laws, whereas a strict “native code”
was drawn up for the “subjects”. The colonial authorities
could throw them into prison without trial, flog them, banish
them to remote regions in the Sahara and confiscate their
property. “Subjects” were not allowed to put out newspapers
in their native tongue, to form their own political parties
or trade unions or to assemble without the permission of
the authorities. For the slightest misdemeanour against the
laws laid down by the French, collective fines were imposed
on whole villages, tribes and regions. Even worse were the
conditions of the “subjects” in the southern part of Algeria,
which had remained under the administration of the War
Ministry, and in which power was wielded by French mili
tarists. Here the “subjects” were watched over exclusively
by “Arab bureaus” headed by “native affairs” officers.
THE SEIZURE
OF TUNISIA BY FRENCH IMPERIALISM
280
herself. In fierce competition with rival firms, French
investors seized lands and concessions. They obtained con
cessions for the construction of a railway from Tunis to the
Algerian border, for lead extraction, for the construction
of a port in Tunis, and so on. The French Société Marseilles
bought the huge estate of Enfida, covering about 90,000
hectares, i.e., nearly 350 square miles, which was intended
to be a kind of French strong point inside Tunisia.
French capitalists became more and more persistent in
demanding Tunisia’s complete conversion from a semi
colony into a French colony. The practical aspect of
Tunisia’s annexation was raised at the Berlin Congress in
1878. Actually, what took place at the congress was that
the Ottoman Empire was divided between the Powers, and
France claimed her share.
France agreed to recognise the British and Austrian con
quests (Cyprus and Bosnia, Herzegovina), and also Russia’s
expansion in the Balkans, under the condition that she be
given the appropriate compensation, which she was. The
compensation was not reflected in the Treaty of Berlin, but
France received the Powers’ unofficial permission to seize
Tunisia. Addressing Waddington, the French representa
tive, Bismarck declared that the fruit was ripe and all they
had to do was pluck it. Germany was especially insistent
in encouraging French expansion in Tunisia, since Bismarck
felt this would bring a double advantage to Germany. In
the first place, it would distract France from plans of re
vanche in Europe. Once she got tied up in African affairs,
France would be forced to abandon her preparations for a
European war. In the second place, the French clashed with
Britain and Italy over the African question. This played
into Bismarck’s hands, for while France remained hostile
towards Britain she could not fight in Europe, and an
offended Italy would be compelled to seek support in Ger
many and Austria-Hungary.
In 1878, however, Britain did not bother to object to
French expansion in Tunisia. Britain, Salisbury declared,
had no special interests in Tunisia which could make her
regard the legitimate and increasing French influence with
apprehension or mistrust. At the time, Britain was preparing
to take over Egypt and had no objections to giving up
Tunisia to pay for this acquisition and for Cyprus.
281
Turkey and Italy were France’s sole enemies in Tunisia,
but these France could afford to ignore.
287
colonists attempted to organise farms with the use of hired
labour for growing grain and other agricultural produce.
Prior to World W ar I, these farms, except in the sphere of
viniculture and wine-making, were not extensively devel
oped. Hired immigrant workers (mainly from Italy) were
employed in wine-making. In 1913, vineyards covered an
area of 17,942 hectares and approximately 300,000 gallons
of wine were produced.
Having seized Tunisia, the French monopolies turned it
into a market for French industry and a raw material base.
The influx of French goods dealt a severe blow to Tunisian
craft production. In the first twenty-five years of the pro
tectorate’s existence, the number of artisans in Tunis
dropped from between six and seven thousand to a mere
two thousand. The only branch of the Tunisian economy
that developed rapidly under the French protectorate was
mining. Lead ore began to be exported in the very first
years of occupation. In 1899, the Compagnie de Phosphate
et de Chemin de Fer de Gafsa launched the commercial
exploitation of the phosphorite deposits that had been dis
covered in 1885. The mining and export of iron-ore was
begun in 1908.
The mining of ore and phosphorite was carried out by
several French companies which were closely linked with
the monopoly capital of the metropolis. Relatively large
capital investments were also made by Germans, Italians
and Belgians. As for the national bourgeoisie, it had no
hand whatsoever in the exploitation of Tunisia’s mines.
Forced into the background by its financial and technical
weakness, the national bourgeoisie owned mainly small
enterprises, most of which were engaged in processing agri
cultural produce.
Railways were built in Tunisia to meet the needs of
colonisation and the mining industry. Within a relatively
short time Tunisia’s railway lines increased in length from
224 kilometres in 1881 to 1,375 kilometres in 1909. Ports
and highways were also built.
The gradual growth of the colonists’ capitalist farming,
of railway and port construction, the development of the
mining industry and transport contributed to the emergence
and formation of the Tunisian working class. The workers
were very badly off. Legislation to protect them was non-
2SS
existent. The organisation of labour at nearly all the fac
tories was typically colonial in nature. Foreign workers
and administrative staff received a “colonial bonus” and
enjoyed a number of rights that placed them in a privileged
position in comparison to the local workers. The Tunisian
workers had no trade union organisations. Politically they
remained under the influence of the national bourgeoisie
and backed its anti-imperialist demands.
The native population was deprived of all rights. The
French filled all the more or less important posts in the
state apparatus. Colonial bureaucratic tyranny, racial dis
crimination and national oppression prevailed throughout
the country. The Constitution of 1861 had lost all meaning
and was not renewed. What political and civil rights the
Tunisians had once possessed were flagrantly violated by
the colonial administration. The Decree on the Press issued
on October 14, 1884, forbade newspapers on pain of strict
punishment to criticise “His Highness the Bey, the princes
of his dynasty and the religious cults”. It also forbade them
to criticise “the French Republic’s rights and authority in
Tunisia”. The Decree of September 15, 1888, stipulated that
“no association could be formed other than with the govern
ment’s permission”. According to the Decree of March 13,
1905, meetings could be held “freely” only on the condition
that they were not for the purpose of discussing political or
religious questions.
For a long time there were no representative institutions
in Tunisia. It was only in 1891 that the Consultative Con
ference (a quasi-representative body of Tunisia’s French
population) was formed. It consisted of representatives of
French economic organisations (the chambers of commerce
and agriculture). Some were appointed by the government,
others were elected. Only the French colonists had the right
to vote during the elections to the Consultative Conference.
In 1907, however, sixteen Tunisian delegates appointed by
the protectorate government were admitted. In 1910, the
Consultative Conference was divided into two sections—
French and native—like the Algerian Finance Delegations.
292
the Moroccan court. This kind of tax and judicial immunity
was so attractive to the Moroccans, especially the Moroccan
feudalists and merchants, that they often had recourse to
French “protection” in order to avoid taxation and unfair
judges and declared themselves the consuls’ and residents’
employees. In this way France built up inside Morocco a
wide network of agents drawn from among the local feudal
ists and merchants, which was not dependent on the Moroc
can Sultan and eluded his sovereignty. The capitulations
applied to all Moroccans connected with the French mer
chants, and even to the métayers. Most of the French mer
chants in Morocco engaged in agriculture, mainly in live
stock breeding. They had no land and put the cattle in the
care of peasants on the basis of the métayage system. Even
these herdsmen did not pay taxes to the Moroccan Sultan
and did not come under the jurisdiction of his courts. These
capitulations, which were an inferior copy of the Ottoman
Empire’s capitulations, later extended to a number of other
Powers.
Spain had also concluded an agreement with Morocco in
the same year as France (1767) and had already become a
capitulation Power by then. Other Powers received capitula
tions in the 19th century. Some of them concluded direct
capitulation agreements, others concluded agreements of most
favoured-nation treatment and thus received capitulations.
Besides France and Spain, Austria, Sardinia (later Sar
dinia’s rights were ceded to Italy), the United States of
America, Britain, Holland and Belgium all acquired capit
ulations in Morocco. In 1880, the capitulations became the
subject of a special international convention. An interna
tional conference which was summoned in Madrid in the
summer of 1880 worked out a universal convention on the
capitulations and on the protégé system in Morocco. On
the basis of this convention, apart from the above-mentioned
states, the capitulations were extended to the other members
of the Madrid Conference, namely, Germany, Sweden, Nor
way, Denmark and Portugal. Moreover, in 1881, the Madrid
Convention was joined by Russia, who had also received
capitulations.
Besides capitulations, the Europeans pressed for the right
to buy land and to own other real estate in Morocco. Spain
was the first to achieve this on the basis of a peace treaty
293
in 1799. She was followed by England, on the strength of
an agreement concluded in 1856. Other Powers enjoyed
this right by virtue of the most-favoured-nation treatment
granted to them. Finally in 1880, the Madrid Convention
granted this right to all the capitulation Powers of Europe.
Unequal agreements were concluded not only on capitu
lations, but also on such questions as customs-tariffs. In
particular, the Anglo-Moroccan Treaty of 1856 introduced
tariffs in Morocco which made it possible for British mer
chants and, later, for other European merchants, on the
basis of the most-favoured-nation treatment, to import their
goods into Morocco without hindrance of any kind. In
1890, Germany concluded an even more profitable commer
cial agreement which considerably reduced (by as much as
a half in some cases) the former customs-tariffs. Once again
on the basis of the most-favoured-nation treatment the
terms of the treaty were extended to other European states.
294
bombarded Tangier and Mogador. Under pressure from
Britain, France was unable ot use her victories for immedi
ate territorial seizures, but she deliberately refused to draw
up a definite boundary line between her Algerian domains
and Morocco. According to the Lalla-Marnia treaty (1845),
the borderline was fixed only on a small strip of land in
the north. Further south, a process of delimiting the nomad
tribes rather than the territory took place. Some of the
tribes passed under French, others under Moroccan control.
During the 19th century, France took advantage of this
vague definition of frontiers to seize a number of Moroccan
oases adjacent to Algeria and at the outset of the 20th
century, she placed the border zone under her direct rule.
On July 20, 1901, France concluded a border treaty with
Morocco for the formation of a mixed Franco-Moroccan
Commission, which was to set up French and Moroccan
posts all along the border and to hold an option among
the population of the border regions. The activities of this
commission resulted in the conclusion of a new border treaty
in Algiers on April 20, 1902, between France and Morocco.
According to the new treaty, the Moroccan Government
undertook to “consolidate its authority” in the border re
gions and France pledged her aid, which consisted in send
ing her troops and police in to the Moroccan border region.
France set up her own military posts and customs houses
and also gained the right to arrest and try criminals on
Moroccan territory. French border commissars, who took
over complete control in the Moroccan border regions, were
introduced.
The result of the treaty was that in 1902, French troops
under General Lyautey entered the Moroccan border re
gion and annexed the Moroccan oasis of Colomb-Bechar to
Algeria. This was the beginning of the gradual occupation
of Morocco by French troops.
But France could not quietly take over Morocco while the
imperialists were competing fiercely for the partition of
the world. This could only be done with the Powers’ ap
proval and appropriate diplomatic preparations had to be
made. Accordingly, at the beginnig of the 20th century,
France concluded a series of secret agreements with the
European Powers, promising them all sorts of compensa
tions for freedom of action in Morocco.
295
FRENCH AGREEMENTS W ITH ITALY (1900), BRIT
A IN (1904) A N D SPAIN (1904). The first agreement of
this kind was concluded in Rome between France and Italy
in the form of letters dated December 14 and 16, 1900 (rati
fied in 1902). Under this agreement, France promised Italy
the vilayet of Tripoli, which belonged to Turkey. She
declared that she had no claim to the vilayet and would
leave it outside her sphere of influence. In other words, she
was offering Italy a free hand in Tripoli. Italy, in turn,
declared that she did not object to “French actions in Mo
rocco, which ensued from her neighbouring position with
regard to this Empire”. Furthermore, it was stipulated that
“in event of an alteration of the political and territorial
status of Morocco”, i.e., in event of open annexation, “Italy
reserves the right, on the basis of reciprocity, to spread
her influence in Tripolitania and Cyrenaica”.
Thus Morocco was “exchanged” for Tripoli. Morocco did
not belong to France nor did Tripoli belong to Italy, never
theless, they concluded a deal at the expense of nations
weaker than themselves.
The next agreement, similar in character, but far more
significant, was the famous Anglo-French agreement of
1904, which laid the foundation for the Entente. It was
signed in London on April 8, 1904. According to this agree
ment, Britain and France executed a “mutual absolution of
their sins”. France pledged not to “obstruct the action of
Great Britain in that country by asking that a limit of time
be fixed for the British occupation or in any other manner”.1
Britain, in turn, recognised “the right of France as a Power
bordering on Morocco over a large expanse of territory, to
supervise the tranquillity of Morocco and render her aid
in all reforms, administrative, economic, financial and
m ilitary. . . ”. In other words, Britain left Morocco at the
mercy of France, entrusting her with economic, financial,
military and police control over that country. In a public
declaration Britain and France stated that they had no
intention of altering Egypt’s or Morocco’s status, but in the
secret clauses which were added to the treaty they en
visaged the time when “owing to the force of circumstances,
they would be compelled to change their policy with regard
296
to Egypt or Morocco”. This was another typical dead of
the era of imperialism concluded at the expense of the
weaker nations. France “bartered” Morocco for Egypt and
received from Britain freedom of action in Morocco.
A vital feature of the Anglo-French treaty was the divi
sion of Morocco into spheres of influence. This was laid
down in the secret part of the agreement. North Morocco
became a sphere of Spanish influence and Tangier passed
under international control. Moreover, Britain demanded,
and this demand was accepted by France, the complete
demilitarisation of the Mediterranean and the northern part
of Morocco’s Atlantic coast. France and Spain promised
to abstain from the erection of any fortifications in this
area.
Having insisted on the partition of Morocco and the incor
poration of the northern part of Morocco in the Spanish
zone, Britain encouraged France to negotiate with Spain.
In October 1904, France concluded an agreement with
Spain in Paris which, like the Anglo-French agreement, fell
into two parts, public and secret. In the public part of the
declaration, which was published in the press, France and
Spain announced that they favoured the integrity of the
Moroccan Empire under the Sultan’s sovereignty. This was
sheer hypocrisy, since in the secret part of the agreement
the so-called integral empire was divided into two spheres
of influence: French and Spanish. The secret part stipulated
that if the political status of Morocco and the Sherifian
government proved incapable of existence or if the further
maintenance of the status quo proved impossible, due to
the weakness of this government and its complete inability
to establish law and order, or for any other reason ascer
tained by common assent, Spain could freely realise her
actions in the given region, which henceforth formed the
sphere of her influence.
Spain, in turn, guaranteed France a free hand in her
sphere of influence. True, she did so in a somewhat hidden
form, not directly. Spain joined the Anglo-French treaty,
thereby giving France full freedom of action.
Germany’s position gave the French diplomats serious
cause for anxiety. In 1904, they explored the ground, trying
to discover Germany’s attitude towards Morocco and, just
in case, to reach some sort of agreement. The Germans
297
replied that, strictly speaking, they had no interests in Mo
rocco and the French felt they were safe in this respect. As
for Russia, she was France’s ally and indeed did not display
any special interest in Morocco.
THE p o w e r s ; r e c o g n i t i o n o f m u l a i h a f i d
After Sultan Mulai Hafid’s victory, the Powers had to decide
3 03
what attitude to adopt towards him. Mulai Hafid himself,
wishing to put an end to the occupation of Casablanca and
Oujda by French troops, entered into negotiations with the
Powers, which accordingly agreed to recognise him as Sul
tan under the following conditions: (1) he was to pay an
indemnity to France and Spain; (2) France and Spain would
keep their troops in those parts of Morocco which were
already occupied; (3) he would accept responsibility for all
the international obligations undertaken by Abd al-Aziz,
i.e., the border agreements with France, the obligations on
the loans and those under the Algeciras Act. Mulai Hafid
accepted these terms and in January 1909, the Powers
recognised him as Sultan.
In 1910, the French imposed a new loan of 100,000,000
francs on him on even more ruinous terms than the loan
of 1904. The new loan went, in the first place, to liquidate
the floating debts which had accumulated once again, in
the second place, to organise a police force in the free
ports and, thirdly, to pay the indemnity. As a guarantee
of the loan the administration of the Makhzan debt received
the customs and other important revenues of the Moroccan
Government.
Mulai Hafid was compelled to seek additional sources
of income. He levied new taxes on the tribes. This evoked
general discontent and they began to regard him as a traitor,
who was actually continuing Abd al-Aziz’s policy. In 1911,
a fresh big tribal uprising flared up serving as a pretext
for the French invasion, of the Moroccan hinterland.
20-573 3§5
refused. Next she demanded the entire territory of the
French Congo. France again refused and the talks reached
a deadlock.
During the negotiations both sides rattled their sabres. The
German press openly called for a war against France, say
ing that “history should be written not in ink, but with a
chisel of cold steel”. The French press, in turn, called for
an end to the talks and proposed “other means of solving
the conflicts”.
During the Agadir crisis Britain sided wholly with France.
She also rattled her sabre, and brought military and
diplomatic pressure to bear on Germany. The annual
manoeuvres of the British fleet were cancelled and the
ships remained at their bases. Lord Kitchener, who had
been appointed the British Resident-General in Egypt, was
detained in London since he was to be put in command
of the British army in event of military operations.
Britain’s position was one of the main factors in Ger
many’s retreat. The collapse of the Berlin stock exchange
which had been engineered by the French banks was also
of considerable importance. To top all this, anti-war pro
letarian demonstrations broke out in Germany. In the end,
the German diplomats were forced to make concessions and
on November 4, 1911, Germany concluded a new agreement
with France, under which Germany sanctioned the French
protectorate over Morocco. France undertook to observe
the Powers’ freedom to trade and economic equality in
Morocco and also ceded 275,000 square kilometres of terri
tory in the Congo to Germany.
As for Russia, she favoured a peaceful solution of the
conflict. The reorganisation of the Russian army was moving
very slowly and Russia was still unprepared for a war with
Germany and Austria-Hungary. Finally, the tsarist govern
ment felt that a war for the sake of French colonial interests
would be unpopular in Russia.
The Berlin Agreement of November 4, 1911, was, as it
were, the culmination of a whole series of earlier secret
and non-secret agreements. Now Germany, too, had granted
France freedom of action in Morocco. The Congo had been
“exchanged” for Morocco, completing yet another deal at
the expense of weaker nations. The way now lay open for
the establishment of a French protectorate.
306
T H E TREATY ON THE PROTECTORATE. The
Franco-German agreement of 1911 untied France’s hands
and she immediately set to work to realise her expansionist
aims. On March 30, 1912, under strong pressure from
France, Sultan Mulai Hafid signed a treaty in Fez on the.
protectorate on terms dictated by the French envoy, Renault.
The French troops which had been about to leave Fez turned
back and suppressed the outbursts of popular resistance.
The Treaty of Fez reaffirmed the main provisions and
principles of the Bardo treaty of 1881 and the La-Marsa
convention of 1883 that had established a French protectorate
over Tunisia. The Sultan retained his throne and the out
ward attributes of power, which, however, lacked any real
substance. All power passed into French hands.
The new treaty brought into being a “new regime” in
Morocco which preserved “the Sultan’s religious position,
his traditional prestige and respect”. The Sultan, in turn,
agreed to carry out any administrative, judicial, school,
economic, financial or military reforms which France
deemed necessary.
France acquired the right to the “military occupation of
Moroccan territory” and to undertake “any kind of police
measures” in Morocco.
The French Government promised the Sultan its aid in
repelling “any danger, which would threaten him person
ally, or his throne or violate the peace in his domains”.
The French resident-general became the sole intermediary
between Morocco and the foreign Powers. The resident-
general was actually a commissioner in whom was vested
the absolute power of the French Republic on the territory
of Morocco. All the Sultan’s decrees were submitted to him
for endorsement.
The French diplomatic and consular agents abroad repre
sented Morocco and were instructed to “protect Morocco’s
subjects and interests in other countries”.
The Treaty of Fez envisaged “a financial reorganisation
of the country aimed at ensuring the repayment of foreign
loans”. The Sultan was forbidden to contract state or private
loans or to grant any concessions without the French
Government’s permission.
The treaty on the protectorate applied to the entire
territory of Morocco, but France reserved the right to
20* 307
negotiate with Spain on her interests in Morocco and to
separate Tangier into a special zone.
Thus the Treaty of Fez deprived Morocco of her inde
pendence and her territorial integrity. On November 27,
1912, an agreement based on this treaty was signed in
Madrid between France and Spain, fixing the borders be
tween the northern and the southern zone, which had
become part of the Spanish protectorate. Thus, having es
tablished a protectorate over Morocco, France ceded or sub
leased part of the country, which she had conquered, to
Spain in accordance with the interimperialist agreements.
Talks between Britain, France and Spain on the Tangier
regime began immediately after the establishment of the
protectorate. They revealed so many contradictions that
they still had not ended by the outbreak of World War
I and were ultimately concluded only in 1923.
France appointed General Lyautey, who had considerable
colonial experience, her Resident-General in Morocco. He
occupied this post for thirteen years running, till 1925, and
is rightly known as the “builder” of French Morocco.
Sultan Mulai Hafid, who attempted to pursue an inde
pendent policy, was regarded by France as an unsuitable
person for his position and was deposed in August 1912.
His place was taken over by his younger brother, Mulai
Yusef, a completely spineless person and an obedient tool
of France.
In September 1912, French took over Marrakesh, thereby
completing the occupation of the flat regions of Morocco.
For another twenty years, however, they had to wage a
colonial war in the mountains and steppes of Morocco,
overcoming the fierce opposition of the freedom-loving
Moroccan tribes, who continued to uphold their liberty.
Only twenty years after the establishment of the protec
torate did the French succeed in completing the process
of “pacification” and subduing the country.
CHAPTER XXm
3 09
ries), including one in the Jiarabub oasis (1855), which be
came his residence and the centre of the Senussi movement.
After es-Senussi’s death in 1859, the brotherhood was led
by his son Mohammed el-Mahdi (1859-1901). In 1895,
Mohammed el-Mahdi transferred his seat to El-Jewf in the
oasis of Kufra. Leaning on the numerous zawias (100 in
1884) for support, he formed a strong military and religious
organisation which secured the power of the Senussi nobility
over the Libyan tribes and the oases. The Senussi chiefs
settled the land adjacent to the zawias with nomads and
forced them to till the land in their interest. The Senussites
encouraged trade, spreading their influence to the interior
of the African continent.
EI-Mahdi’s successors (especially Mohammed Idris) had
to fight a new enemy—imperialist Italy. At the end of the
19th century, when Africa was being partitioned, two
Powers claimed Tripoli. One of these was France, who,
using her Tunisian springboard, gradually annexed Tri-
politania’s frontier oases to Tunisia. The other was Italy,
who felt she had been cheated of her share in the partition
and sought compensation in Tripoli.
It is unlikely that Italy made her claims out of economic
considerations. No valuable raw materials of any kind had
yet been discovered in Tripolitania. All that country had
to offer was dates, camel hair, fish and sponge. On the other
hand, Tripolitania was a convenient base for further con
quests in Africa, a wedge and springboard from where
Italy could thrust forward in all directions. By gaining
possession of Tripolitania it would be possible to threaten
French Tunisia, the area around Lake Chad, British Egypt
and the East Sudan.
Italy began preparations for the seizure of Tripolitania
in 1880. First came a series of diplomatic manoeuvres.
In 1887, Italy concluded an agreement with Britain and
Austria-Hungary on the status quo in the Mediterranean.
It was directed against France and French claims on Tripoli
and Morocco. According to this agreement, Britain, Austria
and Italy pledged to observe the status quo in the Mediter
ranean, but stressed that should the status quo change they
would not allow any other Power to gain a foothold on the
North African coast. In other words, Britain, Austria-Hun
gary and Italy brushed aside France’s claims to Libya and
310
Morocco. Moreover, Italy promised to support Britain’s
cause in Egypt and demanded that Britain should back
Italy on any other part of the North African coast, es
pecially in Tripolitania and Cyrenaica.
In the special German-Italian agreement of 1887, which
was added to the treaty on the renewal of the Triple A lli
ance, the following reservation was made. Germany and
Italy would not permit France’s consolidation in Morocco
and Tripoli and should France undertake any actions in
that region, Germany would back Italy in her war against
France. Simultaneously, a secret Italian-Austrian treaty was
concluded to the effect that in event of violation of the
status quo in the Mediterranean, the Mediterranean coun
tries should not be partitioned other than by mutual agree
ment on the basis of mutual compensation. An analogous
secret agreement between Italy and Spain was concluded
in 1887. Thus, in 1887, Italy had gained the sanction of
Britain, Germany, Austria and Spain for the seizure of
Tripoli.
In 1900, Italy concluded an agreement with France on
delimitation of spheres of influence in the Mediterranean.
Under this agreement, France renounced all claims on Tri-
>oli in Italy’s favour, in return for which Italy granted her
? reedom of action in Morocco. The agreement was ratified
in 1902 and renewed in October 1912, when France and
Italy recognised each other’s claims to the annexed terri
tories.
There was one more European Power from whom Italy
received diplomatic sanction for Tripoli’s seizure—Russia.
In accordance with the agreement of October 24, 1909,
which was concluded in Racconiji (near Turin) in the form
of notes, Italy recognised Russia’s claims to the Dardanelles
zone and Russia recognised Italy’s claims to Tripolitania
and Cyrenaica.
Public opinion and the press in Russia, France, Britain
and Germany opposed Italy’s expansionist moves in Tripoli.
The papers wrote of her piratical actions and brazen viola
tion of international law. The governments of the above
countries, however, adopted an attitude of non-interference
in the Turco-Italian conflict. When the conflict finally came
out into the open and the Turkish ambassadors in St. Pe
tersburg, London, Paris, Berlin and Vienna appealed for
311
mediation by the European governments, all the foreign
ministers coldly stated that this affair was no concern of
theirs. “This is your personal conflict with Italy,” they
said, in effect. “Settle it as you wish.”
Italy safeguarded her invasion in Tripoli by secret agree
ments and deals at the expense of the weaker peoples.
Britain supported Italy because she preferred to have this
feeble country next to Egypt, reasoning that Italian expan
sion would be a counterpoise to French and German expan
sion in Tripoli (in 1911, the Germans proposed a plan for
setting up a naval base in Tobruk). Germany and Austria-
Hungary were rewarding Italy for her participation in the
Triple Alliance, France was rewarding Italy for her virtual
renunciation of the Triple Alliance and for her non-inter
ference in Moroccan affairs, and Russia was rewarding Italy
for promising to support her actions in the Straits.
Apart from diplomatic preliminaries, Italy also made
adequate preparations inside Tripolitania. In 1901, an
Italian parliamentary delegation visited Tripolitania. Ital
ian naval officers dressed themselves up as fishermen, caught
sponge off the shores of Tripoli and at the same time photo
graphed the Tripolitanian coast.
In 1900, the Italian press had begun calling on the
government to take over Tripolitania on the grounds that
this region “naturally belonged” to the Italians. It was at
this stage that an Italian geographer took the word “Libya”
from ancient history and, began using it in reference to the
vilayet of Tripoli. One of the biggest Italian banks opened
branches in Tripoli. Italians bought lands there through
non-existent persons and set up agricultural establishments.
Italian steamship lines monopolised the traffic between
Tripolitania and Europe. Italian engineers planned the
construction of a railway from Tobruk to Alexandria.
In Tobruk, the most convenient natural harbour on the
Libyan coast, Italy intended to set up her own naval base.
Italian catholic missions and Italian schools were opened
in Tripolitania. Extensive literature appeared in Italy on
Tripolitania; Italian geographers began calling it “our
Promised Land”.
313
of Tripoli, on October 18, Derna, on October 19, Benghazi
and on October 20, Homs.
On November 5, 1911, though still in possession of only
these four coastal towns, the Italian Government announced
the annexation of Tripoli, which henceforward was to be
called “Libya” and to remain under Italy’s complete and
absolute sovereignty.
In view of the all-round superiority of their forces, the
Italians counted on speedy conquest. Matters, however, took
a different turn. The Libyan tribes put up a stout resistance.
By October 23, 1911, the Arabs had destroyed most of the
landing party that had disembarked in Tripoli and begun
the long and difficult struggle for independence. The Ital
ians passed the winter of 1911-12 in the four above-men
tioned towns. In the summer of 1912, they occupied several
more coastal posts (Misurata, July 8, Zuara, August 6, and
Zenzur, September 20). Even when Turkey surrendered in
October 1912 and made peace with Italy, the Italians had
not yet captured the whole coastal area and had not made
a single move to penetrate the country’s internal regions.
“Italy has ‘won’ the war, which she launched a year ago
to seize Turkish possessions in Africa,” Lenin wrote at the
end of the Italo-Turkish war. “From now on, Tripoli will
belong to Ita ly .. . . W hat caused the war? The greed of
the Italian moneybags and capitalists___ W hat kind of
war was it? A perfected, civilised bloodbath, the massacre
of Arabs with the help of the ‘latest’ weapons.”1 In his
article Lenin described the atrocities of the Italian im
perialists who massacred whole families, women and
children included. A total of 14,800 Arabs were slaugh
tered, 1,000 being hanged. Lenin concluded: “Despite the
‘peace’, the war will actually go on, for the Arab tribes in
the heart of Africa, in areas far away from the coast, will
refuse to submit. And for a long time to come they will be
‘civilised’ by bayonet, bullet, noose, fire and rape.”12
Lenin’s prediction proved to be absolutely correct. The
Arab tribes in the heart of Africa did not surrender. For
twenty years after Turkey’s defeat, they continued to wage
war against Italy.
314
THE LAUSANNE PEACE TREATY OF 1912. Turkey
was prevented from continuing the war with Italy by the
outbreak of war in the Balkans. On October 15, 1912, she
concluded a preliminary (secret) treaty and on October 18,
a final peace treaty in Lausanne. Formally, Turkey never
recognised Italian sovereignty over Libya. She merely
undertook to withdraw her troops from Libya and recall
her officials.
According to the secret Italo-Turkish treaty of Octo
ber 15, 1912, Italy deemed it impossible to abrogate the law
proclaiming her sovereignty over Tripolitania ánd Cyre-
naica. Turkey, in turn, declared it was impossible for her
to formally recognise this sovereignty. Consequently, Turkey
undertook to issue a firman of the Sultan granting the
population of Tripolitania and Cyrenaica full and complete
autonomy which would bring them under the “new laws”.
Italy undertook to decree an amnesty, to grant freedom to
the Moslem religion and to preserve the waqfs. She also
undertook to receive a Turkish representative and to
appoint a commission with the participation of the local
notables to work out the civil and administrative organisa
tion of these regions. Turkey promised not to despatch her
troops to Tripolitania and Cyrenaica. It was decided that
the Sultan’s representative in Libya and the religious
leaders of the Moslems who were subordinate to the Tur
kish Sultan as their caliph would in future have to be
approved by the Italian Government.
These provisions of the preliminary peace treaty of Octo
ber 15, 1912, which established a kind of Italo-Turkish
condominium over Libya, were actually ignored and Italy
merely regarded Libya as her colony. Turkey did not fully
agree to this and it was only after World War I, by the
Lausanne Treaty of 1923, that she completely renounced
her rights and sovereignty over Tripolitania and Cyrenaica.
The European Powers recognised the Italian sovereignty
over these regions soon after the Italo-Turkish war and the
Lausanne treaty of 1912.
3 15
Gulf of Sirte. In April 1913, Italian troops entered the
coastal mountains and held the region for three months.
Simultaneously, they invaded Jebel El-Akhdar (mountains
in Cyrenaica), but were seriously defeated on several occa
sions by the guerilla detachments organised by the Senus-
sites.
The Senussites declared a holy war on Italy and the
Italian forces were compelled to retreat from the Cyrenaican
interior and to restrict themselves to the occupation of the
coastal towns. On April 29, 1913, they occupied Tokra and,
in August 1913, the coast of Sirte south of Benghazi.
In 1914, the Italians were about to conquer Fezzan and
occupied Murzuk, the Fezzan capital. With the outbreak
of World War I, however, they were forced to withdraw
and, by the beginning of 1916, held only the towns of
Tripoli and Homs, the entire eastern part of Libya having
passed under the Senussites’ control.
The Senussites’ struggle against Italy was backed by the
German-Turkish command. In December 1915, German-
Turkish forces used the Senussites to attack the British
bridgehead in Egypt from the direction of Salum. By Febru
ary 1916, the British had thrown back the attackers and in
July of the same year, Britain concluded an agreement with
Italy for a joint struggle against the Senussites, to which
France adhered in March 1917. In April 1917, Britain and
Italy concluded an agreement with one of the Senussite^
leaders—Mohammed Idris es-Senussi—whom they recog
nised as Emir (prince). He was promised food and arms in
return for an undertaking to withdraw from the struggle
against Britain and Italy and to counteract German-Turkish
plans. But most of the East Libyan Senussites under the
leading chief of the brotherhood—Ahmed Sherif es-Senussi
(1901-25), and also the Senussi tribes of W est Libya under
Mohammed Abd el-Abid, continued the struggle against
Britain, Italy and France. The Italian contribution was
feeble. Eventually, in January 1917, they recaptured Zuara
and by the end of the year, had gained possession of the
entire coast between Tripoli and Zuara, but this was the
sum total of their success.
In November 1918, after the cessation of military opera
tions in Europe, Italy landed an 80,000-strong army in Tri
poli and initiated talks with the West Libyan Bedouin
316
leaders, pressing for their surrender. The talks, however,
were a failure and in February 1919, Italy renewed hos
tilities.
It took the Italians another thirteen years before they
were able to break down the resistance of the tribes. The
Libyan people’s persistence and heroism were the outstand
ing feature of the fighting that went on all over the country.
Only in 1932, at the cost of mass killings and savage repri
sals against the freedom-loving tribes, were the Italian
militarists able to subdue the country and complete the
colonial conquest of Libya.
CHAPTER XXIV
319
To pay for the kilometric guarantees colossal sums were
needed, which the Turkish Government sought by contract
ing foreign loans. The state revenues had to be mortgaged
as security for the loans. First the Egyptian tribute and the
revenues from the customs houses were mortgaged, then
the proceeds from the agnam tax (tax on sheep), the re
venues from the salt and tobacco monopolies and the like.
The more revenue Turkey had to spend to pay off the
interest on the loans, the more she needed new loans.
Despite the fact that the taxes in the empire were raised,
the peasant economy was completely ruined and the petty
officials, officers and clergy failed to receive their salaries.
In 1875, Turkey’s total revenues came to 380,000,000
francs, out of which 300,000,000 francs alone had to be
used to meet the payments on the loans. Under these condi
tions, on October 6, 1875, the Porte declared itself bankrupt
and announced that only half of the obligations on the loans
would be paid in cash; the other half would be paid in
bonds.
324
reactionary interpretation. Abdul Hamid II adopted Jamal
ed-Din el-Afghani’s teachings on the unity of the Moslem
peoples to his own ends. His ideal was an all-Moslem state
with himself as the ruler, the sovereign of the faithful.
Abdul Hamid II wanted to extend his power to all the
Moslems of Egypt (who were under British control), the Mos
lems of North Africa, who were under French rule, the
Moslems of British India and the Moslems of the Caucasus,
Central Asia and the Volga, which were part of Russia.
These wild imperialist plans were backed by Kaiser W il
helm II, who wished to use Turkey in the struggle against
the Entente Powers.
1880 1 7 .8 8 .5
1900 2 3 .8 1 4 .9
1913 4 0 .8 2 1 .4
32$
members, but as an agrarian and raw material appendage
of the European capitalist economy. Turkish trade was
based on unequal exchange and bore a specific colonial
character. Cloth and yarn were Turkey’s main import items
while her main export items were raw wool and silk as
well as hides, tobacco and all sorts of subtropical fruits.
British capital still played the major role in Turkish trade.
In the eighties and nineties of the 19th century, however,
the situation began to change. Although Britain continued
to dominate the Turkish market, she was beginning to be
forced out by the Germans, who had considerably increased
their exports to Turkey. In 1882, Germany exported
6,000,000 marks’ worth of goods to Turkey, whereas in
1895, the value of her exports rose to 35,000,000 marks.
The growing export of capital was the main feature of
the imperialist, era. This did not promote the Ottoman
Empire’s economic development. Foreign capital invest
ments were not used for industry, but for state loans and
railway construction. During the reign of Zulum , in
1890-1908, to be more exact, Turkey received twelve new
loans of 45,000,000 lires. All told, by the outbreak of World
War I, the Porte’s foreign debts had reached 152,300,000
lires. The public debt was the main foreign capital invest
ment sphere in Turkey. Other foreign capital investment
spheres were banking and railway construction. By 1914,
foreign investments in Turkey, apart from loans, were
estimated at £63,400,000.. Of these, £39,100,000 were ac
counted for by railway construction and £10,200,000 by
banks. Industrial investments comprised £5,500,000, i.e.,
only about 8 per cent of foreign capital investment (exclud
ing the public debt).
Turkey’s usurious exploitation by foreign capital ex
hausted her finances and led to her complete financial
collapse. The first bankruptcy of 1875 was followed by
another one in 1879. At the Powers’ demands, in 1881, the
Sultan issued the decree of muharrem, establishing foreign
control over the Ottoman Empire’s finances. It was called
the decree of muharrem because it bore the date, Turkish
style, of the 28th of muharrem (December 20, 1881, accord
ing to the Moslem calendar). The decree of muharrem con
solidated the Ottoman Empire’s general debt, which was
fixed at 2,400,000,000 francs. The debt was reduced by
326
more than half, but it still exceeded the Porte’s actual debt
by 300,000,000 francs.
A special Administration was formed to supervise the
Ottoman public debt. Formally, it was regarded as a Turkish
institution. Actually, the Administration of the Ottoman
Public Debt was in the hands of foreigners who represented
the French, British, Italian, German and Austria-Hungar-
ian banks. Russia was not represented on the Council of
the Administration of the Ottoman Debt, but the payment
of 300,000,000 rubles (802,000,000 francs) of war indemni
ties to Russia was executed through the Administration of
the Debt. As for Turkey, her representative on the Council
of the Administration of the Ottoman Debt merely had the
right to a deliberative vote.
The Administration of the Ottoman Debt became the second
Finance Ministry of the Ottoman Empire. It had over
5,000 officials, who operated parallel to the Turkish state
machinery and were entrusted with greater powers.
The most important items of the Ottoman Empire’s state
revenues passed under the Administration’s control. The
revenues from the tobacco and salt monopolies, from stamps,
spirits, the tithe from specified vilayets and also the Bul
garian tribute, the revenues from Eastern Rumelia and
Cyprus, the surplus from the customs (in event of their
increase) and the like, all flowed into the Administration’s
treasury.
The Administration’s extortions and its perfected methods
of plunder only intensified the tax oppression in the Otto
man Empire. A number of branch societies, which also
engaged in usurious plunder and were controlled by the
same group of foreign capital, germinated from the Otto
man Debt Administration. In 1883, the highly profitable
tobacco monopoly was made into an independent concession
Regie cointeressée des tabacs Ottoman, which was known as
Regie. The concession received the exclusive right to manu
facture, purchase and sell tobacco. The Regie’s tyranny
seriously affected thè tobacco growers’ position, especially
in Syria.
329
and protector, he made a pilgrimage to the burial place of
the Moslem saints and laid a wreath oil the tomb of Saladin.
“His Majesty the Sultan and the three hundred million
Moslems who revere him as the Caliph may rest assured that
they will always have a friend in the German Emperor,”1
he declared at Saladin’s tomb.
The Kaiser’s second visit coincided with an intensification
of the struggle over railway concessions. In 1892, after the
line to Ankara had been completed, the Germans asked
for a concession to continue the line. Before reaching
Ankara, the line was to branch off to the south and then
turn to the east in the direction of Konya. This concession
evoked protests from Britain, Russia and France. The Ger
mans insisted on the concession and threatened to oppose
Britain in the Egyptian question. Britain was forced to
change her position and the German company received the
concession.
W hen the railway was extended to Konya in 1894, the
question arose whether to continue the line to Baghdad.
An intense diplomatic struggle ensued. Since Turkey
intended to grant kilometric guarantees, but lacked the
money to do so, the Germans proposed she should increase
import duties from 8 per cent to 11 per cent ad valorem.
This, however, meant securing Britain’s, France’s and
Russia’s sanction, with whom Turkey was connected by
commercial treaties.
Britain agreed to the .duty increase, but demanded by
way of compensation that British capital be invited to
participate in the construction of the Baghdad railway.
France took the same stand and the question arose of
internationalising the Baghdad railway. Russia categori
cally objected to its construction.
In 1899, the German capitalists agreed to make the
construction an international undertaking. French and
British capital would be invited to participate but the Ger
mans would keep the controlling shares and the whole
management of the railway in their own hands. A lengthy
argument then arose over the distribution of shares and
the managerial and administrative posts. The upshot was
that the French Government was unable to reach an under-
m
Standing with the Germans and refused to take part in the
railway’s construction.
Having failed to reach agreement with the Powers, the
Germans decided to build the first 200 kilometres of the
line. In 1903, a final concession for the construction was
contracted, but it was only in 1911 that the Germans won
the Powers’ approval for the increase of duties and the
extension of the railway.
333
the despotic regime of Z td u m . In alliance with the Young
Turks they planned to depose Abdul Hamid II and realise
the Arabs’ national aspirations within the framework of
the Ottoman Empire. Others favoured the Arab countries’
secession and complete independence. To achieve this they
looked to the European Powers for aid.
In 1904, the Christian Arab Najib Azuri founded the
L ig u e d e la P a tr ie A r a b e in Paris. He was almost the only
member of the organisation, but he was extremely active,
and published several appeals on the League’s behalf. In
1905, he published a book in French called T h e A w a k e n in g
o f th e A r a b N a tio n {L e R é v e il d e la N a tio n A r a b e ) and in
1907, he began the publication of a monthly review entitled
U I n d e p e n d e n c e A r a b e . His slogan was “the Arab countries
for the Arabs.” In his appeals he called on the Arabs to
rise in revolt and form their own state from the Porte’s
Arab provinces. Egypt and the North African countries
were not included in his plans for a united Arab state.
Azuri did not wish to spoil his relations with the Powers.
Moreover, his scheme reflected the Syrian bourgeoisie’s
aspirations to Arab leadership. Azuri promised to respect
the interests of foreigners and counted on their co-operation
in the struggle against the Turks. Najib Azuri’s programme
fell short of the demands of the bourgeois-democratic rev
olution; his Arab League was isolated from the masses and
had no faith in the forces of the mass popular movement.
This isolation from the people and the absence of all
contact with them was a characteristic feature of Arab
nationalism at the turn of the 19th century, and one of the
main reasons for its weakness. Most of the Arab national
ists lived abroad and restricted their activities to the prop
agation of nationalist ideas. Despite their weakness and
shortcomings, however, their activities paved the way for
the Arabs’ national awakening and were one of the factors
which brought about the upsurge of the national liberation
movement in the Arab countries in the period of the general
awakening of Asia.
CHAPTER XXV
335
the first to establish contacts with the national minorities’
olitical organisations. There was a divergence of views,
P owever, among the Young Turks on this question. One
trend, which was headed by Sabah ed-Din and his League
of Decentralisation and Private Initiative, was in favour
of settling the nationalities question by creating autonomous
provinces on the basis of decentralisation. This trend was
actively supported by representatives of the Greek and
Armenian bourgeoisie and also by feudalists of other
nationalities—Arabs and to some extent the Albanians.
Sabah ed-Din, however, who advocated broad autonomy
for the national regions, did not play a leading part in the
Young Turk movement and later completely withdrew from
politics. His supporters, who had formed a break-away party,
later opposed the Young Turks and then drifted over to the
counter-revolution.
Most of the Turkish revolutionaries who rallied round the
Committee of Union and Progress favoured the formation
of a single centralised Turkish state. They proceeded from
the assumption that the Turks were the predominant nation
ality in Turkey. But since their primary aim was to over
throw the Hamdanian regime of Zuhim they felt it was
possible to form a bloc with the national minority organisa
tions for the joint execution of this task.
The Russian Revolution of 1905-07 stimulated the revolu
tionary developments in Turkey. It had a great impact on
the Turkish intellectuals and on the revolutionary-minded
officers. In 1906, a group of Turkish officers sent a letter
to the relatives of Lieutenant Schmidt, who had headed the
Sevastopol uprising of 1905, vowing to fight for “sacred
civil liberty” and for the “right to live as human beings”.
In 1906, the Committee of Union and Progress shifted
its headquarters to Salonika and set about creating a wide
network of revolutionary organisations. The Young Turks
chose Macedonia, a permanent breeding ground of anti-
feudal struggle, as their movement’s main centre. At the
same time, they decided to unite all the revolutionary forces.
With this aim in view they convened in Paris, at the end
of 1907, a congress of all the opposition parties and groups
in the Ottoman Empire. Apart from the Committee of
Union and Progress this congress was attended by repre
sentatives of Sabah ed-Din’s League of Decentralisation
336
and Private Initiative, by the Internal Macedonian Revolu
tionary Organisation, by the Armenian Dashnaktsutyun and
by the Arab Nationalists.
At the Paris Congress, a united front of national-revolu
tionary forces was formed on the basis of common and
immediate aims. The Young Turks and the representatives
of the national minorities made mutual concessions. The
Young Turks agreed to the principle of political and cul
tural self-determination, while the representatives of the
national minorities declared that they would be content to
receive autonomy within the framework of the Ottoman
Empire. The participants in the congress worked out specific
forms and methods of struggle such as refusal to take the
oath of allegiance in the army, provoking disturbances among
the civilian population, strikes of officials and police aimed
at disorganising the machinery of state, refusal to pay taxes,
armed resistance to the authorities and an armed uprising.
The resolutions passed by the congress stressed that the
uprising should be carried out mainly by the armed forces.
The date of the uprising was fixed for October 1908.
International events spurred the outbreak of the insur
rection. On July 3, 1908, Niazi, the commandant of the
Resna fortress in Macedonia, initiated an uprising and
retreated to the mountains, where he was joined by Enver,
Mustafa Kemal, Jemal and others together with their de
tachments. Soon the revolutionary detachments had
occupied Monastir (Bitolj), where the headquarters of
the First Army was situated and from there they
threatened to march on Constantinople. Thinking that
the troops in the capital and in Asia Minor had also sided
with the Young Turks, Sultan Abdul Hamid agreed to a
compromise. On July 24, 1908, he restored the constitution
and appointed elections. He then issued decrees instituting
freedom of speech, freedom of the press and the right to
assembly. He also abolished censorship and pardoned
political prisoners.
The Young Turk Revolution was victorious.
This, however, was only a partial victory. The Young
Turks feared the masses’ revolutionary initiative and tried
to come to an understanding with the former government.
Instead of forming a new cabinet, they allowed power to
remain in the hands of the Sultan and his cabinet from
22-573 337
which only the1most compromised members were removed.
.. It is only half a victory,” Lenin wrote of the first
successes of the Young Turk Revolution, “or even less, since
Turkey’s Nicholas II has so far managed to get away with a
promise to restore the celebrated Turkish constitution.”1
338
siege to and took over the town of Busra and entered the
valley of Biqa’a. For two years they waged guerilla war
fare, seizing transports and ambushing trains, small gar
risons and Turkish troop columns. The Turks killed
6,000 Druses, i.e., almost one-tenth of the entire population of
Jebel Druse, before they managed to suppress the uprising.
The peasant movement in Iraq began later than in other
parts of the Ottoman Empire. It acquired considerable
dimensions in 1913-14 in connection with the Turkish au
thorities’ decision to sell state lands to foreigners. Cases of
peasants refusing to pay their taxes became more frequent
and the authorities had to send punitive expeditions to the
countryside to suppress the disturbances.
The main reason for the democratic movement’s weak
ness in the Arab countries was that there was no link
between the peasant uprisings and the actions of the urban
population. The peasants often acted under the leadership
of feudal lords or tribal sheikhs. On the other hand, the
small democratic groups which existed in the towns (es
pecially in Syria and the Lebanon) were still unable to find
a common language with the peasants; they could not de
pend on the popular masses and yielded the leadership of
the national liberation movement to the national bourgeoisie
and the feudalists.
3 40
An example of this “restraint” and “moderation” were
the elections to the Turkish Parliament, which were held
in two stages. Real popular representatives were not ad
mitted to the electors’ meetings in the sanjaqs. The entire
electoral machine was in the hands of the committees of
the Union and Progress Party, which nominated candidates
and secured their passage into the Parliament. The results
were a disappointment to the Arabs. Out of a total of
245 deputies, 150 were Turks and only 60 were Arabs,
whereas the very opposite was the case with regard to the
population of the Ottoman Empire, which had a population
of approximately, 22,000,000, of which 7,500,000 were
Turks and 10,500,000, Arabs.
The Arab delegation showed no initiative in Parliament.
It sided with and supported the Young Turks. The majority
of the Arabs, however, were dissatisfield. By the end of
1908, many Arab feudalists and even Nationalists were in
favour of forming a Liberal Party (Hizb El-Ahrar). This
party, which actually expressed the interests of feudal-
compradore circles, took a reactionary stand, but had
inherited the traditions of Sabah ed-Din’s League of Decen
tralisation and Private Initiative in the question of national
ities.
With the help of this party and of the Moslem clergy, the
students of the madrasahs and the Guards, Sultan Abdul
Hamid II engineered a coup d’état. On April 13, 1909, the
insurgents seized a number of government buildings and
launched represssions against the Young Turks. Mohammed
Arslan, a prominent figure of the Arab movement, was
among those killed. The Young Turks, however, quickly
managed to organise a rebuff. The “army of the movement”
under Mahmud Shevket Pasha and Mustafa Kemal sup
pressed the rebellion after fierce fighting in the streets. On
April 27, 1909, Abdul Hamid II was overthrown. The
Young Turks proclaimed the new Sultan, sixty-four year
old Prince Reshad, Abdul Hamid II’s younger brother, who
took the name of Mohammed V. After the rebellion had
been suppressed, the Young Turk leaders decided not to
restrict themselves to control of the government apparatus
and formed a government themselves.
Upon their succession to power, the Young Turks com
pletely degenerated and broke away from the masses. They
341
were conciliatory towards Turkey’s reactionary chauvinist
circles and began an open struggle against the revolutionary
movement. On the domestic scene they preserved feudal
land tenure, abandoned tax reforms in the peasants’ favour
and took a number of measures against the workers, partic
ularly the strike law of 1910. On the international scene the
Young Turks refused to free the country from all forms of
foreign influence and conspired with the German imperial
ists. They adopted Abdul Hamid II’s pro-German orienta
tion and turned the country into a vassalage of Kaiser Ger
many. In their struggle against Britain, France and Russia,
the German diplomats made skilful use of the Young Turks’
adherence to the principles of Pan-Islamismand Pan-Turk-
ism, adventurous theories which regarded all peoples who
spoke Turkish as a single nation.
The Young Turks’ national policy was especially reac
tionary. They went back on the promises they had made
to the national minorities at the Paris Congress of 1907.
The Armenian pogroms continued, as they had under Abdul
Hamid II. Arab, Albanian and other non-Turkish societies
were closed. In April 1909, the Arab Ottoman Fraternity
was banned. The Young Turks armed themselves with the
doctrines of Pan-Osmanism in its Turkish interpretation
and pursued a policy of compulsory Turkisation of the non-
Turkish nationalities. National schools were closed, the
Turkish language was made the only official language of
the Ottoman Empire.
342
educational organisation. The Literary Club’s social basis
was the same as that of the Ottoman Arab Fraternity, but
its leaders were completely different. These were people
who had devoted themselves wholly to the struggle against
the Turkish yoke. Four out of the Club Committeevs six
members were hung by the Turks during World War I.
The Club had several thousand members, most of them
students. There were branches in many Syrian and Iraqi
towns.
The Club and its branches became centres where progres
sive Arab intellectuals could meet. Illegal literature was
smuggled in from Egypt and the United States. Above all,
the Club provided a cover for thé Arab Nationalists’ illegal
organisations.
At the end of 1909, Karim el-Khalil, the president of the
Club, founded a secret political society which operated
parallel to the legal organisations. The new society was
named El-Oahtaniya, after Qahtan, one of the Arabs’
legendary ancestors. The society was comprised mainly of
Arab officers serving in the Turkish army, among whom
Aziz Ali el-Maisri played the leading role. An Egyptian by
birth, he had served in the Turkish army and had taken
part in the Young Turk Revolution. In 1909, he entered
this secret anti-Turkish society and was soon in virtual con
trol of all its affairs.
The Qahtaniya's tasks and aims were worded in extreme
ly vague terms: “To spread the principles of truth among
the sons of the people, to gather their efforts, to unite their
ranks,” and so on. The society’s members rejected the Arab
Ottoman Fraternity’s Pan-Osmanic principles and regarded
the Arabs as a nation apart. Their idea was to reorganise
the Ottoman Empire and the dual Arab-Turkish state on
the lines of Austria-Hungary. The Turkish Sultan would be
simultaneously King of the Arabs. The Arab provinces were
to form a separate kingdom within the framework of the
Arab-Turkish Empire with its own parliament and local
government, and with Arabic as the official language.
The secret society’s centre was in Constantinople; it also
had branches in five other towns. In spite of enthusiastic
beginnings, however, it never really got down to active
work. Traitors turned up in its midst and it was decided
to disperse before police action was taken.
343
THE YOUNG ARAB SOCIETY. In Paris, in 1911, a
group of students, members of the Literary Club who were
pursuing their studies in France, founded the secret Young
Arab Society (Jam’iyat El-Arabiya El-Fatat), which played
an important role in the history of the Arab national libera
tion movement. Many of its members perished at the hands
of the. Turkish executioners during World War I. Others
lived to become outstanding politicians and statesmen of
the Arab countries (Jamil Mardam, Rustum Haidar, Auni
Abd al-Hadi).
The society’s founders set themselves a concrete aim.
They wanted to be what the Young Turks were for Turkey.
Gradually there emerged a more concrete programme based
on the principles of Arab independence. A t first the Young
Arabs spoke in general terms of the Arab people’s renais
sance and favoured the decentralisation of the Ottoman
Empire. Later they demanded independence for the Arab
countries and struggled for the Arabs’ liberation from Turkish
and all other forms of foreign domination.
The Young Arab Society was strictly conspiratorial. Its
members were divided into three groups: (1) an administra
tive group of six leaders; (2) an active group formed from
among members who had gone through a preliminary pro
bation period; (3) a group of candidates who had been
tried and proved and were ignorant of each others’ iden
tity. In their documents the Young Arabs resorted to all
sorts of secret ciphers and symbols. They called each other
“my brother”, wrote about the sunrise and sunset, about love
and faith and used Masonic terminology.
This, however, was no mere pretence of conspiracy. On
their return to their homeland, the secret society’s members
took an active part in the political struggle. In 1913, they
took the lead in uniting the actions of all the Arab national
parties and organisations.
346
The Decentralisation Party had approximately 10,000
members and had branches in nearly all the towns of Syria
and Palestine and in many regions of Iraq. The Party was
headed by a central committee of twenty members and an
executive body of six of their own number. The party’s pre
sident was Rafik el-Azm, a prominent Arab publicist, socio
logist and philosopher and a member of Kawakebi’s Cairo
circle. The Vice-President was another of Kawakebi’s pupils—
Sheikh el-Zahrawi, an outstanding Arab publicist from the
town of Hama and a deputy to the Turkish Parliament.
The party pressed for maximum Arab participation in
the government of the empire, in the senate and in parlia
ment. It demanded that Arabic be recognised as the official
language and that it be introduced in Arab schools as a
compulsory subject. The Decentralisation Party pressed for
the Arab v ila y e ts 9 separation into special autonomous
provinces with local governments and provincial assemblies.
The autonomous provinces were to be granted extensive
rights, such as the right to invite foreign advisers at their
own discretion, to contract foreign loans and to grant
concessions. The Decentralisation Party placed high hopes
on the Western Powers’ intervention. They evenNagreed to
the establishment of French control over Syria and the
Lebanon and British control over the greater part of Pales
tine and Iraq.
The Decentralisation Party and its local branches
launched a vigorous campaign. They put out leaflets,
organised meetings and demonstrations and distributed
songs and poems.
Very close contacts were maintained with the Literarv
Club and with other Arab national societies, especially with
the Syrian and Iraqi reform societies.
351
the Arab Revolution put the question of full independence
for the Arab countries and an armed anti-Turkish uprising
point blank.
By 1914, most of the political Arab organisations and
secret societies had abandoned their conciliatory tactics of
reform and begun preparations for an armed insurrection.
The Young Turks’ chauvinist policy had dispelled the last
illusions oi the possibility of any settlement. In January
1914, frightened by the growth of separatist tendencies
among the Arabs, the Young Turks decided to close all the
Arab political organisations and to scatter the Arab officers
among different garrisons and military units. The only
result was to strengthen the revolutionary-minded people’s
positions, since it forced them to abandon propaganda for
concrete action.
To prepare for the uprising, the Arab Nationalists estab
lished contacts with representatives of the Western embas
sies and with the British and French intelligence services.
At the outset of 1914, on behalf of the Decentralisation
Party, Shafik el-Muaiad held talks with the French Ambas
sador to Constantinople Bompard to obtain French finan
cial and political support for the Arab uprising. Shortly
before the outbreak oi World War I, the Decentralisation
Party concluded an agreement with France for the delivery
of 20,000 rifles, provision of instructors and so on. Similar
contacts were established by the British residents in the
Orient. In April 1914, Abdullah el-Hashimi had meetings
with Kitchener, the British Consul-General in Egypt, and
with other British officials. Abdullah requested the British
to supply the Arabs with machine-guns and to support the
uprising that was to take place in the Hejaz.
Thus, by the outbreak of World War I, two opposite
tendencies were to be observed in the Arab movement. Most
of the Arab Nationalists were in favour of an anti-Turkish
uprising and went so far as to conspire with the Entente.
The others still hoped to reach an agreement with the
Turks. They felt that an uprising would entail the no less,
and perhaps even more, dangerous possibility of the occupa
tion of the Arab countries by the British and French.
CHAPTER X X VI
ARABIA IN 1870-1914
359
over, the British Foreign Secretary stated that there was not
and never could be any mutual understanding between Britain
and Germany on the Kuwait question. The two govern
ments, he said, had opposite points of view on this matter.
W hile the talks were going on, the following events took
place in Kuwait itself. In August 1901, at Germany’s de
mand, the Turks despatched troops to Kuwait to affirm the
Sultan’s sovereignty. They were despatched by sea. When
the transports with the troops arrived in Kuwait, they found
a British cruiser at anchor there. The cruiser’s commander
warned the Turks that if they dared even to put a single
Turkish soldier ashore, the British would open fire and sink
the transports. The Turkish ships turned back.
On September 6, 1901, Britain and Turkey signed an
agreement on Kuwait. The ternis of the agreement were as
follows: Britain acknowledged Turkey’s sovereignty over
Kuwait, but only on the condition that Turkey sent no troops
to that country. Turkey, in turn, recognised Britain’s special
interest in Kuwait and the Anglo-Kuwait agreement of
1899. In this way, Turkey’s vanity was satisfied since
Kuwait formally remained under Turkish sovereignty and
Britain’s claims were also satisfied since Kuwait virtually
passed imder British control.
In the meanwhile, Germany decided to withdraw to the
background and play on Anglo-Russian differences over
Kuwait.
Russia pressed for a compromise between Britain and
Turkey on the Kuwait question. On the one hand, she shared
Britain’s reluctance to let the Germans gain access to the
Persian Gulf but, on the other hand, the Russians were
displeased with the establishment of a direct British pro
tectorate over Kuwait.
In December, 1901, an incident took place which aggra
vated Anglo-Russian differences. A mere three months after
the conclusion of the compromise Anglo-Turkish agreement
of September 6, the British suddenly violated the status quo.
The commander of one of the British warships which regu
larly called at Kuwait ordered that the Turkish flag should
be taken down from Sheikh Mubarak’s residence and that
a new and unknown one, which they called the flag of
Kuwait, should be hoisted in its place. Simultaneously, a
British protectorate was proclaimed over Mubarak’s domains.
360
Britain’s actions evoked a storm of protest in the Russian
press. The Russian Ambassador to Constantinople, I. A. Zi
novyev, advised the Porte to appeal to The Hague Interna
tional Tribunal. Early in 1902, the Russian cruiser Varyag
and the French cruiser Inferne arrived in Kuwait. The Rus
sian consul in Baghdad paid a visit to Sheikh Mubarak and
presented him with a Russian decoration and gifts. Under
pressure from Russia, Britain repudiated the action of her
naval officer and declared that she intended to adhere
strictly to the agreement with Turkey and to preserve the
status quo.
Britain, however, had no intention of abandoning her
plans in Kuwait. At the close of 1903, Lord Curzon made
a demonstrative tour of the Persian G ulf countries, includ
ing Kuwait. The purpose of his trip was to show Britain’s
determination to defend her positions in the Persian Gulf
at all costs. The Entente Treaty of 1904 and the agreement
with Russia in 1907 finally gave her the freedom of action
which she had been waiting for so long. In 1904, a British
political agent was installed in Kuwait and in 1907, Britain
imposed a new agreement on Mubarak, making Turkey one
of the foreign Powers.
In the end, the Turks were forced to acknowledge this
as an accomplished fact. On July 29, 1913, they signed an
agreement on the Persian Gulf with Britain, by which
Kuwait was recognised as an autonomous kaza (type of
territorial administration) with its own flag. Turkey en
gaged not to interfere in Kuwait’s internal affairs and
recognised the Anglo-Kuwait agreement. Simultaneously,
Turkey renounced her rights to Bahrein and Qatar. In ex
change for this, Britain recognised Turkey’s rights to El-
Hasa, which was occupied by the Wahhabis at the time.
Soon after the outbreak of World War I, in November
1914, Britain declared Kuwait an “independent principality
under British protection”.
STRUGGLE o f t h e r a s h i d i s a n d t h e
^ U D I S T H E RESTORATION OF THE W AH H ABI
ö l A i ü . Ihe Powers struggle for Kuwait was closely inter
woven with the struggle of the Wahhabi dynasties, the
Rashidis and the Saudis for hegemony in North Arabia.
1 ne Germans and the Turks were counting on the Rashidis,
361
the rulers of Shammar. With their help, they hoped to get
rid of the Saudis and the Sheikh of Kuwait, Mubarak, who
was backed by the British.
By the end of the 19th century, Shammar had become
the most powerful state in North Arabia. The Shammarite
Emir Mohammed (1871-97), called “the Great”, had put
an end to dynastic internecine strife and united both Jebel-
Shammar and Kasim under his rule. In 1876, he declared
himself a vassal of the Turks and with their support began
a fierce struggle against the Riyadh emirs of the House of
Saud. In 1884, the Shammarites routed the Nejd troops
and seized Riyadh, where they installed their own deputy.
The Saudi Emir, Abd ar-Rahman, Feisal’s younger son,
acknowledged the Shammarites’ sovereignty and remained
in Riyadh as the ruler of Arid (a central province of Neid).
In 1890, an uprising flared up in Nejd and Kasim. The
insurgents took over Riyadh and moved on farther to join
the Kasim feudalists. These were the Emir of Anaiza, Zamil,
and the Emir of Buraida, Hasan. In January, 1891, the
Kasim levies were utterly defeated in a battle near Mulayda
and Emir Abd ar-Rahman, who was on his way to help
them, fled to El-Hasa and later to Kuwait. The Saudi
emirate was completely liquidated1 and Nejd became a
province of the large Shammar state.
At the height of the Kuwait crisis, the Turks decided to
use the Shammarites to seize Kuwait. The British retaliated
by forming an anti-Shammarite Bedouin coalition comprised
of the Sheikh of Kuwait, Mubarak, the South Iraqi tribe
rmmtafiq under the leadership of Sa’adun Pasha, and the
Wahhabi tribes of mutair and barm marra , who had re
mained loyal to the Saudis. The Wahhabis were headed by
Emir Abd ar-Rahman’s son, Abd el-Aziz, better known by
his family name Ibn Saud. After the Shammarites had
established their rule in Riyadh he and his father left their
country. Ibn Saud had been seven years old at the time,
but by 1900, he was a young man and his father felt the
time had come for him to lead the struggle.
In the autumn of 1900, the 10,000-strong allied army
headed by Sheikh Mubarak launched a campaign against
1 The Shammarites left the Saudi Emir Mohammed, who had
devoted himself to flower growing, as the nominal religious head of
Wahhabi Nejd.
362
the Shammarite Emir, Abd el-Aziz (1897-1906). Ibn Saud
was entrusted with the task of making a feint in the direc
tion of Riyadh. In February 1901, the Shammarites routed
the allies and Ibn Saud, learning of their defeat in the
desert, raised the siege of Riyadh and returned to Kuwait.
In the summer of 1901, the Shammarites reached Kuwait,
which was guarded by British warships. W ith the British
guns trained on them the Shammarites turned back. They
passed through Nejd and Kasim, where anti-Shammarite
uprisings, backed by British arms and money, kept flaring
up. In December 1901, the British armed and sent to Riyadh
a small force under Ibn Saud. The Riyadh population,
which was oppressed by the Rashid feudalists, was ready to
support any act which would liberate them from the Sham
marites, and Ibn Saud’s small detachment had no trouble
in capturing the city. (January 15, 1902.)
Describing the seizure of Riyadh, Philby relates a fan
tastic story that Ibn Saud is supposed to have told. It has
the ring of an Oriental legend in the style of the tales from
the Arabian Nights .
Philby writes that Ibn Saud took sixty Bedouin daredevils
with him, leaving thirty horsemen on the hills near Riyadh
with orders to hasten to Kuwait for help if there were no
news from Ibn Saud within twenty-four hours. Another
twenty horsemen were left in a grove on the outskirts of
the Riyadh oasis. The remaining ten riders dismounted and
penetrated into the city at night. T hey approached the
citadel where the Rashid ruler of Riyadh, Ajlan, was stay
ing. Ibn Saud knocked at the door of a house right next to
the fortress gates. It was opened by a woman, whom they
ordered to keep quiet on pain of death. Ibn Saud and his
companions then herded all the tenants into a back room
and took up their posts near the window, drinking coffee,
and telling battle stories and reading the Koran all night
long to keep awake. At dawn they saw the citadel gates
swing open as Ajlan and his entourage came out to pray
at the mosque. The Bedouins pounced on them from the
window, slaying the whole entourage, including Ajlan.
Taking advantage of the open gates they then seized the
citadel and announced the renewal of the Saudi dynasty.
Having captured Riyadh, Ibn Saud fortified the city and
began a struggle against the Shammarites. Between 1902
363
and 1903, he won back the entire southern part of Inner
Arabia (Khardj, Al-Ailaj, Wadi-Dawasir) and by the summer
of 1904, he had subdued Washim, Sudair and Kasim, thus
restoring the Wahhabite Saudi emirate to its former borders.
Ibn Saud became such a powerful force that in 1904, the
Rashidis appealed to Turkey for help. In May 1904, eight
Turkish battalions under Ahmed Faizi Pasha arrived in
Nejd. Most of the. Turkish soldiers, however, died in the
desert of the heat, of thirst, hunger and disease. At the end
of 1904, the commander of the expeditionary corps himself
and the remnants of his army were transferred to the
Yemen. Left alone, the Shammarites continued the struggle
for a time, but, in April 1906, were badly beaten by the
Saudis; The Rashid Emir, Abd el-Aziz, was killed in.the
fighting. His successor, Mitab, hastened to conclude peace
and acknowledged the Saudis’ right to Nejd and Kasim.
The Turkish Sultan, Abdul Hamid, confirmed this agree
ment in an exchange of notes. The Saudis’ Wahhabi state
was restored.
365
Arabian unity. In 1911, on the Wahhabi teachers’ advice,
he launched the ikhwan (brothers) movement against the
nomadic tribes. He forced them submit to a strict discipline
and forbade them to make predatory raids and to extract
feudal tribute from dependent tribes. He pulled down the
barriers between the free and the subordinate tribes and
treated them all as equals, as ikhwans.
Simultaneously, Ibn Saud began creating communities for
the nomads, whom he forced to settle on the land. This
policy was conducted on a very broad scale after World
War I. The first few communities had been set up prior
to 1918. W hen they abandoned their former way of life,
the nomad ikhwans broke off ties with their tribe. New ties
were èstablished inside the ikhwan communes based on
mutual economic interests instead of blood relationship.
A spirit öf religious intolerance prevailed in the ikhwan
communes and later in the Wahhabi state. Wahhabis were
not allowed to maintain close ties with non-Wahhabis, not
even if these were their relatives. They could not mingle
with foreigners and had to abide strictly to the moral and
ethic rules of Wahhabism. The Wahhabi society gradually
shut itself off from outside influences and drifted into a
kind of isolationism.
The ikhwans together with their teachers became the
main instrument of Ibn Saud’s home and foreign policy.
The ikhwan settlements formed the base on which Ibn Saud
built his new army. W ith their help he suppressed revolts,*
exposed plots and disarmed rebellious tribes. With their
support he campaigned for a united Arabia and the forma
tion of a single Wahhabi Saudi state.
367
troops who had been released from San’a, and then occupied
the capital without having fired a single shot. The Turkish
Pasha, however, was suddenly faced with a new and unex
pected fact. The Arab soldiers of the Turkish army refused
to fight against their Yemenese brothers. Instead, they
fraternised with the insurgents and began going over to
their side. Uprisings flared up in the Arab units which had
been sent to fight against the Yemen. Add to this the de
vastation wrought in the Yemen by war, drought, locusts
and the terrible famine which took the lives of at least half
the urban population and also struck the Turkish army,
and one can understand why the Turks were forced to
implore the Imam for peace.
A peace treaty was signed in 1908. The Porte accepted
the basic terms dictated by Imam Yahya and virtually
agreed to the. Yemen’s internal autonomy. Two years later,
however, military operations were resumed. In 1911, Yahya
recaptured San’a and once again forced the Turks to consent
to a peace treaty. But with the outbreak of the Italo-Turkish
War, the Turks were unable to devote much attention to
the Yemen and wrote all further struggle as useless. They
recognised the Yemen’s full autonomy and engaged not
to interfere in her internal affairs. Yahya acknowledged
the Sultan suzerainty and agreed to the presence of the
Turkish Pasha and a small contingent o f Turkish forces
in the Yemen. The compromise profited both parties. Rely
ing on the Turks’ support, Yahya began a struggle against
the British intrigues on the Yemen’s southern borders. The
treaty was also of some advantage to the Turks. The Yemen
was one of the few Arab countries which supported Turkey
in World War I.
Things turned out differently in Asir. After the Turkish
occupation of 1872, it was made into a sanjaq (mutasarri-
fiya) constituting part of the vilayet of the Yemen. In 1909,
with Imam Yahya’s backing, an uprising flared up in Asir.
It was headed by Emir Mohammed el-Idrisi, by birth a
member of the Moroccan dynasty, which had ruled Asir
since the end of the 18th century. In 1910, the insurgents
completely cleared Tihama of the Turks and then advanced
on Abha, the capital of mountainous Asir, which fell after
several months of siege. In the summer of 1911, the Turks
managed to subdue Asir, having resorted to Husein
368
Il*s (the Meccan Sherif) help. In the autumn of the
same year, however, with Italian support, Idrisi once again
provoked an uprising. His detachments continued to operate
right up to the outbreak of World War I and actively sided
with the British, with whom Mohammed el-Idrisi concluded
a treaty of “friendship and alliance” in 1915.
24* 371
determine the peoples’ real stand. Actually, they were hostile
to both belligerents and both the Anglo-French and Ger-
man-Turkish rear were unstable. The Arab people hated
their foreign oppressors, and this hatred was skilfully used
by one imperialist bloc against the other.
Each belligerent supported the national movements and
the uprisings in the enemy’s rear and spurred them on,
using them for their own needs. A struggle against the
imperialists of Britain, France and Italy began in Egypt,
the Sudan and other North African countries. The struggle
was particularly acute in Morocco and Libya. The French
often referred to Morocco, where the Arab and Berber
tribes had forced them out of the mountain regions, as their
“second front” (the main one being the Western front). By
1915, the Italians held only isolated posts on the coast of Li
bya. Moreover, Germany and Turkey were using the Libyan
Arabs in the struggle against Britain and had organised a
series of Bedouin raids from Libya on Egyptian territory.
Britain and France used the national movement in the
Arab countries subservient to Turkey for the struggle
against Turkey and Germany. The Arab Nationalists con
ducted reconnaissance work and sabotage in the Turkish
rear and provoked anti-Turkish uprisings.
372
T he 4th Army was based in Syria and Palestine, who
were completely unprepared for a long war. They suffered
from the lack of good roads. Jemal Pasha, who had prom
ised his friends he would sail back to Istanbul via A lex
andria, began his journey through a sea of mud. At the
railway station in Aleppo he had to be carried out of the
train on the soldiers’ backs. The situation was equally
disheartening elsewhere.
Syria’s and Palestine’s economy was unable to withstand
the trials of war. Under the pretext of military necessity,
the Turkish authorities immediately began fleecing the
civilian population. The peasants’ cattle and food were
requisitioned on a mass scale. In 1915, nine-tenths of the
rain harvest in Syria and the Lebanon was commandeered.
Î rees everywhere, including fruit trees, were cut down for
fuel and the irrigation system was neglected. Forced labour
was used extensively. Thousands of peasants were taken
away from the land and forced to work on all sorts of
military projects.
Agricultural and industrial production dropped sharply.
Even before the war there had been a shortage of home
grown wheat in Syria and now wheat imports were almost
completely suspended. The Turkish authorities took no
measures to ward off the approaching famine and even
organised food exports to Germany.
Prices of essential goods rose steeply and many articles
dropped out of sale. The flourishing kings of the “black
market” made huge fortunes.
Between 1915 and 1916, hundreds of thousands of people
in the Lebanon, Syria, Palestine and Iraq, especially the
inhabitants of the big cities, were on the verge of starva
tion. Epidemics of typhus and other diseases broke out here
and there. In the spring of both 1915 and 1916, tens of
thousands of people died in Syria and the Lebanon. In
Syria, in 1917, one-tenth of the population died of hunger
and disease. No less than 100,000 people died in the Leba
non alone. Tens of thousands died in the Moslem and
Baghdad vilayets.
The war, economic difficulties and economic dislocation
gave rise to a wave of spontaneous discontent throughout
the country. The Turkish Government feared and mis
trusted the Arab population of the empire. In November
1914, the government invested Jemal Pasha with special
powers. Apart from the command of the 4th Army, he
received the rights of Commissioner Extraordinary and
wielded absolute military and civil power. He introduced
martial law in the Arab provinces, abolished the vilayet
councils and the civil court, destroyed the Mountain
Region’s autonomy and liquidated all the rights and
privileges which had been granted to various religious com
munities on the basis of international agreements. Jemal
Pasha persecuted the Arab national liberation movement
and conducted a shameful policy of Turkisation and ruth
less suppression of Arab culture.
Most of the Arab population adopted a hostile attitude
towards the war. They hated the Turks and remained in
different to the Sultan’s leaflets proclaiming the jihad , i.e.,
holy Moslem war. The Arabs openly rejoiced at the Turco-
German army’s defeat and readily responded to the calls
from émigré centres to sabotage the Turks’ military efforts.
Jemal Pasha had to keep nearly half his troops in the
rear, since they might be needed in event of an uprising.
But the troops themselves were unreliable. Of three divi
sions, two were comprised of Kurds and Arabs from Mosul
and one, of Syrians. Jemal Pasha demanded the despatch
of Turkish contingents. Feeling against the war spread
quickly among the Arab soldiers of the Turkish army. Cases
of mass desertion, voluntary surrender and refusals to take
part in the fighting became common. Mutinies took place in
a number of towns. In April 1916, a Mosul garrison and
several other Arab garrisons mutinied.
In 1915, there were disturbances in several Syrian and
Palestinian towns, where the people were demonstrating
for bread and peace. Spontaneous uprisings continued to
flare up here and there. In 1916, in Jebel-Druse, the north
ern Lebanon and Damascus, guerilla detachments began an
armed struggle against the Turks. Anti-Turkish uprisings
that had flared up in the sacred Shi9a cities of N ejef and
Karbala broke out afresh in the spring of 1916.
m
Even in the early months of the war, Jemal Pasha had
had Arab intellectuals and officers shadowed. He had
searched the French consulates and had found material
incriminating many prominent members of the Arab na
tional movement. In June 1915, when it became clear that
the jihad slogan had completely failed and that the Arabs
were ready to support an anti-Turkish uprising, Jemal
Pasha began a bloody struggle against the Arab National
ists, closing down a number of newspapers and organising
mass arrests of members of the Arab national societies. In
1916, Jemal Pasha dealt ruthlessly with the Arab national
liberation movement.
Between 1915 and 1916, several Arab Nationalist groups
appeared before a military tribunal. The leaders of the
Decentralisation Party, the Young Arab Society, the
Lebanese Awakening ¡Society and other outstanding mem
bers of the Arab movement were charged with high treason,
with having connections with Britain and France and with
having incited the people to rebel. During the investigation,
the accused were tortured and threatened. The judges
ignored all laws of legal procedure, following only Jemal
Pasha’s instructions. The courts sentenced hundreds of
Nationalists to death and others to various terms of impris
onment. Abd el-Karim Khalil, Ridah es-Sulh, Mohammed
Mihmisani, Sheikh el-Zahrawi, Shafik el-Mu’aid, el-Ureisi,
Selim el-Jazairi, and many others were hung on the squares
of Beirut and Damascus. All told, by the middle of 1916,
the military tribunals had sentenced over 800 activists of
the Arab national liberation movement to death.
Apart from legal punishment, the Turkish authorities
organised the mass deportation of Arabs suspected of dis
loyalty to the Turkish Government. Tens of thousands of
people, especially representatives of the Arab intelligentsia,
the Christian and Sin a clergy and the families of prominent
Nationalists were banished to concentration camps in the
desert. Banishments were attended by robberies, killings
and other acts of violence. In the camps the exiles perished
from hunger and disease.
By these means Jemal Pasha succeeded in crushing the
Arab national societies, destroying their leaders and terroris
ing the population of the Lebanon, Syria, Palestine and
Iraq. The blow which the Turks dealt against the Arab
376
national liberation movement in 1916 was a severe one. They
wiped out its cadres and organisation, thereby delaying the
general anti-Turkish uprising in the Porte’s Arab provinces.
3 79
were soon crippled and exhausted to such a degree that the
British preferred to exchange them for fresh manpower.
The British used the Egyptian labour corps not only on
the Suez front. Egyptian fellaheen with shovels in their
hands could be seen in Gallipoli, in Mesopotamia and in
far-off Lorraine. According to official data, in 1916 alone,
over 10,000 fellaheen were sent to France and over 8,000 to
Mesopotamia.
Egyptian ports, means of transport, industry and agri
culture were all placed at the British army’s disposal.
Egypt’s economy was organised along completely new lines.
The authorities took a number of emergency measures to
feed the population and the 275,000-strong British army
stationed in Egypt. On August 2, 1914, the authorities for
bade the export of essential goods and introduced control
over prices: The war made it difficult to import wheat and,
faced with the threat of a food shortage, the British authori
ties speeded up the production of the grain crops. In 1915,
they forcibly restricted the area under cotton to expand
the area under wheat and rice. The cotton plantations were
reduced from 1,755,000 feddans in 1914 to 1,186,000 fed-
dans in 1915.
Soon, however, the British began to run short of cotton
for the war industry and were forced to abolish all restric
tive measures. Cotton production soared again and cotton
prices almost trebled: from 14 reals a cantar in 1913 to 38 reals
a cantar in 1917. Cotton growers, traders, swindlers and all
sorts of middlemen waxed rich on the cotton boom.
The war and the ruptüre of foreign trade ties stimulated
the development of local Egyptian industry. The war was
a successful substitute for the protection that domestic
capital needed. Industrial goods were no longer being
imported from abroad and to fill the gap, national capital
swung into action. Scores of hundreds of small domestic
and semi-domestic craft enterprises were opened in the
textile, sewing, leather, shoes, sugar, spirits, furniture and
other industries. The number of people engaged in industry
rose from 376,000 in 1907 to 489,000 in 1917; 231,000 of
these were hired workers.
The war enriched the Egyptian landowners, merchants
and businessmen as never before and considerably strength
ened the positions of Egyptian national capital,
.380
The Egyptian bourgeoisie^ enrichment, however, did not
free it from the tutelage of British finance capital and the
colonial authorities. On the contrary, in the war years
Egypt’s financial and economic dependence increased. On
August 2, 1914, the British authorities stopped the exchange
of bank notes issued by the National Bank of Egypt for
gold and forcibly introduced paper money. The National
Bank’s gold reserves were handed over to the British Trea
sury. The British authorities withdrew all the gold and
silver coins from circulation and replaced them with notes.
In October 1916, the gold backing of Egyptian bank notes
was withdrawn and instead they were backed by British
Treasury bonds and pound sterling notes. The Egyptian
pound was thus made dependent on the British pound, which
actually meant Egypt’s incorporation in the sterling
zone. Britain was now able to pay her military expenses in
Egypt in notes without having to waste a single gram of
gold.
During the war, the amount of paper money in circula
tion sharply increased. A t the close of 1914, there were only
£8,250,000 notes in circulation. By the end of 1919, this
figure had increased more than eight times. Inflation led
to a rise in prices, especially of primary goods. The index
of wholesale prices rose from 100 in 1913 to 211 in 1918.
The Egyptian working people were the first to suffer
from the rise in prices. An official British report noted the
unheard-of and constant rise in prices, especially of such
essential goods as bread, clothes, and fuel, which laid a
particularly heavy burden on the lower classes whose wages
were quite inadequate to the increased cost of living. The
subsistence minimum was a good deal higher than the aver
age wage level.
The peasants were very badly off. In the first months
of the war, the British began comandeering grain and
fodder from the peasants. The confiscated products were
paid for at prices that were lower than the market prices
and after much delay. Corruption also played its part. The
government collectors extorted more wheat from the peas
ants than was fixed by the tax and sold it at the market for
speculative prices. The confiscation of draught animals,
donkeys and camels was a disaster for the peasants. It was
almost impossible to secure compensation. And what corn-
381
pensation could be obtained after long ordeals was not
enough to buy a new animal.
The forced collections for the Red Cross and Red Cres
cent were particularly hateful to the fellaheen. Every British
official tried to break the record for blackmail, and the sums
that were extorted usually did not reach the Red Cross, but
finished up in the blackmailers’ pockets.
m
they were defeated at Ctesiphon and in December 1915, the
Turks surrounded General Townshend’s 10,000-strong
detachment at Kut El-Imara. On April 29, 1916, after a
five-month siege, Townshend surrendered. The British
rapidly recovered from their defeat, however, and in the sec
ond half of 1916, they again switched over to the offensive.
On the Sinai front the initiative was in the hands of the
German-Turkish command. After thorough preparations,
the Turks launched a broad offensive on the Suez Canal
Zone. On January 10, 1915, eight Turkish divisions began
to advance in two columns across the Sinai Peninsula in
the direction of Gaza-Qantara and Ma’an-Suez. They cov
ered 400 kilometres on foot and sixteen days later, took up
positions on the eastern bank of the canal.
The British opposed the Turks with a 50,000-strong army
consisting of their own, New Zealand, Australian ana
Anglo-Indian units, supported by the British and French
warships and seaplanes. Rather than attempt to defend the
Sinai Peninsula the British had adopted the plan of im
mediate defence on the Suez Canal line.
On the night of February 2, 1915, the Turks launched
their assault on the canal, which ended in their complete
defeat. The Turkish landing party which had crossed to the
western bank of the canal was routed. The Turks’ supply
of ammunition and foodstuffs ran low and two weeks later
they retired to their starting bases in Gaza and Ma’an.
After the first attack against the canal had failed, the
German-Turkish command organised Bedouin raids on
Egypt from the east and the. west, but the military results
of the raids were nil. Even in the political sense they served
little purpose. The Bedouins who made up Jemal Pasha’s
4th Army fought with extreme reluctance and encountered
no support in Egypt. The Turks’ gamble on Arab support
had failed.
The British built up the fortifications of the Suez Canal
Zone and by 1916, they had amassed 275,000 men in the
area. Between April and August 1916, the Turkish com
mand made two more attempts to attack the Suez Canal.
German officers under the command of Kress von Kressen
stein supervised the operations and German-Austrian troops
took a direct part in the campaign. These attacks, however,
were also rebuffed by the British.
3 84
Turkey was equally unsuccessful at sea. The Anglo-
French fleet cruised the Syrian coast and put small
diversionary groups and detachments ashore. British ships
sealed off the Red Sea coast of Arabia.
On the Arabian Peninsula, in 1915, with the support of
their fleet the British successfully repelled all the attempts
of the Turco-Yemenese troops to seize Aden. Mohammed
el-Idrisi’s insurgent detachments operating in Asir helped
the British considerably by holding down two or three
Turkish divisions and harassing the Yemen from the north.
British operations in North Arabia were also effective. By
stirring up internecine strife they managed to neutralise
the Rashidis of Shammar and thereby protect the left flank
of the British expeditionary corps in Iraq.
The Sinai front was vital to the British. Originally they
had intended to influence the outcome of the battle for the
Suez Canal by landing troops in the region of Alexandretta
and instigating an uprising in Syria. Jemal Pasha, however,
dealt ruthlessly with the Nationalist leaders and France
vehemently protested against the British unilateral occupa
tion of the French spheres of influence. The British com
mand thereupon chose the other alternative of launching
an offensive across the Sinai Peninsula. In view of this deci
sion, the Hashimites’ stand in favour of an uprising in the
Hejaz acquired special significance. Besides diverting the
Turkish forces, the uprising would protect the British army’s
right flank and would greatly ease matters in the event of
a campaign against Palestine.
386
As soon as Feisal returned to the Hejaz and reported on
his visit to Damascus, Husein resumed negotiations with
Britain, which took the form of an exchange of letters
between himself and the British High Commissioner for
Egypt, McMahon. In his letter of July 14, 1915, Husein
offered the co-operation of the Arabs on the terms stipulated
by the Damascus Protocol. The British, who at the time
were holding talks with their allies on Turkey’s post-war par
tition, were taken aback by Husein’s demands, especially by
his territorial claims, and their reply was a diplomatic refusal.
Husein insisted on an Anglo-Arab agreement and
demanded the recognition of the borders of the future Arab
state as an indispensable condition of this agreement. At
the end of 1915, the situation on the Middle East fronts—
the blockade of Aden, the defeats in Mesopotamia and the
Dardanelles—developed unfavourably for Britain. This
made the Arabs’ co-operation and help extremely valuable
and the British decided to meet several of the Hashimites’
demands half way. On October 24, 1915, after consultations
with London, McMahon sent another letter to Husein,
which later became known as the McMahon-Husein agree
ment. In this letter, McMahon promised to recognise the
independence of the Hashimite Arab state within
the borders proposed by Husein, i.e., in accordance
with the Damascus Protocol, but with the exception of the
following territories: (a) the British protectorates in the
Arabian Peninsula, (b) the territories west of the line
Aleppo-Hama-Homs-Damascus, i.e., western Syria, the
Lebanon and Cilicia, to which France had a claim. The
territories of the Basra and Baghdad vilayets were to re
main under the sovereignty of the Arab state, but came
under British control. Finally, Britain insisted on the exclu
sive right to send foreign advisers to the Arab state and to
“defend” it from external attacks.
McMahon’s letter of October 24, 1915, did not satisfy
Husein, who continued to insist on the solution of contro
versial issues (the borders of the Arab state and its future
relations with Britain), but finally he was forced to give
in and postpone their discussion till after the war. The
British engaged to supply Husein with weapons and equip
ment and to pay him and his sons a monthly subsidy of
£60,000.
25« 387
Turkish action put an end to the Hashimites’ vacillations.
The Porte refused to recognise Husein as the independent
hereditary ruler of the Hejaz and declined his request to
pardon the Arab Nationalists. In April 1916, the Turkish
military court passed another series of death sentences. It
would soon be Husein’s turn. The Turks were preparing to
despatch large reinforcements to the Hejaz and with them
a new Grand Sherif of Mecca.
388
would later compel her to reckon with the Arabs’ national
demands.
Husein’s request for planes, artillery and for an infantry
brigade was turned down. All the Hejaz received by way
of weapons was small consignments of light outdated arms,
and this only after considerable delay. At the end of 1916,
there was only one rifle among five men in Feisal’s and
Zaid’s forces. Instead of arms came British and French
military instructors and advisers, who reached the conclu
sion that the Arabs were capable of nothing but guerilla
warfare. These advisers drew up a plan for regular guerilla
raids on the Hejaz railway and the original plan to seize
Medina was abandoned. The Turkish command saw through
this manoeuvre and ordered its troops to withdraw from
the Hejaz and retreat to Palestine. But the commander of
the Turkish garrison in Medina, Fakhri Pasha, did not obey
the order and things remained as they were.
The Hejaz uprising did not relieve the political friction
between Britain and Husein. Acute differences arose
between them only a few days after its outbreak. On
June 27, 1916, Husein issued a manifesto to all the Moslems
of the world, proclaiming Arab independence and promul
gating a programme of his own. Britain feared the mani
festo might evoke an upsurge of liberative aspirations,
especially in her domains, and forbade its circulation. But
Britain’s fears were unjustified. In essence, Husein’s mani
festo was extremely reactionary and alien to the Arab
national liberation movement. The Grand Sherif accused
the Turks of spreading “innovations” supposedly hostile to
the spirit of Islam and promised to restore the traditional
Moslem institutions which were based on the shariat (legis
lature).
After this, Husein tried to put into practice the idea of
setting up an Arab state. Without waiting till the end of
the war, on November 2, 1916, in Mecca, he convened a
meeting of Arab feudal leaders, who proclaimed him the
king of the Arab nation. An Arab Government was formed
with its seat at Mecca. According to tradition, the main
posts were occupied by Sherif’s sons. Ali became Prime
Minister; Abdullah, Minister of Foreign Affairs, and Feisal,
Minister of the Interior.
The declaration of an independent Arab kingdom and the
389
formation of an Arab Government placed the British in a
difficult position. McMahon sent Husein an indignant mes
sage and forbade the press to publish any information on
the Arab Government or anything related to it. The British
and French governments declared that they did not
recognise Husein’s new title, thus giving him to understand
that they were not inclined to regard the Hashimite govern
ment as representative of all the Arabs of the Ottoman Em
pire.
The conflict was finally solved by the compromise. Brit
ain and France acknowledged Husein as the king of the
Hejaz, which did not really matter since the backward
Hejaz .with its population of 600,000 was no menace to them.
The new kingdom did not include 95 per cent of the Porte’s
Arab subjects and could not exist without close ties with the
other Arab regions. On the other hand, by recognising
Husein as king and as their ally, the British and French
governments ensured his participation in the war on the side
of the Entente.
In the meanwhile, on the fronts the scales tipped in
Britain’s favour. The main Turkish forces were diverted to
the Caucasus and to the Balkans. The British army gradu
ally moved forward, occupying almost the entire Sinai
Peninsula. The soldiers of the Egyptian labour corps laid
a railway and water main through the desert. On Decem
ber 21, 1916, the British entered El-Arish and began prepa
rations for a broad offensive on the Palestinian front.
The Turks had built up a powerful defence line between
Gaza and Beersheba (Bir Es-Seba). Twice, in March and
April 1917, the British tried to break through, but to no
avail. To make it easier for the British troops at the front,
the British command decided to shift the Arab guerilla war
from the Hejaz to Palestine and Transjordan in the north.
As a means to this end, the British Intelligence officer
Lieutenant T. E. Lawrence arrived on a visit to Emir Feisal.
Lawrence won Feisal’s confidence and became his chief
military and political adviser. In fact, Lawrence commanded
the entire northern group of the Hejaz troops. Between May
and June 1917, he carried out a deep raid across the desert
and on July 5, 1917, took Aqaba from the rear. This was
both a convenient port and an important strategic position
protecting the right flank of the British offensive against
390
Palestine. W ith the occupation of Aqaba the Arabs
completely cleared the Red Sea coast of the Turks and joined
fronts with the British army.
It is significant that the Arab Nationalists suggested that
Lawrence should immediately march on Damascus, feeling
that this would lead to a general anti-Turkish uprising in
Syria and to the country’s liberation from the Turkish yoke.
The Arabs would thus free themselves by their own efforts
and avoid having the country occupied by foreign troops.
But this was not what the British politicians or the British
military command wanted and Lawrence voiced his objec
tions. Acting on behalf of British Intelligence he turned the
Arab insurgent army into an auxiliary corps which operated
on the flank of the British army.
392
cial international regime of its own in agreement with
Russia and the other countries. Eastern Syria and the district
of Mosul came under the French sphere of influence
(Zone A) and Transjordan and the northern part of the
Baghdad vilayet , under the British sphere of influence
(Zone B). The agreement gave France and Britain in these
zones priority rights in trade, railway construction and
arms export and the exclusive right to supply the future
Arab administration with whatever foreign officials, advisers
and the like it might need.
Although Russia, who exchanged notes with Britain only
in the autumn of 1916, had no claims on the Arab coun
tries, the Allies promised her Turkey’s Armenian vilayets
and northern Kurdistan in exchange for her adherence to the
agreement, and also confirmed her “rights” to Constanti
nople and to defend the interests of the Orthodox in Pales
tine. Accordingly a Yellow Zone, Lake Van, appeared on
the map.
Somewhat later, Italy learned of the agreement and this
led to the appearance of the Green Zone (south-western Ana
tolia) and Zone C (a portion of western and central Ana
tolia). On April 20, 1917, notes were exchanged between
France and Italy. Britain stipulated that Italy’s adherence
to the agreement must first be ratified by Russia.
One of the sayings of British diplomacy is that you can
promise anything you like because the situation is bound
to change. Britain’s generous concessions in the partition
of the Porte’s Arab provinces may be taken as an example
of adherence to this rule.
393
resumed the offensive. On September 28, 1917, the British
forces occupied Ramadi on the Euphrates and on the
November 6, Tikrit on the Tigris was theirs.
The offensive brought almost all Mesopotamia under
British control. This act of occupation showed that the British
imperialists had merely talked of their desire to liberate
the Arabs from the Turkish yoke. Actually, they were con
ducting a policy of colonial annexation. Having conquered
Iraq, the British set about holding down their new territory
by force. Absolute power was wielded by the British military
command and civil service, which was subordinate to the
Anglo-Indian government. The administration was headed
by Percy Cox, a veteran official of the British colonial ser
vice in India and the British Resident for the Persian Gulf.
In 1917, he was succeeded by Arnold Wilson, an officer
of the Anglo-Indian army ana a British Intelligence agent.
These civil commissioners, as Cox and Wilson were called,
were in charge of the British “political officers” who exer
cised power in the provinces.
Former Turkish officials were replaced by officials of
the Anglo-Indian civil service. Turkish currency was with
drawn from circulation and replaced by Anglo-Indian
currency. The administrative system and the shipbuilding
industry were also arranged along Indian lines. In
other words, Iraq virtually became a province of British
India.
The Iraqi feudalists and compradore bourgeoisie imme
diately went over to the British, collaborating with them
and actively supporting all their measures.
With a view to consolidating their political positions, the
British drew representatives of the feudal and tribal nobility
as well as the Moslem clergy (especially Shi’a) into the
administration, tempting them with subsidies, decorations
and sinecures. Only a handful of representatives of the
higher Sunnite clergy and a few feudal chiefs remained in
opposition.
The British gave especial consideration to the tribal
policy. The Bedouins lacked unity. Some were British orien
tated and some, Turkish. The sheikhs often changed their
politics. The British would despatch punitive expeditions
against the rebellious tribes and the expeditions often devel
oped into real battles between the British forces and the
394
Bedouins. But on the whole the British Intelligence Service
was able to ensure the Iraqi tribes’ loyalty throughout
the war.
The transfer of the occupied Arab territories to British
control caused serious alarm in French ruling circles, who
feared that the British would ignore their obligations to
the Allies and seize Syria. The French therefore took hur
ried steps to show their interest in the affairs of the Levant,
even before the Anglo-Arab troops entered Syria and
Palestine.
The French residents in the East—Bremond, the head of
the French mission to the Hejaz, and Picot, who arrived in
Cairo as the “High Commissioner for the French Republic
in the Orient”—insisted on the despatch of French troops to
Palestine. Picot demanded that an expeditionary corps of
at least 10,000 men be sent to the East. “Otherwise they
will leave us nothing,” he remarked.
Apart from this, the French began an intense political
campaign among the Syrian and Lebanese immigrants. A
Syrian Central Committee was set up in Paris under the
Lebanese immigrant Dr. Michelle Samner, who worked
to bring about a Franco-Syrian rapprochement. In April
1917, Picot summoned a meeting of Lebanese immigrants in
Cairo and informed them of France’s intention to establish
a protectorate over the Lebanon.
These measures, and rumours of the despatch and landing
of French troops in the Lebanon, seriously alarmed the Arab
Nationalists. On learning of the French plans, Emir Feisal
gloomily declared that when the Arabs had finished fighting
the Turks, they would have to fight the French. The leaders
of the Arab uprising began demanding explanations.
The Allies, who had by this time started preparations for
a decisive offensive on Palestine, did everything they could
to reassure the Arabs. In May 1917, Sykes and Picot arrived
in the Hejaz for talks with Husein and Feisal. In strict
secrecy they discussed the fate of Palestine, Syria and Iraq.
Many interesting details which threw light on the Anglo-
Franco-Hejaz talks are cited in Bremond’s bosk. It turns
out that Husein and Feisal were given false information
about the Anglo-French treaties and agreements on the
Arab question. Husein received false assurances and decided
to continue the war on the side of the Allies.
395
THE PALESTINE OFFENSIVE OF 1917. THE BAL
FOUR DECLARATION. In July 1917, Allenby took com
mand of the British troops in Palestine and was also put in
charge of the Feisal-Lawrence units of the Arab army.
Allenby’s plan of operation envisaged a joint Anglo-Arab
offensive on a broad front. With the support of the ships
and planes of the British and French fleets, the British were
to operate west of the River Jordan while the Arabs oper
ated to the east. The Arab army, which protected the British
right flank, was to clear Transjordan jointly with the local
guerilla detachments, occupy Hauran and open the road to
Damascus.
The British were numerically superior. They had con
centrated 95,000 bayonets, 20,000 sabres and 500 guns on
the Gaza-Beersheba (Bir Es-Seba) front. The Turks had
50,000 bayonets, 1,500 sabres and 300 guns. The Turkish army
was starving and almost completely demoralised. Steps had
been taken to send crack Turkish units of the Ildirim (Light
ning) Army and the German Asiatic corps to the
Palestinian front. But the lack of roads and the confusion
in the rear considerably delayed the transfer of these units.
Allenby decided to push ahead with the offensive before
the fresh Turkish troops arrived. On October 31, 1917, the
British broke the front in the region of Beersheba
and soon overwhelmed the Turkish defences on the
Gaza-Beersheba line. With their superior numbers, better
arms, far better organisation of supplies and a reliable
communications system, the British completely routed the
Turks, turning the tide of the battle on the Palestinian front,
and began the thrust northwards. On November 16, the
British occupied Jaffa and on December 9, 1917, they en
tered Jerusalem.
The British breakthrough and occupation of Palestine
made the question of Palestine’s future a matter of great
urgency. The British were bound by two different commit
ments to their Allies. Under the McMahon-Husein agree
ment of 1915, the British had promised to incorporate
Palestine in the Arab state. Under the agreement with Rus
sia in 1916, they had undertaken to establish international
control in Palestine. But now, having occupied Palestine, they
had no intention of fulfilling either promise and did every
thing in their power to keep the country under their control.
396
To evade her earlier commitments, Britain decided to
take advantage of the Zionist movement, which had become
more widespread at the end of the 19th century. Back in 1882,
a group of Russian-born Jews had founded the first Jewish
agricultural colony near Jaffa. In Jaffa, in 1908, a Zionist
agency was set up to provide for immigrants sent by vari
ous Zionist societies and organisations. Despite the generous
subsidies from Rothschild and from various Zionist funds,
however, despite the favourable neutrality of the Turkish
authorities, who did nothing to hamper Jewish colonisation,
the Zionists had achieved no significant results in the thirty
years before the war. In Palestine, on the eve of the war,
there had been only forty-three Jewish settlements with a
population of 13,000. Between 1882 and 1914, some 45,000
immigrants had entered the country and in 1914, the entire
Jewish population of Palestine was scarcely 90,000.
In 1897, the World Zionist Organisation became the
organising and political centre of the Zionist movement. In
search of a protector, the organisation tried to establish
contacts with the governments of several big Powers. Prior
to World War I, the Zionists had leaned towards Kaiser
Germany in the hope of realising their plans for colonising
Palestine with her help. A small group of Zionists under
Dr. Weizmann took their cue from Britain and counted on
the collaboration of British imperialism.
At the beginning of 1917, while preparing for the seizure
of Palestine, the British Government recalled the Zionists’
claims and decided to enlist their services to justify the
separation of Palestine from the Arab state. On the British
Government’s instructions, in February 1917, Sykes estab
lished contacts with the Zionist leaders. In the summer of
the same year, negotiations were resumed. The talks re
vealed that both sides held identical views and on Novem
ber 2, 1917, the British Government issued a declaration
on its policy in Palestine, which was published in the form
of a letter from the British Foreign Secretary Balfour to the
Anglo-Jewish banker Rothschild. The declaration stated
that “His Majesty’s Government view with favour the es
tablishment in Palestine of a national home for the Jewish
people and will use their best endeavours to facilitate the
establishment of this object.”
The Balfour Declaration received the immediate support
397
of the United States Government, which in many ways con
tributed to the success of the Anglo-Zionist negotiations.
In 1918, the French and Italian governments adhered to
the Balfour Declaration.
39S
“figment of a malicious Bolshevik imagination”. Soon after,
on December 4, 1917, President W ilson declared in Congress
that the peoples of the Ottoman Empire would be granted
the right to self-determination. On December 27, 1917, the
French Minister of Foreign Affairs Pichón also spoke of
self-determination and of sympathy for the oppressed peo
ples of Turkey—Armenians, Arabs and the like. On Janu-
áry 5, 1918, the British Prime Minister Lloyd George made
a speech on the “war aims”, in which he also spoke at length
about the specific national conditions for the Arabs and
Armenians. On January 8, 1918, in a Message to Congress
Woodrow Wilson formulated his famous “fourteen points”.
The twelfth point of W ilson’s peace terms provided for
Turkish sovereignty only over the territory inhabited by the
Turks. President Wilson also mentioned the creation of a
League of Nations which would safeguard the rights of
smaller nations.
In 1918, Professor Hogarth of Oxford University, an
expert on Arab affairs, arrived in Jidda to allay Husein’s
fears and to “explain” Britain’s policy on the Middle East
to the Arab leaders. On January 4, 1918, Hogarth handed
over a British memorandum to Husein in which Britain de
clared that the Entente countries intended to grant the Arabs
an opportunity to occupy a worthy place in the world and
to set up their own state. Britain also declared that a special
regime of control would be created in Palestine and that
no nation would be subordinate to another. Nevertheless,
Hogarth urged Husein to co-operate with the Zionists and
announced that the British authorities would not impede
Jewish immigration in a measure conforming to the eco
nomic and political freedom of the existing population. Actu
ally, the eloquent flow of words in Hogarth’s memorandum
was meant to sugar the pill and to conceal Palestine’s seces
sion from the Arab state.
Hogarth’s memorandum and other declarations made by
the Allies achieved their aim. The Arabs did not abandon
the field of battle, but they were left with a deep feeling
of discontent and mistrust with regard to Britain’s policy.
In June 1918, in Cairo, a group of Syrian Nationalists under
Rafik el-Azm and Abd er-Rahman Shahbandar demanded
a final definition of Britain’s policy towards the Arab coun
tries. The British Government was compelled to reply and
399
on June 16, 1918, it published a declaration on its policy
in the Arab East, dividing the Arab lands into three catego
ries: (1) the territories liberated by the Arabs themselves
(the Hejaz), (2) the territories liberated by British troops
(southern Palestine and Iraq) and (3) the territories still
under Turkish rule (Syria, the Lebanon and northern Iraq).
Britain promised to respect the independence of the terri
tories included in the first category, to decide the future of
territories of the second category in accordance with the
wishes of the local population and to work for the libera
tion of territories of the third category. This meant that
Britain actually refused to guarantee the unity and the
independence of the Arab territories which she had
occupied.
Britain’s declaration came nowhere near to satisfying
the Arab Nationalists, who wanted Husein to proclaim an
independent Arab state incorporating all the Arab lands
east of the Suez Canal. On August 30, 1918, Husein asked
the Britsh High Commissioner for Egypt, W ingate, for a
confirmation of the McMahon pledge to set up an Arab state
after the war and to guarantee its borders. Simultaneously,
he asked for a denial of the “slanderous” rumours to the
effect that he was acting in collusion with Britain. He com
plained and threatened at the same time, alluding to the
possibility of an anti-British uprising if his agreement with
McMahon was not confirmed.
Husein’s complaints, however, had very little effect. This
was largely due to Husein himself and to Feisal, who,
though they did not trust the British, forced other Arabs
to believe in Britain’s friendly attitude towards them.
402
remaining territories, including the Brown Zone (Palestine),
was left in the hands of the British. The Hejaz remained
under Husein’s control.
The Arabs were dissatisfied. Particularly were they in
dignant at the French authorities, who had pulled down all
Arab flags in their zone, expelled the Arab governor from
Beirut and forced the Arabs to evacuate Latakia and the
northwestern regions of Syria which had been liberated by the
Arab troops. In the hour of victory the Arabs realised that
the Allies had no intention of fulfilling the McMahon-
Husein Agreement or of setting up a united Arab state.
Though free at last from the Turkish yoke, they had
been cheated of their long-awaited independence and fallen
under the influence of the British and French colonialists.
The end of World War I opened a new period in the his
tory of the Arab people, a period of struggle against British
and French imperialism for the complete national liberation
of the Arab countries.
NAME INDEX
404
Beshir II, Lebanese Emir—36, Disraeli, Lord Beaconsfied—192,
64, 68-71, 110, 127, 128 194
Beshir Sfar—290 Duclerc, French Prime Minis
Bismark—208, 280, 281, 329 ter—227, 232
Boislecomte, de, head of the Dufferin, Lord—225, 228, 230,
French mission to Ibrahim— 231
109 Duroc, Governor-General of A l
Bourbons—56, 63, 168-70 geria—267
Bourmont, de— 170
Bremond, head of the French Elgood, lieutenant-colonel—377,
mission to the Hejaz—395 379
Bu Bagla— 178 Engels, F.— 18, 22, 24, 42, 98,
Bugeaud, French Marshal—175, 259, 294
294
Bülow—299 Fahmi, Mustafa—222, 246
Bu Maza—177 Faisal, Wahhabi Emir—90, 147,
Busnach, merchant—169 148
Buten, French military engi Faizi Pasha, Ahmed—344, 367
neer—168 Fakhr ed-Din, the Lebanese
Butrus el-Bustani—138, 139, 244 Emir—15, 32, 33
Butrus Ghali—249, 250, 264 Fakhri Pasha—299
Buzer, de. Civil Commissioner Faris Nimr—333
in Algeria—270 Fatih Ali Shah—75
Buyuk Suleiman—26, 37, 65, 69, Fauzi Pasha, Ahmed, admiral—
74 115
Bu Zian— 178 Feisal, son of Husein II el-
Hashimi—370, 386,388-90
Capo d’Istria—98, 101 395, 396, 398, 400-402
Catherine II—35 Feisal, Sultan of Oman—355-57
Cavaignac—178 Ferry, J.—224
Charles X —168-70 Finn, James— 131
Chirol—378 Francis I—20
Churchill—383 Freycinet, de—224
Clayton, colonel—383 Frühling—189, 191, 194
Clot Bey—111 Fuad, Ahmed, prince—378
Codrington—102 Fuad Pasha—136
Colvin, Auckland—213,214,216, Funj, dynasty—94
217
Couvreux, French engineer— 158 Gambetta—218, 227
Cox, Percy—396 Gen j-Y usef—68
Cromer, Lord (Major Baring)— Gessi, R.—252, 253, 259
166, 196, 198,203,209-11,213, Gigler-Pasha—253, 256
231, 242, 246-48, 257, 264 Ghalib, Sherif of Mecca—82, 87
Curzon, Lord—358, 359, 361 Gordon, general—252, 253, 258
Gorst—248, 250
Daud Pasha—73-76, 146 Granville, Lord—215, 217, 218,
Daudet—245 228, 232
Delcassé, French Foreign Minis Graves, Ph.—383
ter—299 Grey—345
Dervish Pasha—223, 224 Gueydon—271
Deval R, French Consul in A l
geria—169, 170 Haddad, sheikh—273
405
Hafiz Ali, the Baghdad Pasha— el-Kawakebi, Abd er-Rahman—
65, 66 244, 245, 333, 347
Haidar Shehab—33 Kemal ed-Din Husain—378
Hasan, Emir of Buraida—362 Khair-ed-Din Barbarossa—9
Hasan Pasha—26 Khairullah—350
Heiden, L. P.—102 Khalid, the Wahhabi Emir—91
Herzen—165 Khalil, Abd el-Karim—343, 376
Hicks, general—257 Khorshid Pasha, Turkish Go
Hogarth, an expert on Arab vernor in Egypt—51
affairs—399 Khurshid Pasha, Egyptian gene
Homer—139 ral—90, 91
Husain Kamil Pasha—378, 382 Khurshid Pasha, the Beirut go
Husein II el-Hashimi, Slier if of vernor—134
Mecca—369, 370, 383, 385-90, Kitchener, Lord—246, 250, 263,
395, 396, 399, 400, 402, 403 265, 306, 352, 370
Husein el-Matsafi—145 Kléber, French general—45, 46
Huss—31 Kochi-bey Gömürji—25
Hussein bey ibn Ali—27 Kolokotronis, Greek general—
98, 100, 101
Ibrahim, Egyptian general, Mo Kress von Kressenstein— 372,
hammed A lfs son—88-90, 92 384
99, 100, 102, 104-07, 109, 110, Kropotkin—335
111-13, 115, 116, 118, 119, Kuchuk Suleiman—65-67, 69
152-55, 193 Kühlmann, German diplomat—
Ibrahim, Mameluke bey—27, 305
43, 46, 49 Kurd Ali, Mohammed—375
Isa, sheikh, ruler of Bahrein— Kurkmas, father of Fakhr ed-
357 Din 11—32
Ismail Pasha, Khedive—157-166,
190, 192-94, 198, 201-04, 206- Laboulayé, de—233
OS, 221, 252, 378 Lamartine, French poet—70
Ismail Pasha, Mohammed Ali's Lambert, A.—270
son—95, 96 Laplace, engineer—154*
Ismail Sadik—197 Lascelles, British Ambassador to
Berlin—359
Lawrence, British intelligence
Jabarti—42 officer—383, 390, 391, 396, 401
Jamal ed-Din el-Afghani—202, Lenin—263, 305, 314, 323, 338,
243, 244, 324 340, 371
Jaurès, J.—287 Leopold II—252
Jazzar—35, 36, 45, 64, 67-71 Lepère, engineer—154
Jemal Pasha, Ahmed—337, 346, Lesseps, de, F.—155-58, 191
372-76, 384, 386, 392, 398, 193, 198, 209, 229
400 Lichman, British intelligence
Junbalat, sheikh—71 officer—364
Junbalats—71, 128 Liddell-Hart, British historian—
401
Kamil, Ali—378 Liman von Sanders—372, 402
Kara Yazici—31 Linan de Beifont—252
Karamanli, dynasty—27 Lloyd, Lord, British High Com
Kaulla, A., German capitalist— missioner for Egypt—383
391, 392 Lloyd George—399
406
Long—252 Midhat Pasha—143-45, 202, 322,
Loti, P., writer—245 323
Louis Bourbons de Orleans—170 Mihmisani, Mohammed—376
Lüderitz—251 el-Misri Aziz A li—343, 351
Lupton—257 Mohammed V (Prince Reshad)—
Lyautey, general—295, 308 341
Mohammed, imam—367
Mohammed, Prophet—77, 80,
Ma’anid, dynasty—15, 32, 33 255
MacMahon, French marshal— Mohammed the Great, Shamma-
178, 267 rite Emir—362
Madfai, Jamil—351 Mohammed, Tunisian Bey—186
Machiavelli—32 Mohammed Abd el-Abid—316
Mahdi (Mohammed Ahmed)— Mohammed Ali—49-62, 66, 71,
254-58, 261 74, 75, 85-91, 93-97, 99, 102-
Mahmud 11—70, 72, 85, 99, 101, 09, 111-19, 121, 123, 126, 131,
105, 107, 109, 115, 123, 125, 140, 141, 152, 153, 164, 165,
183, 309 170, 171, 185, 193, 221, 225,
Mahmud Bey (Abu Nabbut)— 251
69 Mohammed el-Alfy—49, 50, 52
Mahmud Fahmi—201, 229 Mohammed Bey, Mohammed
Mahmud Sami el-Barudi—166, A li’s son-in-law—95
212, 219-22, 230 Mohammed el-Idrisi, Emir of
el-Makhruki, merchant—86 Asir—368, 369, 385
Malet, British Consul-General Mohammed el-Mahdi, es-Senus-
in Cairo—218 si’s son-310
Marchand, colonel—245, 262, Mohammed es-Senussi—310, 311
263 Mohammed ibn Abd el-Wahhab
Mar dam, Jamil—344 —79, 80, 83
Marschall, German Ambassador Mohammed ibn Saud, Emir of
to Constantinople—359 Deraiyeh—80
Marx, K.—14, 61, 77, 103, 105, Mohammed Idris es-Senussi—
119, 120, 135 310, 316
Marshar, Wahhabi Emir—89 el-Mokrani, Mohammed— 182,
Marshari ibn Khalid—90 272, 273
Mauchamp, French doctor—302 Moltke, count—327, 328
Mavrocordato—98 Montefiore, banker—132
Maxwell, general—378 Mubarak ibn Sabah, sheikh of
McMahon, British High Com Kuwait—358-63
missioner for Egypt—378, Muhi ed-Din—171
387, 389, 396, 400, 403 Mulai Abd er-Rahman, Moroc
Medjid, son of the Muscat scyy- can Sultan—175, 176
id Said— 150 Mulai Hafid, Moroccan Sultan—
Meissner, engineer—369 302-04, 307, 308
Menou, Jacques (Abdullah)—44, Mulai Yusef, Moroccan Sultan—
46, 47 308
Menelik, Ethiopian Negus—261, Muntsenger—253
263 Münzer, T.—31
Metternich—99 Murad V—321, 322
Midhat Bey, Secretary of the Murad, Mameluke bey—27, 41-
Committee of Union and 43, 45
Progress—350 Mustafa Berber—69
407
Mustafa Kamif—242, 245-49 Renault, French envoy—307
Mustafa Kemal—337, 341, 401 Reshid Pasha—122
Mustafa Khaznadar—185, 187 Riaz Pasha—198, 199, 203, 208,
Mustafa Pasha Bairaktar—55, 209, 211-14, 224
67 Richthofen, baron—359
el-Muveilikhi, Ibrahim—166 Ridah es-Sulh—376
Ridah Pasha—243
Najib Azuri—334 Rodbertus, German economist—
Napoleon 1-38-40, 42-45, 49, 328
56, 63-67, 102* 105, 131, 154, Rohrbach, P.—332
168, 169, 184 Rothschild—192, 198, 203, 397
Napoleon III—136, 137, 157, Rothschilds—132
179, 186, 193, 267 Rouvier, French Prime Minis
Nelson, admiral—39, 43 ter—299
Nesselrode—101, 106, 108 er-Rubi, Ali—201
Newcombe, mayor—383 Rustum Haidar—344
Niazi, commandant of the Res-
na fortress—337 Sa’adun Pasha—358, 362
Nicolas I—101, 107 Sabah ed-Din, prince—335-37,
Nubar Pasha— 198, 203, 204, 341, 346
224 Sabri M.—195, 208
Nuri as-Said—351 es-Sadik, Mohammed—186
Said Mohammed Pasha—256
O'Connor, British Ambassador Sadik Pasha el-Azm—340
to Constantinople—358, 359 Said, Pasha of Baghdad—69
Omar Pasha—128 Said Pasha, Mohammed A li’s
Oppenheim H.—189-91, 194 son—155-58, 162-65, 189, 193,
Orlov, A. G.—34, 35 201, 251
Osman II—33 Said, seyyid, ruler of Muscat—
Osman Bardisi—49, 50, 52 82, 146, 150
Othman Rifki—211, 212, 221 es-Said, sheikh—223
Saint Arnaud— 178
Salih, sheikh of Safad—64
Paleologue, French Ambassador Salisbury, British Foreign Sec
to St. Petersburg—391 retary—207, 281
Palmerston, Lord—109, 132 Samner, M.—395
Pelissier, French marshal—267 Saud, emir—81, 87, 92
Peter I—56, 61 Saudi dynasty—90, 147, 148
Peters—254 Sazonov, S. D.—391, 392
Picot—392, 395, 398, 402 Sebastiani, colonel—49, 65
Poincaré R.—345 Schmidt, P. P., lieutenant—336
Ptolemeis—17 Schnitzer E. (Emin Pasha)—252,
253
Qassim, Beshir IPs cousin—127, Shafik el-Muaiad—352, 376
128 Shaftesbury, Lord—131
Rafik cl-Azm—347, 399 Shahbandar, Abd er-Rahman—
375 399
Ragheb Pasha—224, 227 Shehab family—15, 33, 36, 70,
Rashid dynasty—147, 149 128, 129
Rushdi Pasha, Husein, Egypti Sherif Pasha—198, 206, 208,
an Prime Minister—377, 382 210-12, 214-22, 224
Reclus E.—335 Shevket Pasha, Mahmud—341
40S
Shibli Atrash, emir of the Dru Townshend, general—383
ses—332 Turki, emir—90
Selim I (the Cruel), Turkish Sul Turki, Sultan of Muscat—355
tan—9, 32 Tusun Bey—85-88
Selim III—43, 45, 48, 51, 52, 55, Tyler, W .—31
67, 68, 85
Selim Ammun—338 el Ureishi—376
Selim el-Jazairi—376
Selim ibn Rashid el-Harusi, Verdi, composer—139
Imam of Muscat—357 Vuiermoz, R.—269, 270
Selim Nakkash—202
es-Senussi, Ahmed Sherif—316 Walsin-Esterhazy—269
Sève, colonel—See Suleiman Wardani, Ibrahim—250
Pasha Warmer, prefect of Algiers—
Seymour, admiral—225, 226 268, 269
Siab family—37 Wilhelm 11—299, 325, 329
Simawi, Badr ed-Din—31 Wilson, A.—394
Slatin Pasha—253, 255-59 Wilson, R.—194, 199, 203-06,
Smith, A.—18 209, 211
Smith, S.—45, 64 Wilson, W., President of the
Storrs, British diplomatic agent U.S.A.—399
—370 Wingate—378, 400
Suleiman I (the Lawgiver), Wolseley, general—226, 229,
Turkish Sultan—9, 17, 20, 22 258
Suleiman el-Bustani—139
Suleiman ibn Zobeir—253 Yahya, imam—367, 368
Suleiman of Aleppo—46 Yazeji, Ibrahim—139, 333
Suleiman Pasha, ruler of the Yazeji, Nasif—139
Southern Syria—68, 70 Young, British historian—193,
Suleiman Pasha (Sève)—56, 100 194, 583
Sultan, seyyid—82 Ypsilanti, A.—97, 98
Sultan el-Atrash—401 Yusef Karam—137
Sultan Pasha, Mohammed—210, Yusef Pasha Shelali—256
211, 218, 220, 222, 224, 229 Yusef Shehab—35, 36
Sykes—392, 395, 398, 402
Zaçhlul, Saad—248, 258
Taalbi, Abd al-Aziz—290 Zahir ibn Omar, ruler of Safad
Taimur, Sultan of Muscat—357 —15, 34-36, 64
Talal, emir of Shammar—149 el-Zahrawi, sheikh, publicist—
Talandier, R.—298 347, 350, 351, 376
Talib, seyyid—348 Zaid, son of Husein II el-Has-
Taniyus Shahin—134 himi—388, 389
Tewfik, Khedive—203, 207, 212, Zamil, Emir of Anaiza—362
213, 221, 223, 224, 230, 241 Zinovyev, I. A., Russian Ambas
Thiers—118 sador to Constantinople—361
Thuwaini, son of Said, Muscat Zobeir, ruler of Bahr El-Gha-
seyyid—150, 151 zal—253
INDEX OF GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES
410
285, 300, 306, 310, 312, 343 Bethlehem—73
Asia—290, 346 Bilbeis—59
Asia Minor—31, 39, 105, 107, Biqa’a—68, 119, 338
126, 318, 328, 332, 337 Bisha—87
Asir—77, 79, 82, 87, 366-69, 385, Bizerta—184, 282
388, 402 Black Sea—30
Asirian Tihama—83 Blue N ile—94, 95, 262
Aswan—56, 262 Bombay—65
Atbara—94 Bone—275
Athens—100, 101 Bordj bou Arreridj, fortress in
Atlantic Ocean—262 Algeria—273
Azov—28 Bosnia—281, 320
Bosporus—30, 53, 107, 120, 328
Baalbek—400 Bougie—170
Bab-El-Mandeb—354 British India—325, 359, 394
Babylon—332 Brussels—250
Backa—28 Bulak—46
Baghdad— 19, 20, 25, 26, 31, 65, Bulgaria—51, 320
66, 67, 74-76, 79, 83-85, 110, Buraida—88, 148, 362
140-44, 147, 170, 330, 332, 348, Bursa—106, 177
351,353,383, 393
Bahrein—79, 83, 91, 92, 148-50, Cairo—19, 21, 25, 35, 40-44,
353, 357, 361 46-57, 59, 64, 89, 90, 154, 160,
Bahr El-Ghazal—253, 257 161, 163, 165, 193-96, 200, 202,
Balkan Peninsula—12, 30, 38, 51, 207, 212-18, 222-24, 227, 228,
108, 125, 131 230, 232, 236, 244-46, 253, 263,
Balkans—31, 281, 323, 329, 390 264, 309, 346, 347, 352, 370,
Banat—28 375, 383, 395, 399
Bardo, suburb in Tunis—282 Cape of Good Hope—10
Basal—87 Casablanca—3 01-03
Basra—19, 37, 65, 66, 67, 74, 114, Caucasus—325, 328, 372, 390, 392
140, 143, 144, 331, 348, 358, 384 Central Asia—325
Basra, district of—37 Central Iraq—392
Batrun—118 Central Lebanon—135
Bay of Akka—45 Ceuta—294
Beersheba (Bir Es-Seba)—390, Ceylon—231
396 Chad, lake—310
Beirut—33, 35, 36, 64, 110, 111, Chaouia district—302
116,118,121,127,128,131, 135, China—246
137, 138, 139, 243, 331, 333, Cilicia—62, 107, 108, 111, 119,
338, 344, 345, 348, 376, 402, 371, 387, 391, 392
403 Colomb-Bechar, oasis—295
Beit-Ed-Din—128. 33S Congo—252, 262, 306
Béja— 185 Constantine—171, 173, 174, 275
Belgium—262, 293, 300, 371 Constantinople (Istanbul)—9, 19,
Bender-Bushir— 149-50 23, 26, 30, 32, 33, 53, 65, 72,
Benghazi—314, 316 73, 88, 97, 106, 107, 115, 126,
Berber (in Northern Somalia)— 128, 137, 143, 152, 193, 194,
253 208, 223, 225, 228, 230, 232,
Berber (in Northern Sudan)—254 235, 320, 321, 323, 328, 329,
Berlin—303, 305, 311, 359, 382 337-40, 342, 343, 350-52, 358,
Bessarabia—30 359, 361. 370, 378, 383, 392
27* 411
Coron—100 106-109, 112-22, 124, 143,
Crete (Candia)—62, 99, 100, 104, 152-66, 170, 171, 186, 188,
107, 108, 119, 324 189-211, 213, 215-53, 255,
Crimea—28 257-58, 261, 264, 280, 281, 296,
Ctesiphon—383 297, 309-13, 316, 318-20, 325,
Cyprus—99, 281, 327, 329 329, 333, 334, 343, 348, 351,
Cyrenaica—296, 311, 313, 315, 352, 370-72, 377, 384, 400
316 El-Arish—45, 46
El-Hasa—9, 79, 81, 83, 90-93,
Damanhur—49 144, 146-48, 362, 365
Damascus—15, 19, 21, 23, 25, 35, El-Jewf—310
36, 67, 68, 73, 79, 83-85, 110, El-Leja—112, 113
112,119,121,125,135,136, 147, El-Obeid—257, 265
177, 329, 331, 344, 348, 351, El-Safra—86
353, 369, 372, 374, 376-78, 386, England—30, 38, 39, 48, 49, 52,
387, 391, 392, 396, 398, 402 62, 65, 66, 82, 91, 92, 101,
Damietta—56, 165, 216, 230 106-08, 113-18, 121, 127, 128,
Danube—52, 107 131, 136, 137, 147-52, 154-57,
Dardanelles-^30, 52, 53, 108, 120, 169, 184-86, 188, 192, 193, 196,
154, 387 207, 209, 214-19, 221-25, 227,
Darfur—19, 94-96, 253, 257, 261, 228, 232-37, 240, 241, 243, 245,
265 246, 250, 262-65, 280, 293, 294,
Deir el-Kamar—130, 135, 137 296, 297, 300, 306, 308, 310-13,
Delta—17, 35, 44, 57, 58, 190, 326, 329-31, 342, 344, 345, 348,
195 351, 353-61, 365, 372, 375-79,
Denmark—293 381, 382, 387-90, 392, 393, 397-
Denshawai—247 400
Dera’a—402 Epidaurus—98
Deraiyeh—80, 88-90 Equatorial Province of Sudan—
Derna—314 252, 253, 258
Dodecanese Islands—313 Erfurt—168
Dongola—94-96, 254, 258 Eritrea—253, 262
Esdraelon Plain—64
East—63, 114, 128, 132, 170‘ 177, Ethiopia—252, 253, 261, 262
202, 395 Euphrates—37, 63, 65, 66, 114,
East Africa—146, 150, 251 115, 143, 147, 331, 359, 394,
East Anatolia—31, 75, 324 401
East Morocco—302 Europe—18, 20, 21, 28, 30, 56, 60,
East Sudan—94, 95, 251, 258, 63, 110, 153, 157, 162, 194, 281,
262, 264, 310 312, 318, 333, 354
Eastern Arabia—91, 148
Eástern Europe—28, 323, 345 Faiyum Valley—17
Eastern Mediterranean—96, 99, Far East—299
184 Fashoda (Kodok)—96, 245, 256,
Eastern Palestine—66 263, 356
Eastern Rumelia—327 Fazughli—94, 96
Eastern Syria—392, 393, 402 Fez—21, 298, 304, 307, 309
Egypt—9, 10, 12-14, 17, 20, 21, Fezzan—309, 316
24, 27, 30, 31, 34-36, 38-41, Florence—33
43, 45, 48-53, 55, 56, 58-61, France—30, 33, 38-40, 43, 47, 49,
63, 64, 66, 68, 71, 75, 85, 50, 52, 63, 65, 101, 104, 106,
87-89, 94, 96, 99, 100 102, 103, 107, 116-19, 127, 131, 136, 137,
412
150-52, 155, 157, 160, 168-70, Hungary—28
173-77, 183, 185, 186, 188, 192- Huta—400
207, 209, 214-19, 222-25, 232-
37, 245, 262-64, 266, 267, Ifni—294
270-72, 277, 280-85, 292-301, India—10, 39,43, 63, 65, 91, 110,
303-05, 308, 310, 311, 329, 330, 143, 150, 154, 196, 328, 354, 358
342, 344, 345, 350, 354-56, 371, Indian Ocean—146, 262
372, 375, 376, 380, 387, 390, Inner Arabia—9, 79, 88, 146, 147,
392, 393, 395 149, 353, 364, 365
Ionian Islands—47
Gabes—283 Iran—9, 65-67, 74, 75, 110, 146,
Gafsa—283 150
Galilee—45, 118 Iraq—9, 10-12, 16, 21, 26, 30, 31,
Gaza—45, 105, 119, 384, 390, 396 36, 37, 63, 65-67, 73-76, 78,
Geneva—250, 382 83-85, 10S, 125, 140-45, 149,
Genoa— 19 318, 325, 331, 339, 347, 348,
Germany—208, 209, 216, 225, 350, 351, 358, 371, 373, 376,
227, 233, 235, 236, 264, 281, 377, 385, 386, 400-02
285, 291, 293, 294, 297-300, Iraqi Kurdistan—75
303-06, 311, 312, 326, 328, 329, Ismailia—229
342, 354, 359, 360, 369, 371-73, Italy—32, 33, 38, 195, 208, 209,
397 225, 233, 235, 280-82, 284, 285,
Gibraltar—300 288, 296, 300, 310-17, 372, 393
Giza—43, 56 Izmir—328
Goletta—184-86, 280
Greece—31, 51, 97-99, 101, 102, /a ffa —35, 45, 105, 132, 296, 397
105, 122 "auf—83, 149
awassi—92
Haidar-Pasha Station (in Scutari) ’ ebel-Druse—332, 339, 374, 401
_328 359 ^ebel El-Akhdar—316
Hadhramaut—77, 83, 146, 353, Jebel-Recas—280
355 ; edid—265
Habash—24 Jerusalem—24, 73, 112, 118, 119,
Haifa—45, 105, 118, 392 131, 329, 331, 396
Hail— 149, 370 Jerusalem (sanjaq of) — 127
Hama— 105, 347, 387, 392 Jiarabub, oasis—310
Harrar, region in Ethiopia—253 ibuti—262
Hasbeiya—135 , idda—19, 85, 87, 388, 399
Hauran—67, 110, 112, 339, 396, Jordan, river—396
400 Jubeil—68, 71, 118
Hebron— 118
Hejaz—9, 24, 34, 79, 82-84, 87, Kabarda—28
88, 90, 146, 147, 323, 352, 353, Kabylia— 173, 178
369, 370, 385, 386, 388, 389, Kafr Ed-Dawar—229, 230
395, 400, 402, 403 Kairouan—283
Heliopolis—46 Karbala—66, 67, 75, 83, 374
Herzegovina—281, 320 Kars—329
Holland—235, 293, 300 Kasim—87-90, 146-48, 362-64
Homs, city in Syria—105, 387, Kassala—96, 262
392, 402 Kavalla—50
Homs, city in Libya—314, 316 Kerch—28
Hufuf—78, 92 Keren (city in Ethiopia)—253
413
Kermanshah—69 Maghreb—103, 168, 169, 285
Kesruan—15, 70, 129, 134, 135, Malta—39, 43, 47, 118, 184, 378
137 Manakha—367
Khaibar—149 Marash—115
Khardj—364 Marrakesh—21, 302, 308
Khariya-Ruzna—201 Marseilles—56, 97, 160
Khartoum—95, 96, 254, 256, 258, Massawa—96, 253
260, 261, 263 Mecca—78, 79, 82, 83, 87, 88, 147,
Kinburn—28 149, 171, 244, 309, 369, 370,
Kirkuk—75 388, 389
Konya—105, 153, 330 Medina—79, 83, 86-88, 147, 369,
Kordofan—94-96, 253, 255-58, 370, 388, 389
261, 263, 265 Mediterranean Sea—10, 38, 39,
Ksar-es-Sagir—304 53, 97, 141, 154, 160, 183, 228,
Kuban—28 310,311
Kufra—310 Medjana (region in Algeria)—272
Kurdistan—74, 75, 141, 142, 324, Meknes—304
346 Melilla—294, 302
Kuria Muria Islands— 150 Mesopotamia—73, 110, 332, 365,
Kutahya—106 380, 387, 392-94
Kut El-Imara—383, 393 Metija—170, 176, 181
Kuwait—81, 83, 144, 358-63 Metn—15
Metz—269, 272
La Calle—169, 275 Middle East—233
Lado—262 Minufîya—59
Laghouta— 178 Missolonghi—99
Lahej—91, 151, 354 Misurata—314
Lalla-Marnia—295 Mocha—91
La Marsa—283 Modon—99
Larache—304 Mogador—175, 295, 305
Latakia— 118, 135, 403 Mohammerah (Khorramshahr)—
Latakia (principality)—15 141
Lausanne—315 Moldavia—52
Lebanon— 14, 15, 21, 24, 32-33, Monastir (Bitolj)------337
36, 68, 71, 72, 110, 116-18, 122, Montenegro—320
124, 127, 130, 135-37, 139, 331, Morea—28, 56, 97-99, 101-03
333, 338, 339, 344, 345, 347-50, Morocco—9, 172, 175, 176, 234,
373, 376, 391, 395, 400, 402 246, 292-308, 311, 371, 372
Levant—395 Mostaganem— 170, 309
Libya—309, 310, 314-17, 372 Mosul—9, 21, 75, 143, 351, 374,
Limnos—402 393
Livorno—56, 97 Mosul, pashalik—24
London—49, 101, 116, 117, 120, Mudros—402
143, 198, 237, 296, 306, 311, Munchengratz—107
387 Mukalla—355, 356
Lorraine—380 Mulayda—362
Lower Egypt— 13, 201, 220, 239 Murzuk—316
Lyons—331 Muscat—78, 82, 92, 146, 150, 151,
355-57
Ma’an—67, 384, 401
Macedonia—336, 337 Nablus—73, 11, 118, 348, 401
Madrid—293, 308 Navarino—100, 102, 104
414
Nazwah—357 Pirate Coast (Trucial Oman) —
Nazareth—402 81, 92, 357
Near East—30, 65, 66, 193, 233, Pisa—19
383 Podolia—28
Nejd—77, 79-81, 83, 87-93, 114, Poland—28
146-49, 353, 362-64 Port Said—160, 229
Nejef—67, 75, 374 Portugal—170, 293, 300
New Caledonia—273 Prussia—108, 115-18, 136, 189,
Nezib—115, 123, 141, 153 280
Nigeria—252 Pruth—98
Nile— 17, 42, 43, 47, 48, 58, 95,
96, 120, 155, 160, 197, 229, 251, Qantara—384
252, 254, 257, 258, 261,262, 263 Qatar—148, 150, 357, 361
Nineveh—332 Qatif—89, 90, 92
North America—318, 333 Qoseir—46
North Africa—11, 16, 21, 39, 103,
104, 168, 170, 285, 291, 309, 372 Racconiji—311
Northern Arabia—146, 148 Rahmania—46
Northern Kurdistan—393 Ramadi—394
Northern Lebanon—64, 71, 130, Rasheiya— 135
134 137 374 Rass—88
Northern Syria—14, 31, 402 Red Sea—9, 46, 143, 146, 147,
North Morocco—297 154, 160, 257, 261, 262, 369, 391
North Nubia—95 Resna (fortress in Macedonia)—
Norway—293 337
R hine-118
Odessa—97 Riyadh—90, 91, 147, 149, 362, 363
Oman—9, 77, 79, 83, 87, 92, 146, Rosetta—53, 57
149-51, 353, 355-57 Rumania—371
Omdurman—263 Russia—28, 30, 34, 38, 76, 85, 97,
Oran— 170, 269, 275 101, 102, 105-08, 115-17, 131,
Orontes—65, 114 136, 156, 168, 169, 208, 225,
Oujda—303 227. 232, 233, 235, 262, 281,
293, 298-300, 306, 311, 312,
Palestine—9, 15, 23, 32, 34, 36, 320, 323, 325, 327, 329, 330,
63, 64, 66, 67, 72, 73, 103, 104, 342, 354-56, 359-61, 391-93,
107, 108, 111, 112, 116-19, 396, 39S
122, 125-27, 131, 235, 318, 325,
331, 332, 347, 371, 373, 376, Safad—15, 34, 64
377, 379, 383, 386, 389, 390, Sahara—173, 177, 278
392, 395-97, 399-401 Saida—15, 23, 36, 68, 110, 118,
Paris—151, 156, 170, 178, 189, 127, 135
194, 198, 243, 266, 270, 297, Salihia—35
311, 336, 343, 349, 350, 395 Salonika—336, 401
Paros, island—34 Salum—316
Penon-de-Velez, islands—294 San’a—89, 91, 367-69
Perim Island—150 Sardinia—293
Persia—92, 141 Sea of Marmara—53
Persian Gulf—9, 66, 81-83, 91-93, Sennoar—19, 94-96, 117
113, 114, 141, 143, 146, 148-50, Setif—272
357-61, 365 Serbia—23, 28, 31, 51, 122, 320,
Philippville—275 371
415
Sfax—283 T*cikci^^“96
Shatt-A l-Arab—141, 358, 383 Tangier—175, 294, 295, 302, 308
Shammar—83, 89, 90, 146, 148, Tanta—161, 249
149, 353, 361, 362, 365 Tarhuna—315
Sheikh-Othman—151 Taurus Mountains—332
Shuf—15, 129 Tebessa—275
Sidi-Ferruch—170 Tehran—143
Sinai Desert—379 Tel El-Kebir—216, 230
Sirte, Gulf—315 Tetuan—294
Slavonia—28 Tigris—143, 331, 393, 394
Smyrna (Izmir)—319 Tihama—146, 366, 367, 368
Spain—66, 168, 235, 260, 285, Tikrit (on the Tigris)—394
293, 294, 297, 300-02, 304, 305, Tilzit—168
308, 311 Tlemcen—21
South Africa—246, 250 Tobruk—312
South-West Africa—251 Tokra—316
Southern Arabia—91, 114, 147, Toulon—39
151, 354, 355 Trabizond—19
Southern Iraq—9, 37, 383, 392 T ranscaucasia—32
Southern Lebanon—128-30, 135 Transjordan—119, 369, 390, 393,
Southern Palestine—15, 400 396, 401, 402
Southern Syria—15, 68 Transylvania—28
Sokotra—91, 355 Trieste—56
St. Petersburg—100, 311, 391 Tripoli (in Lebanon)—23, 36, 110,
Suakin—96, 261 127, 333, 402
Sudan—55, 62, 94-96, 105, 107, Tripoli, Tarablus El-Gharb—9,
108, 117, 221, 250-59, 262, 264, 10, 24, 26. 104, 183, 296, 309-
265, 318, 371, 372, 14, 316.—See also Tripolitania
Suez—39, 154, 159, 229, 384 Tripolitania, see also Libya—188,
Suleimaniye—75, 141 290, 296, 309-13, 315
Suez Canal—39, 121, 143, 154, Pripolitsa (Tripolis)—98, 99
155, 157, 158, 160, 189, 191-94, Trucial Oman—92, 146, 148, 150,
198, 227-29 234, 235, 319, 354, 357, 358
366, 372, 377, 379, 384, 385, 400 Tuggurt—178, 273
Sur—36, 118 Tunis—21, 185, 186, 243, 280-82,
Sudair—364 288, 290
Suweida, administrative centre of Tunisia—9, 10, 23, 24, 30, 104,
the Jebel-Druse—333 168, 172, 183-88, 280-85, 287-
Sweden—293, 300 92, 309, 329, 371
Syria—9, 10, 14, 15, 21, 23, 30-32, Tura—56
35, 36, 46, 56, 59, 62-68, 72, 73, Turaba—87
78, 83-85, 90, 93, 97, 103, 104, Turin—311
107-12, 114, 116, 118, 119, Türkev—9, 19, 20, 24, 28, 30, 31,
121, 124-27, 131, 134-39, 318, 34, '35, 37, 44, 47, 48, 75, 76,
319, 323, 325, 327, 331-33, 338, 105, 107, 108, 115-17, 119, 120,
339, 343, 345, 347-49, 371, 373, 122, 124, 132, 134, 136, 137,
375-77, 385-88, 395, 400-03 144, 146, 150, 152, 156, 170,
183, 188, 195, 228, 232, 246,
Tafna—173 264, 282, 291, 296, 313, 314,
Taganrog—97 318-23, 325-31, 335, 336, 339,
Taif—82, 87, 388 342, 344, 346, 350, 353, 354,
Taiz—89 359, 361. 364, 366, 368, 371,
416
372, 375, 378, 383, 384, 387, Wargla—273
393, 398, 399 Wash im—364
West Libya—316
Uganda—252 West Sudan—261
Umm Lejj—388 Western Mediterranean—184
Unioro, lake—252 Western Oman—92, 148
United States of America—156, Western Syria—387, 392, 403
158, 169, 293, 300, 343 White N ile—95, 96, 252, 254, 262
Unkiar-Skelessi—107 Yemen—9, 10, 24, 77, 79, 82, 83,
Upper Egypt—13, 35, 43, 45, 49, 87, 89, 91, 144, 146, 345, 353,
51-53, 59 354, 364, 366-69, 385, 388, 402
Urfa—115 Yemenese Tihama—83, 89
Uyaina—79 Yenbo—86, 388
Ycnikale—28
Van, lake—393
Vatican—33, 131 Zaatcha (oasis)—178
Venice—19, 28 Zafran Islands—294
Victoria, lake—252 Zagazig—160, 161, 220
Vienna—311 Zahle—135
Volga—325 Zanzibar—146, 150, 151
Zeila (city in Somalia)—253
W adi-Dawasir—364 Zenzur—314
W adi-Half a—261 Zuara—314, 316
Walachia—52 Zubair—66, 67
SUBJECT INDEX
418
faiz—portion of the mal-el-hurr kashifia—payments for the up
(q.v!) that remained in the keep of the provincial admin
multazims’ hands; interest, istration (in Egypt)
profit kaza—smallest adminstrative and
fakir—poor dervish, hermit; see territorial division in the Ot
dervish toman Empire
feddan—Egyptian unit of area khabus—see waqf
equal to 1.038 acres khammas—propertyless peasant
fetwa—formal pronouncement who cultivated the land on the
made by the appropriate the basis of the khammasat
ological authority on matters khammasat—a medieval form of
involving the interpretation holding land on lease for one-
of the canon law fifth of the crop yield
firman—decree kharaj—exorbitant land tax,
amounting sometimes to half
gafir—village watchman (in of the harvest
Egyptian commune) kharaj ra’asi—see jizyah
hadi—pilgrimage to the holy kharajiya—peasant lands in
places of Islam Egypt that were affected by the
hatti-humayun—sultan's res kharaj
cript khas—large estates for the pri
hatti-sheriff Gulhané—noble vate use of the Sultan, mem
rescript, same as the hatti- bers of his dynasty, ministers
humayun and other important dignita
ries
khauli—land surveyor (in Egypt’s
Iltizam—feudal estate in Egypt communal administration)
based on tax farming khedive—sovereign, seignior
Imam—(1) the spiritual head of
(Persian); in 1867 khedive be
the Moslems in several Mos came the hereditary title of
lem countries and religious
the ruler of Egypt
communities; (2) Moslem min
ister of religion khutbah—Friday sermon in
which the ruling sovereign’s
name was mentioned
janissary—Turkish soldier, mem kiakhya—estate manager, butler
ber of a privileged professional kibar—feudal lord, a magnate
infantry corps formed in the kulemenis—white slaves in Iraq
14th century forcibly converted to Islam
jihad—holy war waged by Mos and given a military training;^
lems the same as the Mamelukes in
jizyah—(kharaj ra’asi) poll tax
exacted from non-Moslems kuSEE —five-tail whip
of rhinoceros hide
made
419
the government’s service in mudir—head or ruler of prov
Maghreb ince (mudiria) in Egypt
mal-el-hurr—money rent, the mudiria—administrative and ter
combined payments exacted ritorial division in Egypt since
by the multazim from the the time of Mohammed Ali;
peasants province
malmudir (muhassil)—official in Mufti—expounder of the canon
charge of the finance and tax (Moslem) law; head of the
department in the sanjaq Moslem clergy of a province
(during the tanzimat period) mugaras—agreement by which
Mamelukes—white slaves in one person undertook to plant
Egypt, especially bought and and cultivate fruit-trees on
trained for military service another person’s land; when
mamleket (miri)—state land prop the term of agreement expired
erty belonging to the treas the plantation was divided
ury in the Ottoman Empire muhassil—see malmudir
ma’mur—ruler of a markaz mukabala—reimbursement, com-
marabout—leader in North Af Ê ensation; according to the
rica, head of a religious gyptian law of kukabala of
brotherhood 1871, all landowners could
markaz—territorial division in redeem one half of the land
Egypt tax to which they were liable
Maronites—followers of one of by payment of the six years*
the Eastern Christian chur tax, either in one sum or in
ches as a separate Monothelete instalmets spread over a pe
organisation riod of twelve years
mashhad—village policeman in mulk—privately owned lands
mediaeval Egypt multazim—feudal lord, owner of
mawat—“dead land“, according iltizam
to Moslem law mutasallim—governor, district
mejba—poll-tax in Tunisia head in Syria and Iraq
mejliss—council, assembly mutasarrif—(1) governor of
mejliss idaroh—administrative autonomous Lebanon according
council under governor (wali) to the “règlement organique” of
in the Ottoman Empire (du 1861; (2) head or governor of
ring the tanzimat period) a district in the Ottoman Em
mek (melik)—leader, ruler or pire
king (in East Sudan)
melikat—the jurisdiction of the nahiya—the smallest administra
mek (melik) tive and territorial subdivision
melkiti—members of Greek Uní in Egypt
ate Church nazir—governor, head of a nahiya
millet—nationality, national
group; according to the pan- Nizam -li-Jadid—regiments of
Ottoman theory, one of the the “new order”; Turkish
elements or components of the name for the regular forces
single “Ottoman*1 nation founded by Selim III
miri—see mamleket
miri tapu—state lands handed omdah—village elder,, head of a
over to private owners for use village administration in Egypt
on the basis of special docu
ments (“tapu”) padishah—official title of the
420
Turkish sultan, the supreme Ali, Mohammed’s son-in-law,
authority in the Ottoman Em as the first rightful successor
pire of Mohammed; and those who
pasha—feudal title; deputy, do not recognise the sunna as
governor of a province any part of the law
pashalik (eiyalet)—province or sirdar—commander-in-chief (in
territory under the pasha’s Turkey and Egypt)
jurisdiction sirdar-i-ekram—Supreme Com-
piastre—monetary unit in the Ot mander-in-Chief in the Otto
toman Empire man Empire
sipahi—horsemen, knights
qa’im ma’qam—deputy; head of Sufist—member of a madrasah in
the sanjaq in the Ottoman Turkey
Empire sultan—sovereign; title of hered
itary ruler in many Moslem
raya—tax-paying population, countries
who had to give nearly half sultanate—territory under the
their harvest to the feudal lord sultan’s jurisdiction
reis-es-saf—platoon commander Sunnites—followers of Orthodox
in Abd el-Kader’s army Islam; one of a Moslem sect
rizq—see waqf that acknowledges the first
four caliphs to be the right
Sadr Azam—title of the Grand ful successors of Mohammed
Visier, head of the govern
ment of the Ottoman Empire
sanjaq, or liwa (banner)—dis Tanzimat—the name of a period
trict, the knights (sipahi) of of reforms in the Ottoman
which formed a military unit Empire that began in 1839.
of the Ottoman cavalry; later The term comes from the name
an administrative and terri of the reforms tanzimat-cl-
torial division in the Otto khairiye
man Empire tanzimat-el-khairiye (“charity re
sanjaq bey—governor of a dis forms”)—an expression used
trict and commader of the in the hatti-sherif Gulhané of
knights (sipahi) of the district 1839 in reference to certain
sarraf—money-changer; tax col projected reforms
lector timar—military fief with a reve
sayaf—platoon commander in nue of up to 20,000 akchas
Abd el-Kader’s army timarji (timariot)—sipahi, own
seyyid (also sherif)—(1) a des ers of the timar
cendant of the prophet; (2) title
of the ruler of Oman (Mus
cat) Ulema—Moslem theologians,
sheikh—elder, tribal leader learned men
sheikh-el-Islam—head of the ushr—tithe (one-tenth)
Moslem clergy ushriya—various categories of
sherif—the hereditary ruler of feudal land in Egypt from
Mecca; also see seyyid which after 1854 a tithe was
Shi’as—followers of one of two collected
trends in Islam; that branch usia—originally land, allotted
of the Moslems who reject the to serve the community’s needs;
first three caliphs and consider later, a landlord’s estate
421
vilayet—administrative and ter zaim—sipahi, owner of a zia-
ritorial division; province met
Vizier—minister zakat—cattle tax
zawia—hermitage, dervish mona
stery
wakil—representative, agent zaydites—religious Moslem sect,
wali—governor; head of vilayet offshoot of Shiism; not so far
administration removed from the Sunnites as
waqf (khabus)—land and other other Shi’s orders
property of Moslem religious ziamet—military fief with reve
institutions nue exceeding 20,000 akches
REQUEST TO READERS